WARREN S D CO /PA/
POS AM, 1996-11-15
PAPER MILLS
Previous: P-COM INC, 10-Q/A, 1996-11-15
Next: WARREN S D CO /PA/, POS AM, 1996-11-15



<PAGE>
   
   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON NOVEMBER 15, 1996
    
 
                                                    REGISTRATION NUMBER 33-88496
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
   
                         POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 3
    
                                       TO
   
                  REGISTRATION STATEMENT 33-88496 ON FORM S-1
    
                        UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                ---------------
 
                              S.D. WARREN COMPANY
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>                            <C>
        PENNSYLVANIA                       2621                        23-2366983
(State or other jurisdiction   (Primary Standard Industrial         (I.R.S. Employer
             of                 Classification Code Number)        Identification No.)
      incorporation or
        organization)
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
                              225 FRANKLIN STREET
                          BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02110
                                 (617) 423-7300
              (Address, including ZIP Code, and telephone number,
       including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
                            ------------------------
 
                                TREVOR L. LARKAN
                              S.D. WARREN COMPANY
                              225 FRANKLIN STREET
                          BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02110
                                 (617) 423-7300
           (Name, address, including ZIP Code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)
                            ------------------------
 
                                   COPIES TO:
                               KRIS F. HEINZELMAN
                            CRAVATH, SWAINE & MOORE
                                WORLDWIDE PLAZA
                               825 EIGHTH AVENUE
                            NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10019
                                 (212) 474-1000
                            ------------------------
 
   APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE OF THE SECURITIES TO THE
                                    PUBLIC:
  As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
 
    If  the  securities  being registered  on  this  Form are  being  offered in
connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance  with
General Instruction G, check the following box. / /
                            ------------------------
 
    THE  REGISTRANT HEREBY  AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON  SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT  SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN  ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933, AS  AMENDED, OR UNTIL  THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT
SHALL  BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS  THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID
SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
   
                              S.D. WARREN COMPANY
    
                            ------------------------
 
   
                             CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET
    
 
   
        CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET PURSUANT TO ITEM 501(B) OF REGULATION S-K
           SHOWING THE LOCATION IN THE PROSPECTUS OF THE INFORMATION
                       REQUIRED BY THE ITEMS OF FORM S-1
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 ITEM AND CAPTION                                       LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS
           -------------------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>        <C>                                                 <C>
       1.  Forepart of the Registration Statement and Outside Front
           Cover Page of Prospectus.....................................  Cover Pages of Registration Statement and
                                                                          Prospectus; Cross-Reference Sheet
       2.  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of Prospectus......  Inside Front Cover Page; Outside Back Cover Page
       3.  Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio of Earnings to
           Fixed Charges................................................  Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors; Selected
                                                                          Historical Financial Data
 
       4.  Use of Proceeds..............................................  Use of Proceeds
       5.  Determination of Offering Price..............................  *
       6.  Dilution.....................................................  *
       7.  Selling Security Holders.....................................  *
       8.  Plan of Distribution.........................................  Cover Page; Plan of Distribution
       9.  Description of Securities to be Registered...................  Description of the Notes; Description of the
                                                                          Senior Preferred Stock; Description of the
                                                                          Exchange Debentures
      10.  Interests of Named Experts and Counsel.......................  *
      11.  Information with Respect to the Registrant
           (a)        Description of Business...........................  Prospectus Summary; Management's Discussion and
                                                                          Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
                                                                          Operations; Business
           (b)        Description of Property...........................  Business
           (c)        Legal Proceedings.................................  Business
           (d)        Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant's
                      Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters.....  *
           (e)        Financial Statements..............................  Financial Statements
           (f)        Selected Financial Data...........................  Selected Historical Financial Data; Capitalization
           (g)        Supplementary Financial Information...............  Financial Statements
           (h)        Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                      Condition and Results of Operations...............  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                                                                          Condition and Results of Operations
           (i)        Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
                      Accounting and Financial Disclosure...............  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                                                                          Condition and Results of Operations
           (j)        Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and
                      Control Persons...................................  Management
           (k)        Executive Compensation............................  Management
           (l)        Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners
                      and Management....................................  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners
                                                                          and Management
           (m)        Certain Relationships and Related Transactions....  Management
      12.  Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification for
           Securities Act Liabilities...................................  *
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
   
* Item is omitted because response is negative or item is inapplicable.
    
 
                                       i
<PAGE>
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN  ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
                              S.D. WARREN COMPANY
                                                                   [LOGO]
                                  $375,000,000
                12% SERIES B SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2004
                                      AND
                                  $75,000,000
                        14% SERIES B SENIOR EXCHANGEABLE
                            PREFERRED STOCK DUE 2006
 
    The 12% Series B  Senior Subordinated Notes due  2004 (the "Notes") of  S.D.
Warren  Company (the  "Company") bear  interest at  the rate  of 12%  per annum,
payable semi-annually on June 15 and  December 15 of each year, commencing  June
15,  1995 and are redeemable at the option  of the Company, in whole or in part,
at any time on  or after December  15, 1999 at the  redemption prices set  forth
herein.  See  "Description of  the  Notes--Optional Redemption".  The  Notes are
unsecured, subordinated obligations of the Company  and rank junior in right  of
payment  to all  existing and  future Senior Debt  (as defined)  of the Company,
including the  obligations  of  the  Company  under  the  Credit  Agreement  (as
defined).  At July 3, 1996,  the aggregate principal amount  of such Senior Debt
was $567.2  million. As  of the  date hereof,  the Company  has no  subordinated
Indebtedness  (as defined) other than  the Notes. The Notes  will rank senior in
right of  payment to  or PARI  PASSU  to any  subordinated Indebtedness  of  the
Company issued hereafter. See "Description of the Notes-- Subordination".
 
    Each share of the Company's 14% Series B Senior Exchangeable Preferred Stock
due  2006 (the "Senior Preferred Stock")  has a liquidation preference of $25.00
per share and  will rank senior  to any  Junior Securities (as  defined) of  the
Company  issued hereafter.  As of  the date  hereof, the  Company has  no Junior
Securities outstanding, other  than its  common stock. Dividends  on the  Senior
Preferred Stock will accrue and be cumulative from the date of issuance and will
accrue  in each period ending on March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15
of each year at a rate of 14%  per annum of (i) the liquidation preference  plus
(ii)  the amount of accrued but unpaid dividends from prior periods ending on or
prior to December 15, 1999. The Company does not expect to pay dividends on  the
Senior Preferred Stock in cash for any period ending on or prior to December 15,
1999.  See "Description  of the  Senior Preferred  Stock--Dividends". The Senior
Preferred Stock will be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or  in
part,  at any time  on or after December  15, 2001 at  the redemption prices set
forth herein.  See "Description  of the  Senior Preferred  Stock--Redemption  of
Senior  Preferred Stock--Optional". The Company is required to redeem the Senior
Preferred Stock on December  15, 2006 at the  Specified Amount (as defined).  On
any  scheduled dividend payment  date, the Company may,  at its option, exchange
all but  not  less  than all  of  the  shares of  Senior  Preferred  Stock  then
outstanding for the Company's 14% Subordinated Exchange Debentures due 2006 (the
"Exchange    Debentures").   See   "Description    of   the   Senior   Preferred
Stock--Exchange" and "Description of the Exchange Debentures".
 
    The Notes,  the  Senior Preferred  Stock  and the  Exchange  Debentures  are
referred to collectively herein as the "Securities".
 
    SEE  "RISK  FACTORS" ON  PAGE 9  FOR A  DESCRIPTION OF  CERTAIN RISKS  TO BE
CONSIDERED IN CONNECTION WITH AN INVESTMENT IN THE SECURITIES.
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT  BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES  AND
 EXCHANGE   COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS  THE
   SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION
     PASSED  UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS.  ANY
                 REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
    This Prospectus is  to be used  by Donaldson, Lufkin  & Jenrette  Securities
Corporation  ("DLJSC") in connection with offers  and sales of the Securities in
market making transactions in the  over-the-counter market at negotiated  prices
related  to  prevailing market  prices at  the time  of sale.  DLJSC may  act as
principal or agent in such transactions. The Company will not receive any of the
proceeds from the sale of the Securities.
 
                          DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
      SECURITIES CORPORATION
 
                The date of this Prospectus is November   , 1996
<PAGE>
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
   
    The Company  has filed  with  the Securities  and Exchange  Commission  (the
"Commission") a Registration Statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with
respect to the Securities being offered by this Prospectus. This Prospectus does
not  contain all the information set forth in the Registration Statement and the
exhibits and schedules thereto, to which reference is hereby made.
    
 
    The Registration Statement  and the  exhibits and schedules  thereto may  be
inspected  and  copied  at the  public  reference facilities  maintained  by the
Commission at Room 1024,  Judiciary Plaza, 450  Fifth Street, N.W.,  Washington,
D.C. 20549 and will also be available for inspection and copying at the regional
offices  of the Commission located  at 7 World Trade  Center, New York, New York
10048 and at  Citicorp Center, 500  West Madison Street  (Suite 1400),  Chicago,
Illinois  60661. Copies of  such material may  also be obtained  from the Public
Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C.
20549 at prescribed rates or through the World Wide Web (http://www.sec.gov). As
a  result of the filing  of the Registration Statement  with the Commission, the
Company was subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as  amended (the "Exchange Act"),  and in accordance therewith  was
required to file periodic reports and other information with the Commission. The
Company is no longer to be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange
Act;  however the Company has agreed that, for  so long as any of the Securities
remain outstanding, it will furnish to the applicable trustee or transfer  agent
and  the holders of the Securities, as  applicable, and file with the Commission
(unless the Commission  will not  accept such a  filing) (i)  all quarterly  and
annual  financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing
with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and  10-K if the Company was required to  file
such  forms, including  a "Management's  Discussion and  Analysis of  Results of
Operations and Financial Condition" and, with respect to the annual  information
only,  a report thereon  by the Company's  certified independent accountants and
(ii) all reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on  Form
8-K if the Company was required to file such reports.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY, AND SHOULD BE READ IN
CONJUNCTION  WITH,  THE  MORE  DETAILED  INFORMATION  AND  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS
INCLUDED ELSEWHERE IN  THIS PROSPECTUS. UNLESS  THE CONTEXT OTHERWISE  REQUIRES,
THE  "COMPANY", "S.D.  WARREN" OR  "WARREN" REFERS  TO S.D.  WARREN COMPANY. ALL
REFERENCES TO  SHIPMENTS  REFER TO  U.S.  DOMESTIC SHIPMENTS  OF  PAPER,  UNLESS
OTHERWISE  NOTED. ALL REFERENCES TO FISCAL YEARS IN THIS PROSPECTUS REFER TO THE
COMPANY'S FISCAL  YEARS ENDING  ON THE  LAST SATURDAY  IN DECEMBER,  EXCEPT  FOR
FISCAL  1995 WHICH REFERS TO THE PERIOD FROM DECEMBER 21, 1994 THROUGH SEPTEMBER
27, 1995 (THE  "NINE MONTHS  ENDED SEPTEMBER  27, 1995").  THIS CHANGE  REFLECTS
THAT, EFFECTIVE DECEMBER 20, 1994, THE COMPANY CHANGED ITS FISCAL YEAR TO FISCAL
YEARS ENDING ON THE WEDNESDAY CLOSEST TO SEPTEMBER 30 UNTIL OTHERWISE DETERMINED
BY THE COMPANY'S BOARD OF DIRECTORS.
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    Before  making an investment in the Securities, prospective investors should
consider carefully  the  factors  described in  "Risk  Factors",  including  the
consequences  of the Company's  substantial leverage, the  risk that the Company
would be unable to service its debt, the cyclical industry conditions and strong
competiton which the Company faces, the  restrictions imposed on the Company  by
the  Credit Agreement, the  dependence of the Company  on certain customers, the
subordination of  the  Securities  to  Senior Debt  of  the  Company,  stringent
regulations faced by the Company and control of the Company by a few significant
shareholders.
 
                            MARKET MAKING PROSPECTUS
 
    This Prospectus will be used by DLJSC in connection with offers and sales of
the  Securities in market-making transactions  in the over-the-counter market at
negotiated prices related to prevailing market prices at the time of sale. DLJSC
may act as principal or agent in such transactions.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    The Company manufactures printing, publishing  and specialty papers and  has
pulp   and  timberland  operations  vertically   integrated  with  some  of  its
manufacturing facilities. The  Company is  the largest producer  of coated  free
paper  (free of  groundwood pulp)  in the  United States.  The Company currently
operates four paper mills with total annual production capacity of approximately
1.5 million tons  of paper. The  Company also owns  a sheeting and  distribution
facility   in  Allentown,   Pennsylvania,  with  annual   sheeting  capacity  of
approximately 90,000 tons, and owns  approximately 911,000 acres of  timberlands
in the State of Maine.
 
    S.D.  Warren is widely recognized for  its product quality and technological
innovation in the development  and manufacture of coated  free paper, which  has
allowed Warren to sustain the franchise value of its name-brand products such as
SOMERSET-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-, LUSTRO-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-,
WARRENFLO-REGISTERED  TRADEMARK- and  PATINA-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-.  The Company
has strong customer relationships  and a distribution  network for coated  paper
which includes over 288 merchant distributing locations.
 
    For  the  period from  December 21,  1994 through  September 27,  1995, S.D.
Warren's sales of  domestic paper  products consisted of  coated paper  (70.6%),
uncoated  paper (13.6%), specialty  paper (10.2%) and  technical and other paper
products (5.6%). Coated paper is used in corporate communications,  advertising,
brochures,  magazine  covers  and  upscale  magazines,  catalogues,  direct mail
promotions and  educational text  books. Uncoated  paper is  used by  commercial
printers,  quick  printers,  large in-house  copy/printing  end-users  and small
business and  home applications.  Specialty  and technical  papers are  used  in
business from printing, coated fabric converters, pressure-sensitive laminators,
label printers and other niche market applications.
 
    The  Company  is  a  wholly owned  subsidiary  of  SDW  Holdings Corporation
("Holdings"). As  of  the  date  of this  Prospectus,  Sappi  Limited  ("Sappi")
indirectly  owns 75.07%, DLJ Merchant Banking  Partners, L.P. and certain of its
affiliates ("DLJMB")  own  18.35%  and  UBS Capital  LLC  ("UBSC")  owns  3.92%,
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
respectively,  of the common equity of Holdings on a fully diluted basis. Sappi,
DLJMB and UBSC  are collectively  referred to  herein as  the "Investor  Group".
Holdings'  principal executive offices  are located at  2700 Westchester Avenue,
Purchase, NY 10577. The telephone number is (914) 696-0021.
 
    The Company's  principal  executive  offices are  located  at  225  Franklin
Street, Boston, Massachusetts. The telephone number is (617) 423-7300.
 
                     SUMMARY DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES
 
NOTES:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                      <C>
Securities.............  $375.0  million aggregate principal  amount of 12%  Series B Senior
                         Subordinated Notes due 2004.
 
Maturity...............  December 15, 2004.
 
Interest...............  The Notes  bear interest  at the  rate of  12% per  annum,  payable
                         semiannually on June 15 and December 15.
 
Ranking................  The Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company and rank
                         (i)  junior in right  of payment to all  existing and future Senior
                         Debt (as defined in the indenture pursuant to which the Notes  were
                         issued, the "Indenture") of the Company and (ii) senior in right of
                         payment  to or PARI PASSU in right of payment with all existing and
                         future subordinated Indebtedness of the  Company. At July 3,  1996,
                         the  aggregate  principal amount  of  such Senior  Debt  was $567.2
                         million. As of  the date  hereof, the Company  has no  subordinated
                         Indebtedness other than the Notes.
 
Optional Redemption....  The Notes may be redeemed at the option of the Company, in whole or
                         in  part, on or after  December 15, 1999 at  a premium declining to
                         par in 2002, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, through  the
                         redemption date. In the event that Holdings consummates one or more
                         public  offerings of  its common  stock on  or before  December 15,
                         1997, the Company may, at its  option, redeem up to $130.0  million
                         in  aggregate  principal  amount  of Notes  with  the  net proceeds
                         therefrom at 111.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus
                         accrued and unpaid interest through the redemption date;  PROVIDED,
                         that at least $245.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Notes
                         remains  outstanding following such redemption. See "Description of
                         the Notes--Optional Redemption".
 
Change of Control......  In the event of a Change of Control, the holders of the Notes  will
                         have  the right to require the Company to purchase their Notes at a
                         price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus
                         accrued  and  unpaid  interest  to   the  date  of  purchase.   See
                         "Description   of   the   Notes--Repurchase   at   the   Option  of
                         Holders--Change of Control".
 
Covenants..............  The Indenture contains certain covenants that, among other  things,
                         limit  the ability  of the  Company and  its subsidiaries  to incur
                         additional Indebtedness and issue preferred stock, pay dividends or
                         make other distributions, repurchase Equity Interests (as  defined)
                         or   PARI  PASSU  or  subordinated  Indebtedness,  make  Restricted
                         Investments  (as   defined),   engage   in   sale   and   leaseback
                         transactions, create certain liens, enter into certain transactions
                         with affiliates, sell assets, issue or sell Equity Interests of the
                         Company's   subsidiaries   or  enter   into  certain   mergers  and
                         consolidations.  In  addition,  under  certain  circumstances,  the
                         Company  will be  required to  offer to  purchase Notes  at a price
                         equal to 101%  of the  principal amount thereof,  plus accrued  and
                         unpaid
</TABLE>
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                      <C>
                         interest  to the  date of  purchase, with  the proceeds  of certain
                         Asset Sales (as  defined). See "Description  of the  Notes--Certain
                         Covenants;--Repurchase at the Option of Holders--Asset Sales".
</TABLE>
 
SENIOR PREFERRED STOCK:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                      <C>
Securities.............  3,000,000  shares  of 14%  Series  B Senior  Exchangeable Preferred
                         Stock due 2006 of the Company.
 
Dividends..............  The Company may elect not to pay  dividends in cash on or prior  to
                         December 15, 1999, in which case such unpaid dividends shall accrue
                         and  become part  of the Specified  Amount of  the Senior Preferred
                         Stock upon which dividends  must be paid.  Dividends on each  share
                         will  accrue in each period ending  on March 15, June 15, September
                         15 and December 15 of each  year (each a "Dividend Accrual  Date"),
                         in  an  amount  equal to  14%  per  annum of  the  Specified Amount
                         thereof, defined  as  the  sum  of  (A)  such  share's  liquidation
                         preference  of $25.00 and (B) the  amount of dividends with respect
                         to such share that accrued in prior dividend accrual periods ending
                         on or prior to  December 15, 1999 and  were not previously paid  in
                         cash  (the "Accumulated Dividends"). It is not anticipated that the
                         Company will pay any dividends in cash for any period ending on  or
                         prior to December 15, 1999.
 
Liquidity of Market....  In  addition, the terms  of the Credit  Agreement and the Indenture
                         limit the amount of cash dividends the Company may pay with respect
                         to the  Senior Preferred  Stock and  other equity  securities  both
                         before and after December 15, 1999.
 
Liquidation
 Preference............  $25.00 per share.
 
Specified Amount.......  The  Specified Amount of the Senior Preferred Stock consists of the
                         Liquidation Preference plus the  Accumulated Dividends. As of  July
                         3, 1996, the Specified Amount was $30.97 per share.
 
Ranking................  The  Senior Preferred Stock  ranks senior in  right of payment with
                         respect to all  Junior Securities  (as defined) and  PARI PASSU  in
                         right  of  payment  with  respect  to  all  Parity  Securities  (as
                         defined).
 
Optional Redemption....  The Senior  Preferred Stock  is  redeemable at  the option  of  the
                         Company,  in whole or in part, at any time on or after December 15,
                         2001 at a premium  declining to par in  2004, plus all accrued  and
                         unpaid  dividends, if any.  In the event  that Holdings consummates
                         one or  more public  offerings of  its common  stock on  or  before
                         December  15, 1997, the  Company may, at  its option, redeem Senior
                         Preferred Stock with the proceeds  therefrom at a redemption  price
                         equal  to  113.0% of  the Specified  Amount,  plus all  accrued and
                         unpaid  dividends  (other  than  Accumulated  Dividends),  if  any,
                         through  the redemption date; PROVIDED, that at least $50.0 million
                         in aggregate  Specified Amount  of Senior  Preferred Stock  remains
                         outstanding immediately following such redemption. See "Description
                         of  the  Senior  Preferred  Stock--Redemption  of  Senior Preferred
                         Stock--Optional".
 
Mandatory Redemption...  The Company is  required to  redeem the Senior  Preferred Stock  on
                         December  15, 2006  at a  redemption price  equal to  the Specified
                         Amount thereof plus  all accrued and  unpaid dividends (other  than
                         Accumulated Dividends), if any, through the date of redemption.
 
Change of Control......  In the event of a Change of Control (as defined), holders of Senior
                         Preferred  Stock  will have  the right  to  require the  Company to
                         redeem their Senior  Preferred Stock,  in whole  or in  part, at  a
                         price equal to 101% of the Specified
</TABLE>
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                      <C>
                         Amount  thereof,  plus  accrued and  unpaid  dividends  (other than
                         Accumulated Dividends),  if  any,  to the  date  of  purchase.  See
                         "Description of the Senior Preferred Stock--Change of Control".
 
Voting Rights..........  Holders  of Senior Preferred Stock will have limited voting rights,
                         including (i) those  required by  law and  (ii) that  holders of  a
                         majority  of  the  outstanding shares  of  Senior  Preferred Stock,
                         voting as  a separate  class,  will (a)  upon  the failure  of  the
                         Company  (1) with respect to dividend accrual periods ending on and
                         after March 15, 2000, to pay for more than six consecutive dividend
                         accrual periods  dividends  in  cash equal  to  the  dividend  that
                         accrued  during such  dividend accrual  period, (2)  to satisfy any
                         mandatory  redemption  obligation  with   respect  to  the   Senior
                         Preferred  Stock, (3) to  make a Change of  Control Offer within 30
                         days following any  Change of  Control or  (4) to  comply with  the
                         covenants set forth in the Certificate of Designations, be entitled
                         to  elect two members to the Board of Directors of the Company, (b)
                         have the  right to  approve each  issuance by  the Company  of  any
                         Senior Securities or Parity Securities (other than Senior Preferred
                         Stock),  except that without the approval  of the holders of Senior
                         Preferred Stock, the Company may issue and have outstanding  shares
                         of  Parity Securities issued from time  to time in exchange for, or
                         the proceeds of which are used to redeem or repurchase, any or  all
                         of  the shares of Senior Preferred Stock or other Parity Securities
                         and (c) have the right  to approve certain mergers,  consolidations
                         and  sales  of assets.  See  "Description of  the  Senior Preferred
                         Stock--Voting Rights".
 
Covenants..............  The Certificate of Designations for the Senior Preferred Stock (the
                         "Certificate of Designations")  contains customary covenants  that:
                         (i) limit the ability of the Company to redeem or repurchase Junior
                         Securities  or Parity  Securities and  pay dividends  thereon, (ii)
                         prohibit,  under   certain  circumstances,   certain  mergers   and
                         consolidations  of  and  sales  of  assets  by  the  Company, (iii)
                         restrict transactions with affiliates and (iv) require the  Company
                         to deliver certain reports and information to the holders.
 
Exchange Feature.......  On  any scheduled  dividend payment date,  the Company  may, at its
                         option, exchange all but not less than all of the shares of  Senior
                         Preferred  Stock  then  outstanding for  Exchange  Debentures  in a
                         principal amount equal to the Specified Amount of Senior  Preferred
                         Stock held by such holder at the time of such exchange.
</TABLE>
 
EXCHANGE DEBENTURES:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                      <C>
Securities.............  14% Subordinated Exchange Debentures due 2006, limited in principal
                         amount  to  the  Specified  Amount of  the  Senior  Preferred Stock
                         outstanding on the Exchange Date (as defined), plus such  principal
                         amount  of additional Exchange Debentures as  may be issued in lieu
                         of cash interest.
 
Maturity...............  December 15, 2006
 
Interest...............  The Exchange Debentures will bear interest  at the rate of 14%  per
                         annum,  payable semiannually on June 15 and December 15, commencing
                         with the first of such dates  to occur after the Exchange Date.  On
                         or  prior to December 15, 1999, interest  may, at the option of the
                         Company,  be  paid  in  cash  or  by  issuing  additional  Exchange
                         Debentures  with a principal  amount equal to  such interest. After
                         December 15, 1999, interest on the Exchange Debentures may be  paid
                         only in cash.
 
Ranking................  The  Exchange  Debentures  will  be  unsecured  obligations  of the
                         Company, subordinate to  all existing  and future  Senior Debt  (as
                         defined in the indenture
</TABLE>
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                      <C>
                         pursuant  to  which the  Exchange  Debentures will  be  issued, the
                         "Exchange Debenture  Indenture")  of  the  Company,  including  the
                         obligations  of  the Company  under  the Credit  Agreement  and the
                         Notes. At July 3,  1996, the aggregate amount  of such Senior  Debt
                         was $567.2 million.
 
Optional Redemption....  The  Exchange  Debentures  may be  redeemed  at the  option  of the
                         Company, in whole or in  part, on or after  December 15, 2001 at  a
                         premium  declining to par in 2004, plus accrued and unpaid interest
                         and Liquidated Damages, if any, through the redemption date. In the
                         event that Holdings consummates one or more public offerings of its
                         common stock on or  before December 15, 1997,  the Company may,  at
                         its  option,  redeem  Exchange  Debentures  with  the  net proceeds
                         therefrom at a redemption  price equal to  113.0% of the  aggregate
                         principal  amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest through
                         the redemption  date;  PROVIDED, that  at  least $50.0  million  in
                         aggregate   principal   amount  of   Exchange   Debentures  remains
                         outstanding immediately following such redemption. See "Description
                         of the Exchange Debentures--Optional Redemption".
 
Change of Control......  In the event of  a Change of Control,  the holders of the  Exchange
                         Debentures  will have the right to  require the Company to purchase
                         their Exchange Debentures at a price equal to 101% of the aggregate
                         principal amount thereof, plus accrued  and unpaid interest to  the
                         date    of   purchase.    See   "Description    of   the   Exchange
                         Debentures--Change of Control".
 
Certain Covenants......  The Exchange Debenture Indenture will contain covenants similar  to
                         the  covenants with respect to the  Senior Preferred Stock and will
                         also limit the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to incur
                         additional Indebtedness and issue preferred stock, pay dividends or
                         make  other   distributions,   repurchase   Equity   Interests   or
                         subordinated Indebtedness or make certain Restricted Investments.
</TABLE>
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
                           SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA (1)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  PREDECESSOR                                     SUCCESSOR
                                  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------
                                                                                                   PERIOD          PERIOD
                                     TWELVE        TWELVE                                       SEPTEMBER 25,   DECEMBER 21,
                                  MONTHS ENDED  MONTHS ENDED  TWELVE MONTHS     NINE MONTHS     1994 THROUGH    1994 THROUGH
                                  DECEMBER 28,  DECEMBER 26,  ENDED DECEMBER  ENDED SEPTEMBER   DECEMBER 20,    SEPTEMBER 27,
                                      1991        1992(2)        25, 1993        24, 1994           1994            1995
                                  ------------  ------------  --------------  ---------------  ---------------  -------------
<S>                               <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>              <C>              <C>
                                                                     (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Sales.........................   $  1,169.7    $  1,212.8     $  1,143.6       $   828.8        $   313.6       $ 1,155.8
  Gross profit..................        144.6         182.5          168.1           106.4             49.9           269.8
  Selling, general and
   administrative expenses......         92.0          91.0           91.7            72.1             22.2            96.7
  Restructuring charges.........         38.0            --           66.1              --               --              --
  Income from operations........         14.6          91.5           10.3            34.3             27.7           173.1
  Other income (expense), net...          0.1           0.1            0.1             0.1             (0.5)            3.2
  Interest expense..............          9.3           9.0            8.5             6.4              2.3           106.0
  Income tax provision..........          2.6          32.0            6.5            11.2              9.9            28.2
  Extraordinary item, net of
   tax..........................           --            --             --              --               --              --
  Net income (loss).............          2.8          50.6           (4.6)           16.8             15.0            42.1
 
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
  EBITDA (3)....................   $    180.9    $    183.1     $    169.5       $   105.9        $    56.5       $   262.9
  Capital expenditures..........         53.7          70.1           68.9            32.3             14.5            33.7
  Depreciation, cost of timber
   harvested and amortization...        128.3          91.6           93.1            71.6             28.8            89.8
  Ratio of earnings to fixed
   charges (4)..................         1.3x          5.8x           1.1x            3.1x             8.2x            1.4x
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                   NINE MONTHS
                                      ENDED
                                     JULY 3,
                                      1996
                                  -------------
<S>                               <C>
 
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Sales.........................    $ 1,066.8
  Gross profit..................        192.7
  Selling, general and
   administrative expenses......         98.1
  Restructuring charges.........           --
  Income from operations........         94.6
  Other income (expense), net...         (1.3)
  Interest expense..............         84.3
  Income tax provision..........          3.6
  Extraordinary item, net of
   tax..........................         (2.0)
  Net income (loss).............          3.4
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
  EBITDA (3)....................    $   181.0
  Capital expenditures..........         32.2
  Depreciation, cost of timber
   harvested and amortization...         86.4
  Ratio of earnings to fixed
   charges (4)..................           (5)
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                 AT JULY 3, 1996
                                                                                                                ------------------
<S>                                                                                                             <C>
                                                                                                                   (DOLLARS IN
                                                                                                                    MILLIONS)
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Working capital.............................................................................................      $     88.7
  Plant assets (net)..........................................................................................         1,115.7
  Total assets................................................................................................         1,681.0
  Total debt (including current maturities)...................................................................           949.4
  Senior preferred stock (6)..................................................................................            84.5
  Stockholder's equity........................................................................................           358.2
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1)  For a more detailed presentation of the Company's financial statements, see
     "Selected Historical Financial Data" and the Company's Financial Statements
     included herein.
 
(2)  Includes  the  revision  in  the estimated  useful  lives  used  to compute
     depreciation  for  certain   equipment  which  increased   net  income   by
     approximately  $26.2  million  as  well as  the  adoption  of  Statement of
     Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.   106,  "Employers'  Accounting   for
     Postretirement  Benefits Other Than  Pensions" which reduced  net income by
     approximately $6.1 million.
 
(3)  EBITDA is defined  as income from  operations before restructuring  expense
     plus depreciation, cost of timber harvested and amortization as reported in
     the  Statements of Cash Flows.  EBITDA is presented because  it is a widely
     accepted financial indicator of  a company's ability  to service and  incur
     debt.  EBITDA should not be considered by  an investor as an alternative to
     GAAP  operating  income  as  an   indicator  of  the  Company's   operating
     performance  or as an alternative to the Company's cash flow from operating
     activities as a measure of liquidity.
 
(4)  For purposes of  computing the ratio  of earnings to  fixed charges,  fixed
     charges  consist  of interest  expense on  long-term debt,  amortization of
     deferred financing costs and that portion (one-third) of rentals deemed  to
     be  representative of  interest. Earnings  consist of  income before income
     taxes, plus fixed charges.
 
(5)  For the period ended July 3, 1996, the Company's earnings were insufficient
     to cover fixed charges by $8.6 million.
 
(6)  Liquidation value was $92.9 million at July 3, 1996.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
                           FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
    The  Company  wishes  to  caution  readers  that  this  Prospectus  contains
forward-looking statements which, at the time  made, speak about the future  and
are  based upon management's interpretation of  what it believes are significant
factors affecting  the Company's  business. The  Company believes  that  various
factors  could affect the Company's actual results and could cause the Company's
actual results for 1996 and beyond to differ materially from those expressed  in
any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of the Company. Such factors
include,  but  are  not  limited  to:  global  economic  and  market conditions;
production and capacity in the United States and Europe; production and  pricing
levels  of pulp and paper; any major disruption in production at key facilities;
alterations in  trade conditions  in and  between the  United States  and  other
countries where the Company does business; and changes in environmental, tax and
other laws and regulations.
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    Prospective  investors should  consider carefully  the following  summary of
material risk  factors  in  addition  to  other  information  included  in  this
Prospectus before making an investment in the Securities.
 
CONSEQUENCES OF SUBSTANTIAL LEVERAGE FOR THE COMPANY AND SECURITYHOLDERS
 
    In  connection  with  the  Acquisition,  the  Company  incurred  substantial
indebtedness.  Consequently,   the   Company  has   significant   debt   service
obligations.  As of  July 3, 1996,  the Company had  total outstanding long-term
indebtedness (including  the  current portion  thereof)  of $949.4  million  and
redeemable   preferred  stock  plus  stockholder's  equity  of  $442.7  million,
resulting in  a debt  to equity  and  preferred stock  ratio of  2.1 to  1.  See
"Capitalization"   and  "Management's  Discussion   and  Analysis  of  Financial
Condition and Results of Operations".
 
    The  degree  to  which  the  Company  is  leveraged  could  have   important
consequences  to holders  of the  Securities, including  the following:  (i) the
Company's ability to  obtain additional financing  for working capital,  capital
expenditures,  acquisitions, general corporate purposes or other purposes may be
impaired in the future;  (ii) a substantial portion  of the Company's cash  flow
from  operations must be dedicated  to the payment of  principal and interest on
its indebtedness, thereby reducing the funds available to the Company for  other
purposes;  (iii) certain of the Company's borrowings are and will continue to be
at variable  rates  of  interest, which  exposes  the  Company to  the  risk  of
increased  interest  rates; (iv)  the  indebtedness outstanding  under  the Bank
Financing is secured by substantially all the assets of the Company and  matures
prior  to the maturity of the Notes  and the Exchange Debentures, if issued, and
prior to  the  date on  which  the Senior  Preferred  Stock is  required  to  be
redeemed;  (v) the Company  may be substantially more  leveraged than certain of
its competitors, which may place the Company at a competitive disadvantage;  and
(vi)  the Company's  substantial degree  of leverage  may hinder  its ability to
adjust rapidly to changing market conditions  and could make it more  vulnerable
in  the event of a downturn in  general economic conditions or its business. See
"Description of the Credit Agreement and the A/R Facility"; "Description of  the
Notes"; and "Description of the Senior Preferred Stock".
 
RISK OF INABILITY TO SERVICE DEBT
 
    The  ability of the Company  to make scheduled payments  or to refinance its
obligations with  respect  to its  indebtedness  depends on  its  financial  and
operating  performance,  which,  in  turn,  is  subject  to  prevailing economic
conditions and  to financial,  business and  other factors  beyond its  control.
There  can be  no assurance  that its operating  results will  be sufficient for
payment of its indebtedness in the future.
 
    The Company's operating results will need  to be of sufficient magnitude  to
meet  its debt service obligations, including with  respect to the Notes and, if
issued, the Exchange Debentures, and to make mandatory redemption payments  with
respect to the Senior Preferred Stock. The Company's operating results have been
negatively affected by market conditions in recent periods and accordingly there
can  be no assurance that the Company's  operating results will be of sufficient
magnitude to enable  the Company to  meet its debt  service obligations. In  the
absence  of such operating results, the Company could face substantial liquidity
problems and might be  required to dispose of  material assets or operations  to
meet its debt
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
service and other obligations, and there can be no assurance as to the timing of
such  sales  or the  proceeds  which the  Company  could realize  therefrom. See
"Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources".
CYCLICAL INDUSTRY CONDITIONS; STRONG COMPETITION
 
    The markets for the Company's products are highly cyclical, characterized by
periods  of supply  and demand  imbalance. Between  1988 and  1993, the  rate of
growth of demand  slowed as a  result of the  world-wide recession.  Conversely,
coated paper capacity increased significantly in North America over such period.
In  addition, in 1992, North American imports  from Europe increased as a result
of excess capacity in Europe
and a devaluation in certain European currencies in relation to the U.S. dollar,
causing North American prices to deteriorate.
 
    The large  supply-demand  imbalance  as a  result  of  significant  capacity
additions  and, to a lesser degree, imports from Europe caused operating margins
of the Company and its competitors to decline over the period from 1988  through
early  1994. Beginning  in mid-1994, however,  the industry  rebounded from this
decline,  with  several  price  increases  announced  throughout  the  industry.
However,  since the  third quarter  of 1995,  demand for  the Company's products
decreased. Accordingly, demand was  lower during the nine  months ended July  3,
1996  as compared to demand  levels during the second  half of fiscal 1995. This
decrease is due  to a  softening in orders  experienced by  the industry  across
certain  product lines  primarily resulting  from merchants,  printers and other
converters reducing  their inventory  levels which  had increased  above  normal
levels.  The  decline in  demand resulted  in  reduced prices,  with discounting
occurring on certain  paper product  grades. Accordingly,  the Company  realized
lower  net selling prices  per ton during  the first nine  months of fiscal year
1996 as compared to prices realized during the second half of fiscal year  1995.
However,  because the impact of the increase  in prices in 1995 was not realized
until the latter half  of fiscal year 1995,  net selling prices realized  during
the nine months ended July 3, 1996 remained relatively flat as compared to those
prices  realized during the same period last  year. In addition, the cost of raw
materials decreased during  the nine months  ended July 3,  1996 as compared  to
prices at the end of fiscal year 1995 due to the decrease in the market price of
pulp.   However,  the  Company  manufactures   approximately  65%  of  its  pulp
requirements which reduces  its ability to  benefit from (and  its exposure  to)
fluctuations in the market price for pulp.
 
    As a result of the weaker market conditions, the Company temporarily reduced
production  levels at certain  of its manufacturing  facilities during the first
quarter of fiscal year 1996. The reduction of inventory levels by the  Company's
customers  and the  weaker market  conditions continued  into the  summer months
which are typically  strong due to  increased demand from  catalog printers.  In
addition,  new  capacity commencing  later this  year in  the United  States and
overseas is expected to increase competition for market share and may delay  any
improvement in market conditions. The paper market is highly cyclical and to the
extent  that the weaker market trend does  not reverse or becomes more pervasive
within the Company's existing product lines, the Company's sales, gross  margins
and cash flows will continue to be adversely affected.
 
    In addition, the North American coated paper industry is highly competitive.
The  Company competes  mainly with  U.S. and  Canadian producers  of coated free
paper, and, to a lesser degree, European producers. Manufacturers of coated free
paper compete primarily on the basis  of quality, service, price and breadth  of
product  line, as well as product innovation and sales and distribution support.
Certain of the Company's competitors  have greater financial resources than  the
Company  and certain of the mills operated  by its competitors may be lower cost
producers of pulp and  coated paper than  certain of the  mills operated by  the
Company. See "Business--The Company--Competition".
 
RESTRICTIONS IMPOSED BY CREDIT AGREEMENT
 
    The  Company's  credit agreement  with respect  to  the Bank  Financing (the
"Credit Agreement") contains a number of significant covenants that, among other
things, restrict the ability of the  Company and its subsidiaries to dispose  of
assets,  incur debt, pay dividends, create  liens, make capital expenditures and
make certain  investments  or  acquisitions  and  otherwise  restrict  corporate
activities.  In addition, under the Credit Agreement, the Company is required to
maintain specified  financial  ratios,  including a  minimum  interest  coverage
ratio,  a minimum debt  service ratio and a  net worth test.  The ability of the
Company to
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
comply with  such provisions  may be  affected by  events beyond  the  Company's
control.  In order to comply  with some of these  covenants, the Company will be
required to achieve financial  and operating results  which are slightly  better
than  those achieved historically.  There can be no  assurance that such results
will be achieved. The breach of any  of the covenants could result in a  default
under  the Credit Agreement. In the event  of any such default, depending on the
actions taken by the  lenders thereunder (the "Lenders"),  the Company could  be
prohibited  from making any payments of principal  or interest on the Notes and,
if issued,  the Exchange  Debentures and  from paying  dividends on  the  Senior
Preferred  Stock. In  addition, the Lenders  could elect to  declare all amounts
borrowed under the Credit Agreement, together  with accrued interest, to be  due
and  payable. If the Company  were unable to repay  such borrowings, the Lenders
could proceed against  their collateral.  If the indebtedness  under the  Credit
Agreement  were to be accelerated, there can  be no assurance that the assets of
the Company  would be  sufficient to  repay  such indebtedness  and any  of  the
Securities  in full. See  "Description of the Credit  Agreement and the Accounts
Receivable Facility"; "Description of the Notes--Subordination"; "Description of
the  Senior  Preferred  Stock--Dividends";  and  "Description  of  the  Exchange
Debentures--Subordination".
 
DEPENDENCE ON PRINCIPAL CUSTOMERS
 
    For  the  nine  months ended  July  3,  1996, the  Company's  customers that
individually  accounted  for  greater  than  10%  of  sales  were  divisions  or
subsidiaries of International Paper Company, Central National-Gottesman Inc. and
Alco  Standard Corporation. Each  of these customers is  a merchant that resells
the Company's paper products to a wide  range of end-users. As indicated in  the
Notes to Financial Statements, the loss of any one of these customers could have
a  material adverse effect on the  Company's business and results of operations.
See "Business--The Company--Customers" and the Notes to Financial Statements.
 
SUBORDINATION OF NOTES TO SIGNIFICANT SENIOR DEBT
 
    The Notes are unsecured obligations of  the Company and are subordinated  in
right  of payment  to all  existing and  future Senior  Debt (as  defined in the
Indenture) of the Company.  At July 3, 1996,  the aggregate principal amount  of
such  Senior Debt was $567.2 million. As of  the date hereof, the Company has no
subordinated Indebtedness other than the Notes. In the event of the  bankruptcy,
liquidation  or reorganization of the Company, the assets of the Company will be
available to pay obligations on the Notes only after all such Senior Debt of the
Company has been paid in full, and there may not be sufficient assets  remaining
to  pay amounts  due on  any or  all of  the Notes  then outstanding. Additional
indebtedness, including Senior  Debt, may  be incurred  by the  Company and  its
Subsidiaries  from  time to  time, subject  to  the terms  of the  Indenture. In
addition, although the Notes may be guaranteed  in the future by certain of  the
Company's  subsidiaries  of  a  certain size,  the  Notes  will  be structurally
subordinated to any liabilities or obligations of any subsidiary of the  Company
which  is not a Guarantor (as defined)  and, in any event, will be contractually
subordinated, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, to such Senior Debt
of  each   subsidiary  which   is   a  Guarantor.   See  "Description   of   the
Notes--Subordination".
 
JUNIOR RANKING OF SENIOR PREFERRED STOCK AND SUBORDINATION OF
 EXCHANGE DEBENTURES TO SIGNIFICANT SENIOR DEBT
 
    The  Senior Preferred Stock ranks junior in right of payment to all existing
and future liabilities and  obligations (whether or not  for borrowed money)  of
the  Company, PARI  PASSU with each  other class  of capital stock  or series of
preferred stock  issued by  the  Company that  specifically provides  that  such
series  will rank on a parity with Senior Preferred Stock and senior in right of
payment to all common stock and each  other class of capital stock or series  of
preferred  stock  issued by  the Company  that  specifically provides  that such
series will rank junior to  the Senior Preferred Stock  or which do not  specify
their  rank. The holders of the Senior  Preferred Stock will have limited voting
rights. See "Description of the Senior Preferred Stock-- Rank; --Voting Rights".
 
    The Exchange Debentures  will be  unsecured obligations of  the Company  and
will  be subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Debt
(as defined in the Exchange Debenture  Indenture) of the Company, including  the
obligations  of the Company under the Credit Agreement, the A/R Facility and the
Notes. At July 3, 1996, the aggregate  principal amount of such Senior Debt  was
$567.2 million. In the event of bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the
Company, the assets of the Company will be
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
available  to pay  obligations on  the Exchange  Debentures only  after all such
Senior Debt  of  the Company  has  been  paid in  full,  and there  may  not  be
sufficient  assets remaining to  pay amounts due  on any or  all of the Exchange
Debentures then outstanding. Additional indebtedness, including Senior Debt, may
be incurred by the Company  and its subsidiaries from  time to time, subject  to
the  terms  of  the  Exchange Debenture  Indenture.  In  addition,  the Exchange
Debentures will be structurally subordinated  to any liabilities or  obligations
of    the   Company's   subsidiaries.   See   "Description   of   the   Exchange
Debentures--Subordination".
 
STRINGENT ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION; PROPOSED TIMBER REGULATION
 
    The Company and its operations are subject to a wide range of  environmental
laws and regulations relating to, among other matters, air emissions, wastewater
discharges,  landfill operations and hazardous waste management. Compliance with
these laws and regulations is an increasingly important factor in the  Company's
business.  The Company will continue to incur capital and operating expenditures
to maintain compliance with applicable federal and state environmental laws  and
to  meet new regulatory requirements. Such new requirements include the proposed
regulations announced  in  November  1993 by  the  United  States  Environmental
Protection  Agency (the "EPA") that would require more stringent controls on air
and water discharges  from pulp and  paper mills (generally  referred to as  the
"cluster  rules").  Although  the  EPA  has  not  made  any  commitments,  final
promulgation of portions of the cluster  rules may occur in 1996 and  compliance
with  the  rules may  be required  beginning in  1998. It  is expected  that the
cluster rules, if  adopted as currently  proposed, will require  the Company  to
incur  approximately  $86.0 million  to  $96.0 million  of  capital expenditures
through 1999. The Company also anticipates  that through 1999, it will incur  an
additional  $10.0 million  to $20.0 million  of capital  expenditures related to
environmental compliance,  other than  as a  result of  the cluster  rules.  The
ultimate  financial impact  of the  proposed cluster  rules on  the Company will
depend upon  the  nature  of  the final  regulations,  the  timing  of  required
implementation  and the cost and availability of new technology. Expenditures to
comply with proposed and future environmental laws and regulations could have  a
material  adverse effect on the Company's  business and financial condition. See
"Business--The Company--Environmental and Safety Matters".
 
    In addition to  conventional pollutants,  minute quantities  of dioxins  and
other  chlorinated organic compounds may be contained in the wastewater effluent
of the Company's bleached kraft pulp mills in Somerset and Westbrook, Maine  and
Muskegon,  Michigan. The  most recent  National Pollutant  Discharge Elimination
System ("NPDES") wastewater permit limits proposed by the EPA would limit dioxin
discharges from the  Company's Somerset  and Westbrook  mills to  less than  the
level  of detectability.  The Company  is presently  meeting the  EPA's proposed
dioxin limits but  it is not  meeting the proposed  limits for other  parameters
(E.G., temperature and color) and is attempting to revise these other wastewater
permit  limits for  its facilities.  While the  permit limitations  at these two
facilities are being challenged, the Company continues to operate under existing
EPA permits,  which  have  technically  expired,  in  accordance  with  accepted
administrative  practice. In addition, the Muskegon  mill is involved, as one of
various industrial  plaintiffs,  in  litigation  with  the  County  of  Muskegon
regarding   a  1994  ordinance  governing  the  County's  industrial  wastewater
pretreatment program. The lawsuit challenges, among other things, the  treatment
capacity  availability and the local effluent limit provisions of the ordinance.
In July  1996, the  Court rendered  a  decision substantially  in favor  of  the
Company  and  the other  plaintiffs,  but the  County  has appealed  the Court's
decision. If the Company and the other plaintiffs do not prevail in that  appeal
or  are not successful in ongoing negotiations  with the County, the Company may
not be able to  obtain additional treatment capacity  for future expansions  and
the  County could  impose stricter  permit limits.  The imposition  of currently
proposed permit limits  or the  failure of  the Muskegon  lawsuit could  require
substantial  additional expenditures, including short-term expenditures, and may
lead  to   substantial  fines   for   any  noncompliance.   See   "Business--The
Company--Environmental and Safety Matters".
 
    The  Company owns approximately 911,000 gross acres of timberlands in Maine,
789,400 of  which are  net forested  acres.  The Company  believes that  it  can
harvest  approximately 13,100 acres per year on a sustainable basis. On November
5, 1996,  a proposed  binding referendum  measure to  eliminate clearcutting  in
unincorporated  areas in the  State of Maine was  defeated. A competing measure,
which could  establish new  forestry standards  stricter than  current law,  but
which  would not  completely ban clearcutting,  received a  plurality vote. This
competing measure was supported by the Company, other major timber interests  in
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
Maine,  several environmental  groups as  well as  the Governor  of Maine. Under
Maine law, this competing  measure will not automatically  become law unless  it
receives a simple majority of the votes cast in a special election to be held in
1997.  If this competing measure does become law, the consequence to the Company
is  not  expected  to  be  material  because  such  measure  generally  reflects
sustainable  forestry initiatives that have  already been voluntarily adopted by
the Company. See "Business--Timberlands".
 
CONTROL BY MAJORITY STOCKHOLDER
 
    As of the  date of  this Prospectus, Holdings  owned 100%  of the  Company's
voting  stock.  Sappi  controls approximately  75.07%  of  Holdings' outstanding
voting stock on a fully diluted basis. Pursuant to a Shareholders Agreement  (as
defined) among Sappi, DLJMB, UBSC, Holdings, S.D. Warren (as successor by merger
to  SDW Acquisition Corporation  ("SDW Acquisition") and  certain other parties,
Sappi is entitled to nominate a majority  of the Board of Directors of  Holdings
and  has certain other special approval rights. Accordingly, it is expected that
Sappi will  exercise  significant influence  over  the Board  of  Directors  and
business  and operations  of each  of Holdings and  the Company.  Subject to the
restrictions on corporate actions  described under "--Restrictions on  Company's
Corporate Actions", Sappi may be deemed to control Holdings and the Company. See
"Security  Ownership of Certain  Beneficial Owners and  Management" and "Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions".
 
RESTRICTIONS ON THE COMPANY'S CORPORATE ACTIONS
 
    Pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement, the  Company has agreed not to  take
certain corporate actions, including (i) dispositions of certain subsidiaries or
divisions  of the Company, (ii)  the hiring or dismissal  of the chief executive
officer or chief financial officer of the Company, (iii) any merger in which the
Company is not  the surviving  corporation and (iv)  any change  in the  capital
structure  of the Company  (including the incurrence  of indebtedness) involving
amounts in excess  of specified  thresholds, without  not only  approval by  the
majority  of the board of Holdings present at a meeting at which a Quorum exists
but also approval by at least one  Sappi Group director, the DLJ Group  director
and,  in certain cases, the UBS Group director (as such terms are defined in the
Shareholders Agreement). Consequently, each  of the Sappi  Group, the DLJ  Group
and,  in certain cases, the  UBS Group effectively have  the power to block such
actions. In  addition,  the  Shareholders Agreement  provides  that  the  annual
business plan or budget of the Company must be approved by a director designated
by each of such Groups. Compliance with such special approval requirements could
delay  or be disruptive to the normal  corporate functioning of the Company. See
"Security Ownership of  Certain Beneficial  Owners and  Management--Shareholders
Agreement".
 
REQUIREMENT TO DO BUSINESS WITH SAPPI AFFILIATES
 
    Pursuant  to  the  Shareholders  Agreement, if  the  Company  sells products
outside of the United States and  Canada, it is, subject to certain  exceptions,
required  to enter  into arms'  length marketing  agreements with  affiliates of
Sappi relating  to such  sales. For  the nine  months ended  July 3,  1996,  the
Company sold approximately $71.1 million of products through affiliates of Sappi
and  expensed fees of approximately $4.3 million. See "Certain Relationships and
Related Transactions--Transactions With Related Parties".
 
    During fiscal year 1996, the Company began purchasing products from  certain
affiliates in U.S. Dollars primarily for sale to external customers. The Company
receives  commissions  from  the  affiliates  on  such  sales.  To  date,  these
transactions have not been material.
 
RESTRICTIONS ON MAKING A CHANGE OF CONTROL OFFER; ANTITAKEOVER EFFECTS
 OF CHANGE OF CONTROL PROVISIONS
 
    Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, as defined in the Indenture, the
Certificate of Designations or the Exchange Debenture Indenture, as the case may
be, each  holder  of Notes,  Senior  Preferred  Stock or,  if  issued,  Exchange
Debentures,  will have the right to require  the Company to purchase all or part
of  such  holder's  Notes,  Senior  Preferred  Stock  or,  if  issued,  Exchange
Debentures,  at  a repurchase  price equal  to 101%  of the  aggregate principal
amount or Specified Amount thereof, as the case may be, plus accrued and  unpaid
interest  or dividends  (other than Accumulated  Dividends) or  interest, as the
case may
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
be. See "Description of the  Notes--Repurchase at the Option of  Holders--Change
of Control"; "Description of the Senior Preferred Stock--Change of Control"; and
"Description of the Exchange Debentures-- Change of Control".
    The   Credit  Agreement  and  the  A/R  Facility  each  contain,  and  other
indebtedness may contain, prohibitions of certain events which would  constitute
a  Change of Control. In addition, the exercise by the holders of the Notes, the
Senior Preferred Stock or, if issued, the Exchange Debentures of their right  to
require  the Company to repurchase the Notes,  the Senior Preferred Stock or, if
issued, the Exchange Debentures could cause a default under the Credit Agreement
or such  other indebtedness,  even if  the Change  of Control  itself does  not.
Finally,  the Company's  ability to pay  cash to  the holders of  the Notes, the
Senior Preferred Stock or, if issued, the Exchange Debentures, upon a repurchase
may  be  limited  by  the  Company's  then  existing  financing  resources.  See
"Description of the Credit Agreement and the A/R Facility".
 
    The  Change of Control  purchase feature of the  Notes, the Senior Preferred
Stock or,  if  issued,  the  Exchange  Debentures  and  the  Change  of  Control
prohibitions in each of the Credit Agreement and the A/R Facility may in certain
circumstances  discourage  or make  more  difficult a  sale  or takeover  of the
Company and, thus, the removal of incumbent management.
 
TAX CONSEQUENCES OF DISTRIBUTIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE SENIOR PREFERRED STOCK
 AND EXCHANGE OF EXCHANGE DEBENTURES
 
    The redemption price of the Senior Preferred Stock substantially exceeds its
issue price. As a result,  a holder will be required  to treat such excess as  a
series  of constructive  distributions on  the Senior  Preferred Stock occurring
over the  life  of such  stock.  To the  extent  of the  Company's  current  and
accumulated   earnings  and  profits  (as  calculated  for  Federal  income  tax
purposes), the amount of each such constructive distribution will be  includible
in  a holder's  income as  ordinary dividend  income (subject  to the applicable
dividends received deduction) at the time such distribution is deemed to  occur,
notwithstanding  that the cash attributable to  such income will not be received
by the holder until a subsequent period.
 
    The Company may,  at its  option and under  certain circumstances,  exchange
Exchange  Debentures for the Senior Preferred Stock. Any such exchange will be a
taxable event  to  holders  of  the Senior  Preferred  Stock.  Furthermore,  the
Exchange  Debentures will be  treated as having been  issued with original issue
discount ("OID") for Federal income tax purposes. Holders of Exchange Debentures
will be required to  include such OID  (as ordinary income)  in income over  the
life  of  the  Exchange  Debentures,  in advance  of  the  receipt  of  the cash
attributable to such income. See "Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations".
 
LIMITATION ON CASH DIVIDENDS; OBLIGATIONS WITH RESPECT TO HOLDINGS PREFERRED
STOCK
 
    The Company is not  required to pay cash  dividends on the Senior  Preferred
Stock  until March 15, 2000.  The Company intends to  retain future earnings, if
any, for use in its business and  does not anticipate paying any cash  dividends
on  the Senior Preferred Stock for any period ending on or prior to December 15,
1999. In addition, the terms of the Credit Agreement and the Indenture limit the
amount of  cash  dividends  the Company  may  pay  with respect  to  the  Senior
Preferred Stock and other equity securities both before and after that date. See
"Description  of the Credit Agreement and the A/R Facility"; "Description of the
Notes--Certain  Covenants";   and   "Description   of   the   Senior   Preferred
Stock--Dividends".  In  addition,  the  Company  would  have  to  fund  any cash
dividends payable with respect to the 15% Senior Exchangeable Preferred Stock of
Holdings ("Holdings  Preferred Stock").  Holdings is  not required  to pay  cash
dividends  on  the  Holdings Preferred  Stock  until  March 15,  2000.  See "The
Acquisition".
 
RISK THAT NOTE OFFERING DETERMINED A FRAUDULENT CONVEYANCE
 
    Various laws enacted for the protection of creditors may apply to the  Notes
and,  if issued, the Exchange Debentures. If a  court in a lawsuit by a creditor
or a representative of creditors (such as a trustee in bankruptcy or the Company
itself as debtor-in-possession) were  to determine that  SDW Acquisition or  the
Company  did not receive  fair consideration or  reasonably equivalent value for
incurring the indebtedness evidenced by the  Notes and, if issued, the  Exchange
Debentures,  and at the time  of such incurrence SDW  Acquisition or the Company
(i) was  insolvent  or was  rendered  insolvent  by such  incurrence,  (ii)  had
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
unreasonably  small  capital  with  which  to  carry  on  its  business  and all
businesses in  which  it intended  to  engage or  (iii)  intended to  incur,  or
believed  it  would incur,  debts  beyond its  ability  to repay  as  such debts
matured,  then  such  court  could  invalidate,  in  whole  or  in  part,   such
indebtedness  as a fraudulent  conveyance. The obligations  of the Company under
the Notes and,  if issued, the  Exchange Debentures, could  then be avoided,  in
which  case a court may direct the return of all payments made thereunder to the
Company or to a fund  for the benefit of  its creditors. Alternatively, a  court
could  subordinate the  Notes and,  if issued,  the Exchange  Debentures, to all
existing and future indebtedness of the Company.
 
    The measure of insolvency for purposes of the foregoing will vary  depending
upon  which jurisdiction's law  is being applied.  Generally, however, an entity
would be considered insolvent if (i) the amount of its debts (including  certain
contingent liabilities) is greater than all of its assets at a fair valuation or
(ii)  the present fair saleable value of its assets is less than the amount that
will be required to pay its probable  liabilities on its existing debts as  they
become absolute and mature.
 
    In  rendering opinions  with respect  to the validity  of the  Notes and, if
issued, the  Exchange Debentures,  counsel did  not express  any opinion  as  to
bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization, moratorium  or similar  laws affecting
creditors' rights generally, including federal  and state statutes dealing  with
fraudulent conveyances.
 
LIQUIDITY OF MARKET
    Although  DLJSC has advised the Company that  it currently makes a market in
the Securities, it is  not obligated to  do so and  may discontinue such  market
making at any time without notice. The Securities are not listed on any national
securities  exchange  or  admitted to  trading  in the  National  Association of
Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System. Accordingly, no assurance can  be
given  as to the liquidity of the trading market for any of the Securities. If a
trading market  is not  maintained,  holders of  the Securities  may  experience
difficulty  in reselling such Securities  or may be unable  to sell them at all.
Future trading prices of the Securities will depend on many factors,  including,
among  other  things,  prevailing  interest  rates,  the  Company's  results  of
operations and  the  market  for similar  securities.  Depending  on  prevailing
interest  rates, the market for similar  securities and other factors, including
the financial condition of the Company,  the Securities may trade at a  discount
from their principal amount or liquidation preference, as the case may be.
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    The Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of any Securities in
any  market making transaction  in connection with which  this Prospectus may be
delivered.
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    The Company is not  required to pay cash  dividends on the Senior  Preferred
Stock  until March 15, 2000.  The Company intends to  retain future earnings, if
any, for use in its business and  does not anticipate paying any cash  dividends
on  the Senior Preferred Stock for any period ending on or prior to December 15,
1999. In addition, the terms of the Credit Agreement and the Indenture limit the
amount of  cash  dividends  the Company  may  pay  with respect  to  the  Senior
Preferred Stock and other equity securities both before and after that date. See
"Description  of the Credit Agreement and the A/R Facility"; "Description of the
Notes--Certain  Covenants";   and   "Description   of   the   Senior   Preferred
Stock--Dividends".
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
    The following table sets forth the short-term debt and capitalization of the
Company  at July  3, 1996.  This table  should be  read in  conjunction with the
Company's Financial Statements appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           (IN
                                                                                                        MILLIONS)
                                                                                                       -----------
<S>                                                                                                    <C>
Current portion of long-term debt....................................................................   $    46.6
                                                                                                       -----------
Long-term debt:
  Revolving Credit Facility (1)......................................................................          --
  Term Loan Facility (1).............................................................................       411.4
  Notes..............................................................................................       375.0
  Other (2)..........................................................................................       116.4
                                                                                                       -----------
    Total long-term debt.............................................................................       902.8
                                                                                                       -----------
Senior Preferred Stock (3)...........................................................................        84.5
                                                                                                       -----------
Stockholder's equity:
  Common Stock and paid-in capital...................................................................       331.8
  Retained earnings..................................................................................        26.4
                                                                                                       -----------
    Total stockholder's equity.......................................................................       358.2
                                                                                                       -----------
      Total capitalization...........................................................................   $ 1,392.1
                                                                                                       -----------
                                                                                                       -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) SDW Acquisition  financed  the Acquisition  in  part through  borrowings  of
    $630.0  million under  senior secured term  loan facilities  (the "Term Loan
    Facilities") and initial borrowings of $160.2 million under a $250.0 million
    revolving credit  facility (the  "Revolving Credit  Facility" and,  together
    with  the Term Loan Facilities, the  "Bank Financing"). The Company and SDWF
    (as defined) obtained the five-year A/R Facility, the proceeds of which were
    used to prepay,  in an  aggregate principal  amount, $100.0  million of  the
    final  installments of the Tranche  A Term Loans (as  defined) and Tranche B
    Term Loans (as defined).  See "Description of the  Credit Agreement and  the
    A/R Facility".
 
(2) Consists  principally of tax-exempt industrial revenue and pollution control
    bonds.
 
(3) Liquidation value, including unpaid dividends, was $92.9 million at July  3,
    1996.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
                       SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The  following table sets forth selected statement of operations data, other
financial data, operating data  and balance sheet data  for S.D. Warren  Company
(the  "Company" or "Warren") and the  Predecessor Corporation (as defined in the
Notes to  Financial Statements).  The selected  financial data  for fiscal  year
1993, the nine months ended September 24, 1994 and the period from September 25,
1994  to December 20, 1994 are derived from the combined financial statements of
the Predecessor Corporation, which have been  audited by Deloitte & Touche  LLP.
The  selected  financial data  for  the period  from  December 21,  1994 through
September 27, 1995 are derived from the consolidated financial statements of the
Company which have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP (whose report expresses
an unqualified opinion  and includes  an explanatory paragraph  relating to  the
comparability  of  the  Predecessor  Corporation's  financial  statements).  The
selected financial data  for fiscal  year 1991 and  fiscal year  1992 have  been
prepared from selected financial data provided to the Company by the Predecessor
Corporation's Parent, Scott Paper Company, in connection with the acquisition of
Warren.  Operating data  for any  period less  than a  year are  not necessarily
indicative of the  results that may  be expected  for the full  year. This  data
should  be read in conjunction with  the Company's Financial Statement appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         TWELVE                                       NINE       SEPTEMBER 25,
                                                         MONTHS     TWELVE MONTHS  TWELVE MONTHS     MONTHS          1994
                                                         ENDED          ENDED          ENDED          ENDED         THROUGH
                                                      DECEMBER 28,  DECEMBER 26,   DECEMBER 25,   SEPTEMBER 24,  DECEMBER 20,
                                                          1991         1992(1)         1993           1994           1994
                                                      ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                   <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                     S.D. WARREN    S.D. WARREN    S.D. WARREN    S.D. WARREN
                                                      S.D. WARREN      COMPANY        COMPANY        COMPANY        COMPANY
                                                      COMPANY AND        AND            AND            AND            AND
                                                        CERTAIN        CERTAIN        CERTAIN        CERTAIN        CERTAIN
                                                        RELATED        RELATED        RELATED        RELATED        RELATED
                                                      AFFILLIATES    AFFILIATES     AFFILIATES     AFFILIATES     AFFILIATES
                                                      (PREDECESSOR) (PREDECESSOR)  (PREDECESSOR)  (PREDECESSOR)  (PREDECESSOR)
                                                      ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                          (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
<S>                                                   <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Sales...............................................   $  1,169.7     $ 1,212.8      $ 1,143.6      $   828.8      $   313.6
Gross profit........................................        144.6         182.5          168.1          106.4           49.9
Selling, general and administrative expenses........         92.0          91.0           91.7           72.1           22.2
Restructuring charges...............................         38.0            --           66.1             --             --
Income from operations..............................         14.6          91.5           10.3           34.3           27.7
Other income (expense), net.........................          0.1           0.1            0.1            0.1           (0.5)
Interest expense....................................          9.3           9.0            8.5            6.4            2.3
Income tax provision................................          2.6          32.0            6.5           11.2            9.9
Extraordinary item, net of tax......................           --            --             --             --             --
Net income (loss)...................................          2.8          50.6           (4.6)          16.8           15.0
Dividends and accretion on Senior Preferred Stock...           --            --             --             --             --
Net income (loss) applicable to common
  stockholders......................................          2.8          50.6           (4.6)          16.8           15.0
SHARE DATA:
Net earnings per common share (in millions).........   $       --     $      --      $      --      $      --      $      --
Weighted average common shares outstanding..........           --            --             --             --             --
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
EBITDA (2)..........................................        180.9         183.1          169.5          105.9           56.5
Capital expenditures................................         53.7          70.1           68.9           32.3           14.5
Depreciation, cost of timber harvested and
  amortization......................................        128.3          91.6           93.1           71.6           28.8
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (3)..............          1.3x          5.8x           1.1x           3.1x           8.2x
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF PERIOD):
Working capital.....................................   $     49.4     $    67.0      $    47.1      $   156.2      $   233.2
Total assets........................................      1,699.4       1,696.8        1,711.7        1,676.9        1,737.1
Total debt (including current maturities)...........        125.2         125.7          124.3          119.8          119.3
Senior Preferred Stock (5)..........................           --            --             --             --             --
Parent's equity.....................................      1,185.1       1,152.3        1,088.1        1,136.5        1,219.1
Stockholder's equity................................           --            --             --             --             --
 
<CAPTION>
                                                      DECEMBER 21,        NINE
                                                          1994           MONTHS
                                                         THROUGH          ENDED
                                                      SEPTEMBER 27,      JULY 3,
                                                          1995            1996
                                                      -------------  ---------------
<S>                                                   <C>            <C>
                                                       S.D. WARREN     S.D. WARREN
                                                         COMPANY         COMPANY
                                                           AND             AND
                                                      SUBSIDIARIES    SUBSIDIARIES
                                                       (SUCCESSOR)     (SUCCESSOR)
                                                      -------------  ---------------
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
<S>                                                   <C>            <C>
Sales...............................................    $ 1,155.8       $ 1,066.8
Gross profit........................................        269.8           192.7
Selling, general and administrative expenses........         96.7            98.1
Restructuring charges...............................           --              --
Income from operations..............................        173.1            94.6
Other income (expense), net.........................          3.2            (1.3)
Interest expense....................................        106.0            84.3
Income tax provision................................         28.2             3.6
Extraordinary item, net of tax......................           --            (2.0)
Net income (loss)...................................         42.1             3.4
Dividends and accretion on Senior Preferred Stock...          9.1            10.0
Net income (loss) applicable to common
  stockholders......................................         33.0            (6.6)
SHARE DATA:
Net earnings per common share (in millions).........    $    0.33       $   (0.07)
Weighted average common shares outstanding..........          100             100
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
EBITDA (2)..........................................        262.9           181.0
Capital expenditures................................         33.7            32.2
Depreciation, cost of timber harvested and
  amortization......................................         89.8            86.4
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (3)..............          1.4x             (4)
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF PERIOD):
Working capital.....................................    $   177.6       $    88.7
Total assets........................................      1,887.6         1,681.0
Total debt (including current maturities)...........      1,127.4           949.4
Senior Preferred Stock (5)..........................         74.5            84.5
Parent's equity.....................................           --              --
Stockholder's equity................................        364.8           358.2
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1) Includes the  revision  in  the  estimated  useful  lives  used  to  compute
    depreciation   for  certain   equipment  which   increased  net   income  by
    approximately $26.2  million  as  well  as  the  adoption  of  Statement  of
    Financial   Accounting  Standards   No.  106,   "Employers'  Accounting  for
    Postretirement Benefits Other  Than Pensions"  which reduced  net income  by
    approximately $6.1 million.
 
(2) EBITDA  is defined  as income  from operations  before restructuring expense
    plus depreciation, cost of timber harvested and amortization as reported  in
    the  Statements of Cash  Flows. EBITDA is  presented because it  is a widely
    accepted financial indicator  of a  Company's ability to  service and  incur
    debt.  EBITDA should not be  considered by an investor  as an alternative to
    GAAP  operating  income,  as  an   indicator  of  the  Company's   operating
    performance  or as an alternative to  the Company's cash flow from operating
    activities as a measure of liquidity.
 
(3) For purposes of  computing the  ratio of  earnings to  fixed charges,  fixed
    charges  consist  of interest  expense  on long-term  debt,  amortization of
    deferred financing costs and that portion  (one third) of rentals deemed  to
    be  representative  of interest.  Earnings consist  of income  before income
    taxes, plus fixed charges.
 
(4) For the period ended July 3, 1996, the Company's earnings were  insufficient
    to cover fixed charges by $8.6 million.
 
(5) Liquidation value was $92.9 million at July 3, 1996.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
MARKET OVERVIEW
    The  paper market is highly cyclical, characterized by periods of supply and
demand imbalance. Between 1988 and 1993, the rate of growth of demand slowed  as
a  result  of  the  world-wide  recession.  Conversely,  coated  paper  capacity
increased significantly in  North America  during such period.  In addition,  in
1992,  North  American  imports from  Europe  increased  as a  result  of excess
capacity in Europe and a devaluation of certain European currencies in  relation
to  the U.S.  dollar, causing North  American prices to  deteriorate. During the
third quarter  of calendar  year  1994, Warren's  net  selling prices  began  to
improve.  List price increases  of approximately $60  per ton for  the #1 and #2
grades and approximately $65 per ton for  the #3 grade were announced in  August
1994  by Warren and other major coated paper producers, and a further list price
increase for #3 grade of approximately $40 per ton was announced in October 1994
which became effective  in December 1994.  Warren believes that  as a result  of
this  improved pricing  environment, selling price  discounts for the  #2 and #3
grades were also significantly reduced during the third quarter of 1994.  During
the  first quarter of 1995,  a list price increase  of approximately $97 per ton
from the December 1994 price level was achieved for #3 grade web paper. In April
1995, a further 10.5% price increase for the Company's #3 grade web paper,  over
the average price for such paper for the first quarter of 1995, was achieved.
 
    However,  since the third quarter of 1995, demand for the Company's products
has decreased. Accordingly, demand for  the Company's products was lower  during
the  nine months  ended July  3, 1996  as compared  to demand  levels during the
second half  of fiscal  1995. This  decrease is  due to  a softening  in  orders
experienced  by the  industry across  certain product  lines primarily resulting
from merchants, printers  and other converters  reducing their inventory  levels
which  had  increased above  normal levels.  The decline  in demand  resulted in
reduced prices,  with discounting  occurring on  certain paper  product  grades.
Accordingly,  the Company realized  lower net selling prices  per ton during the
first nine months of fiscal year 1996 as compared to prices realized during  the
second  half of fiscal year 1995. However, because the impact of the increase in
prices in 1995 was not realized until  the latter half of fiscal year 1995,  net
selling  prices  realized during  the nine  months ended  July 3,  1996 remained
relatively flat as compared to those prices realized during the same period last
year. In addition, the  cost of raw materials  decreased during the nine  months
ended  July 3, 1996 as compared to prices at  the end of fiscal year 1995 due to
the decrease in  the market  price of  pulp. However,  the Company  manufactures
approximately  65% of its pulp requirements which reduces its ability to benefit
from (and its exposure to) fluctuations in the market price for pulp.
 
    As a result of the weaker market conditions, the Company temporarily reduced
production levels at certain  of its manufacturing  facilities during the  first
quarter  of  fiscal 1996.  The reduction  of inventory  levels by  the Company's
customers and  the weaker  market conditions  continued into  the summer  months
which  are typically  strong due to  increased demand from  catalog printers. In
addition, new  capacity commencing  later this  year in  the United  States  and
overseas  is expected to increase competition for market share and may delay any
improvement in market conditions. The paper market is highly cyclical and to the
extent that the weaker market trend  does not reverse or becomes more  pervasive
within  the Company's existing product lines, the Company's sales, gross margins
and cash flows will continue to be adversely affected.
 
    The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the
Financial Statements of the Company appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
 NINE MONTHS ENDED JULY 3, 1996 COMPARED TO THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 28, 1995
 
    The following discussion compares  the nine months ended  July 3, 1996  with
the  nine months ended June 28, 1995. As used herein, the nine months ended June
28, 1995 refers to the Predecessor Corporation for the period September 25, 1994
through December 20, 1994 combined with the Successor Corporation for the period
December 21,  1994 through  June  28, 1995.  For  purposes of  this  discussion,
"Predecessor
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
Corporation"  refers to  Warren and  certain related  affiliates on  or prior to
December 20, 1994  (during which time  Warren was a  wholly owned subsidiary  of
Scott) and "Successor Corporation" refers to Warren after December 20, 1994.
 
  SALES
 
    The  Company's sales for  the nine months  ended July 3,  1996 were $1,066.8
million compared to $1,077.9  million for the nine  months ended June 28,  1995.
Both average net revenue per ton and shipment volume were relatively flat during
the nine months ended July 3, 1996 as compared to the same period last year.
 
  COST OF GOODS SOLD
 
    The  Company's cost of goods sold for the nine months ended July 3, 1996 was
$874.1 million compared  to $853.7 million  for the nine  months ended June  28,
1995,  an  increase  of  $20.4  million or  2.4%.  This  increase  was primarily
attributable to  costs  related to  lower  production during  the  first  fiscal
quarter, the net effect of a power outage which resulted in a loss of production
for   approximately  24  days  during   the  second  fiscal  quarter,  unplanned
maintenance costs and inventory valuation adjustments.
 
    The increase in pulp costs which occurred during the first fiscal quarter of
1996 as compared to the  same period last year was  offset by a decrease in  the
market  price of pulp during the third quarter as compared to the same period in
fiscal year 1995. The Company expects  the lower pulp costs to continue  through
the remainder of the fiscal year.
 
    The  increase in cost of goods sold resulted in gross profit as a percent of
sales decreasing to 18.1% for the nine months ending July 3, 1996 from 20.8% for
the same period last year.
 
  SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE
 
    Selling, general and administrative expense  was $98.1 million for the  nine
months  ended July 3, 1996  compared to $81.6 million  for the nine months ended
June 28, 1995, an increase of $16.5 million. Selling, general and administrative
expense as a percent of sales increased  to 9.2% for the nine months ended  July
3,  1996 as  compared to  7.6% for  the nine  months ended  June 28,  1995. This
increase was primarily  due to  additional administrative  expenses incurred  to
maintain  the appropriate level of  administrative services that were previously
performed by Scott.
 
  INTEREST EXPENSE AND TAXES
 
    Following the Acquisition,  the Company's  capitalization and  tax basis  of
accounting changed significantly. As a result, interest and tax expense prior to
the Acquisition are not comparable to results following the Acquisition.
 
    The  Company's interest expense for  the nine months ended  July 3, 1996 was
$84.3 million compared to $76.3 million for the nine months ended June 28, 1995.
This increase  reflects  the  incremental interest  costs  associated  with  the
financing  of the  Acquisition. For  all periods  subsequent to  the Acquisition
date, interest expense includes the amortization of deferred financing fees and,
for the nine months ended June 28, 1995, fees associated with a bridge loan made
available to the Company at the time of the Acquisition.
 
  NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 27, 1995 COMPARED TO NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER
24, 1994
 
    The  following  discussion  compares  the  results  of  operations  for  the
Successor  Corporation's  nine-month period  ended September  27, 1995  with the
Predecessor Corporation's nine-month period ended September 24, 1994. The period
December 21, 1994 through  September 27, 1995 is  referred to as the  nine-month
period  ended September 27,  1995. The "Company" refers  to both the Predecessor
and Successor Corporations.
 
  SALES
 
    Sales for the  nine months ended  September 27, 1995  were $1,155.8  million
compared  to $828.8  million for  the nine months  ended September  24, 1994, an
increase  of  $327.0   million  or   39.5%.  Shipment   volume  increased   from
approximately  846,300  tons for  the nine  months ended  September 24,  1994 to
965,000 tons  for the  nine months  ended September  27, 1995  or  approximately
14.0%. This increase was primarily attributable
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
to  increased volume of coated free paper. Average net revenue per ton increased
by $218.4 or 22.3% across  all grades due to  higher selling prices and  reduced
sales  of second quality paper resulting from improved manufacturing performance
achieved during this period.
 
  COST OF GOODS SOLD
 
    The Company's cost  of goods sold  for the nine  months ended September  27,
1995  was $886.0 million  compared to $722.4  million for the  nine months ended
September 24, 1994, an  increase of $163.6 million  or 22.6%. This increase  was
attributable  to the increase in volume sold and increased raw material cost for
purchased pulp  and wood  and wood  chips used  to manufacture  pulp,  partially
offset  by a net reduction in  labor costs and increased production efficiencies
and output.
 
    The increase in wood and wood  chip costs was primarily attributable to  the
increased  demand for lumber by the housing  sector as the economy expanded. The
increase in pulp costs  primarily resulted from  significantly higher prices  on
purchased  pulp  and the  effect of  the  Company's market-based  long-term pulp
supply contract at the Company's Mobile, Alabama facility which was entered into
with Scott  at the  time of  the  Acquisition. Prior  to the  Acquisition,  pulp
purchases  for the Company's Mobile operations were  on a shared cost basis with
other Scott operations located at the Mobile facility.
 
  SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE
 
    Selling, general  and  administrative  expense for  the  nine  months  ended
September 27, 1995 increased approximately 34.1% or $24.6 million. This increase
is  primarily due  to the  increase in  distribution and  administrative related
expenses. Distribution related expenses increased  primarily as a result of  the
increase  in  sales volume.  Administrative  expenses increased  primarily  as a
result of the costs incurred to  obtain the appropriate level of  administrative
services   that  were  previously  performed  by  Scott.  Selling,  general  and
administrative expenses as a percent of  sales remained relatively flat at  8.4%
for  the nine months ended  September 27, 1995 as compared  to 8.7% for the nine
months ended September 24, 1994.
 
  INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS
 
    The Company's income from operations for the nine months ended September 27,
1995 was $173.1  million compared  to $34.3 million  for the  nine months  ended
September  24, 1994. This increase was primarily attributable to the substantial
increase in gross profit  partially offset by the  increase in selling,  general
and administrative expenses.
 
  OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE), NET
 
    Other income (expense), net for the nine months ended September 27, 1995 was
$3.2  million compared to $0.1  million for the nine  months ended September 24,
1994. This increase was  primarily due to an  increase in interest income  which
resulted  from  interest  earned on  surplus  cash  balances held  prior  to the
application of  such  balances towards  certain  business requirements  and  the
reduction of long-term debt.
 
  INTEREST EXPENSE AND TAXES
 
    Following   the  Acquisition,  Warren's  capitalization  and  tax  basis  of
accounting changed significantly. As a result, Warren's interest and tax expense
prior  to  the  Acquisition  are   not  comparable  to  results  following   the
Acquisition.
 
    The  Company's interest expense for the nine months ended September 27, 1995
was $106.0 million compared to $6.4 million for the nine months ended  September
24,  1994. This  increase reflects the  incremental interest costs  for the nine
months  ended  September  27,  1995   associated  with  the  financing  of   the
Acquisition,  as discussed  in the Notes  to Financial Statements.  For the nine
months ended September 27,  1995 interest expense  includes the amortization  of
deferred  financing fees. The  Company's hedging activities  as discussed in the
Notes to Financial  Statements did not  have a material  effect on the  weighted
average  borrowing rate or interest expense  for the nine months ended September
27, 1995.
 
    The Company's income tax expense was $28.2 million for the nine months ended
September 27, 1995 compared to $11.2 million for the nine months ended September
24, 1994. This increase was primarily  attributable to changes in the  Company's
earnings levels.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
  TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 20, 1994 COMPARED TO TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER
25, 1993
 
    The  following  discussion  compares  the  results  of  operations  for  the
Predecessor Corporation's  approximate twelve  month period  ended December  20,
1994  with the twelve-month period ended December  25, 1993. For the purposes of
discussions relating to  the twelve-month  period ended December  20, 1994,  the
"Company"  refers to the Predecessor Corporation's combined results for the nine
months ended  September 24,  1994  and the  period  September 25,  1994  through
December 20, 1994.
 
  SALES
 
    Sales  for the twelve  months ended December 20,  1994 were $1,142.4 million
compared to $1,143.6  million for  the twelve  months ended  December 25,  1993.
Shipment  volume increased to approximately 1,142,000 tons for the twelve months
ended December 20, 1994 from approximately 1,131,300 tons for the twelve  months
ended  December 25,  1993. Average net  revenue per ton  was relatively constant
from period to period.
 
  COST OF GOODS SOLD
 
    Cost of goods sold for the twelve months ended December 20, 1994 were $986.1
million compared to  $975.5 million  for the  twelve months  ended December  25,
1993,  an  increase of  $10.6 million.  This  increase was  primarily due  to an
increase in raw  material costs  during 1994 as  compared to  the previous  year
partially  offset by  a net  reduction in  labor costs  during such  period. The
increase in raw material costs was primarily due to the increase in tons shipped
and increased costs for wood and wood chips used to manufacture pulp.
 
  SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE
 
    Selling,  general  and   administrative  expense   includes  marketing   and
distribution,  research,  administrative and  general  expenses. For  the twelve
months ended December 20, 1994 the Company's selling, general and administrative
expense was $94.3 million compared to $91.7 million for the twelve months  ended
December 25, 1993, an increase of $2.6 million or 2.8%.
 
  RESTRUCTURING
 
    During  the fourth quarter of the twelve months ended December 25, 1993, the
Predecessor Corporation  recorded  a  charge of  $66.1  million,  primarily  for
restructuring  and productivity  improvement programs.  The charge  included the
estimated  effect  of  future  workforce  reductions,  as  well  as  actions  to
consolidate  and simplify the Predecessor  Corporation's coated papers business.
The remaining reserve balance as of September 24, 1994 was fully utilized by the
Predecessor Corporation prior to the date of the Acquisition.
 
  INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS
 
    Income from operations  for the twelve  months ended December  20, 1994  was
$62.0 million compared to $10.3 million for the twelve months ended December 25,
1993.  Excluding a $66.1 million restructuring charge and the effect of gains on
land sales of  $4.6 million during  the twelve months  ended December 25,  1993,
income  from  operations would  have  been $71.8  million  for that  period. The
decrease in income from  operations for the  twelve-month period ended  December
20,  1994 to $62.0 million,  as compared to $71.8  million for the twelve months
ended December 25, 1993, adjusted for the restructuring charge and the gains  on
land  sales, was primarily due  to the aforementioned increase  in cost of goods
sold.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
  NINE MONTHS ENDED JULY 3, 1996 COMPARED TO NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 28, 1995
 
    The  Company's net cash provided by  operating activities was $147.4 million
for the nine months  ended July 3,  1996 as compared to  $108.1 million for  the
nine  months  ended June  28, 1995.  This  increase was  primarily due  to $90.0
million of proceeds received resulting from  the sale of the Company's  accounts
receivable  as indicated  in the Notes  to Condensed  Financial Statements. This
increase was partially offset  by the decrease in  net income, accounts  payable
and accrued and other current liabilities.
 
    Inventory  tons increased at July 3, 1996  as compared to September 27, 1995
primarily due to a decline in demand as a result of weakened market  conditions.
Although  inventory  tons increased,  the inventories  balance reflected  on the
Condensed  Balance  Sheet  indicates  a  decrease  during  such  period  due  to
adjustments  to  the carrying  value of  certain  inventories to  net realizable
value. The decrease in  accounts payable at July  3, 1996 compared to  September
27,  1995 was primarily  attributable to declining pulp  prices when compared to
the end of  fiscal year 1995.  Accrued and other  current liabilities  decreased
during  the  nine  months ended  July  3, 1996  as  compared to  the  balance at
September 27, 1995 primarily  as a result of  a significant semiannual  interest
payment made in June 1996.
 
    The  Company's operating working capital decreased to $110.9 million at July
3, 1996 compared  to $174.0  million at  September 27,  1995. Operating  working
capital   is  defined  as  trade  accounts  receivable,  other  receivables  and
inventories less accounts  payable and  accrued and  other current  liabilities.
This decrease primarily resulted from the sale of the Company's receivables.
 
    The Company's ratio of current assets to current liabilities was 1.4 at July
3, 1996 compared to 1.6 at September 27, 1995. This decrease reflects the effect
of the sale of the Company's accounts receivable, partially offset by a decrease
in  the current maturities  of long-term debt, accounts  payable and accrued and
other current liabilities.
 
    Net cash used in investing activities for the nine months ended July 3, 1996
was $30.0 million compared  to $1,522.5 million for  the nine months ended  June
28,  1995. Net cash used in investing  activities for the nine months ended June
28, 1995 includes the effect of the cash outflows related to the Acquisition  of
approximately $1,493.7 million.
 
    Capital  expenditures  for the  nine months  ended July  3, 1996  were $32.2
million compared  to $29.4  million for  the nine  months ended  June 28,  1995.
Capital  spending for the nine  months ended July 3, 1996  and June 28, 1995 was
primarily for  improvements  to  the Company's  manufacturing  and  distribution
facilities.
 
    Capital  expenditures  were  expected to  approximate  $50.0  million during
fiscal year 1996 due to a  wide variety of increasingly stringent  environmental
laws and regulations, including compliance with the cluster rules (see the Notes
to  Unaudited  Condensed  Financial Statements).  The  Company  anticipates that
aggregate capital  expenditures  related  to environmental  compliance  will  be
approximately  $86.0 million to $96.0 million through fiscal year 1999, assuming
the cluster  rules are  adopted. The  Company believes  that cash  generated  by
operations  and amounts  available under its  revolving credit  facility will be
sufficient to meet its ongoing operating and capital expenditure requirements.
 
    Net cash used in financing activities for the nine months ended July 3, 1996
was $177.8 million  compared to net  cash provided of  $1,409.7 million for  the
nine  months ended June 28, 1995. During the nine months ended July 3, 1996, the
Company borrowed and repaid  $56.1 million under  its revolving credit  facility
and  paid approximately $74.9  million of outstanding  borrowings under its term
loan facilities  in compliance  with an  excess cash  flow payment  requirement.
Amounts  paid in  compliance with the  excess cash flow  requirement fulfill the
majority of  payments otherwise  required to  be paid  in June  1996 and  reduce
future  semiannual installments on a pro rata basis. In addition, in April 1996,
the Company  utilized the  cash received  from the  aforementioned sale  of  the
Company's  accounts receivable and amounts on hand  to repay $100 million of its
outstanding  long-term  debt  (see   Notes  to  Unaudited  Condensed   Financial
Statements).  Cash provided  by financing activities  for the  nine months ended
June 28, 1995 includes proceeds from long-term debt of $1,130.1 million.  During
the   nine   months   ended   June  28,   1995,   the   Company   repaid  $162.2
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
million of  amounts  primarily borrowed  under  the Company's  revolving  credit
facility.  In addition, the  Company received net proceeds  from the issuance of
preferred and common stock  of $65.4 million  and $331.8 million,  respectively.
Cash  provided by financing activities  for the nine months  ended June 28, 1995
was primarily utilized for the Acquisition. During the period from September 25,
1994 through  December 20,  1994,  the Predecessor  Corporation received  a  net
capital   infusion  from   the  Predecessor  Corporation's   parent  company  of
approximately $31.6 million.
 
  NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 27, 1995 COMPARED TO THE NINE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 24, 1994
 
    The following  discussion compares  the Successor  Corporation's  nine-month
period  ended September 27,  1995 with the  Predecessor Corporation's nine-month
period ended September 24, 1994. For purposes of this discussion, the nine-month
period ended September 27, 1995 refers  to the period December 21, 1994  through
September 27, 1995.
 
    The Company's net cash provided from operating activities was $136.0 million
and $27.8 million for the nine months ended September 27, 1995 and September 24,
1994,  respectively. The  increase in cash  provided by operations  for the nine
months ended September  27, 1995 compared  to the comparable  period in 1994  is
primarily  due  to  an increase  in  net  income, accounts  payable  and accrued
liabilities, offset by an increase in accounts receivable and inventories.
 
    The Company's  operating  working capital  increased  to $174.0  million  at
September  27, 1995 compared to $112.4  million at September 24, 1994. Operating
working capital is defined as  trade accounts receivable, other receivables  and
inventories, less accounts payable, accrued and other current liabilities.
 
    The increase in accounts receivable at September 27, 1995 as compared to the
balance  at September 24, 1994 is primarily due to the effect of the receivables
that were factored by the Predecessor  Corporation as of September 24, 1994,  as
indicated  in the Notes to Financial Statements,  and the increase in sales. The
increase in inventory at September 27,  1995 compared to September 24, 1994  was
primarily  due to enhanced production levels,  an increase in purchasing volume,
higher costs of raw materials  and the effect of  a change in inventory  costing
method  as  indicated in  the  Notes to  Financial  Statements. The  increase in
accounts payable at September 27, 1995  compared to September 24, 1994 was  also
primarily attributable to the increase in purchasing volume and the higher costs
of raw materials.
 
    The  Company's  current  ratio,  the  ratio  of  current  assets  to current
liabilities, was 1.6  at September  27, 1995 compared  to 2.3  at September  24,
1994.  This decrease is primarily due to  the increase in the current portion of
long-term debt and the decrease in the current deferred tax asset offset by  the
increase in operating working capital for such period.
 
    The  changes in the balances of deferred taxes, goodwill, deferred financing
costs, other assets, current and  long-term debt, accrued liabilities and  other
long-term liabilities were primarily caused by the Acquisition (see the Notes to
Financial  Statements).  Accrued  liabilities  also  increased  as  a  result of
interest accrued on the Company's Term Loan Facilities.
 
    Net cash used for investing activities  for the nine months ended  September
27,  1995 was  $1,489.6 million  compared to $46.4  million for  the nine months
September 24, 1994. Net  cash used in investing  activities for the nine  months
ended September 27, 1995 includes the effect of the cash outflows related to the
Acquisition  of  approximately $1,455.9  million. This  amount  is net  of $43.6
million the Company received  from Scott pursuant to  a post closing  adjustment
mechanism  in the  Stock Purchase Agreement  (as defined) and  includes the cash
outflows for related transaction  fees of approximately  $19.2 million (see  the
Notes to Financial Statements).
 
    Capital expenditures for the nine months ended September 27, 1995 were $33.7
million  compared to $32.3 million for the nine months ended September 24, 1994.
Capital spending for the nine months ended September 27, 1995 and September  24,
1994  were  primarily  for  improvements  to  the  Company's  manufacturing  and
distribution facilities. Capital  spending for the  nine months ended  September
24,  1994 included expenditures of approximately $9.0 million related to the new
sheeting and  distribution facility  located in  Allentown, Pennsylvania,  which
began operations in the second quarter of fiscal 1994.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
    Net  cash  provided  by  financing  activities  for  the  nine  months ended
September 27, 1995 was $1,340.8 million  compared to $21.2 million for the  nine
months  ended September 24, 1994. Cash  provided by financing activities for the
nine months ended September  27, 1995 includes proceeds  from long-term debt  of
$1,105.7  million  which  is  net  of  approximately  $59.7  million  of related
financing fees. The  related financing fees  have been recorded  as a  long-term
deferred  asset and are  being amortized over  the life of  the debt. During the
nine months  ended September  27, 1995,  the Company  repaid $162.1  million  of
amounts primarily borrowed under the Revolving Credit Facility (see the Notes to
Financial  Statements). In addition, the Company  received net proceeds from the
issuance of preferred  and common  stock of  $65.4 million  and $331.8  million,
respectively.  Cash provided by  financing activities for  the nine months ended
September 27, 1995 was primarily utilized for the Acquisition.
 
  TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 20, 1994 COMPARED TO THE TWELVE MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 25, 1993
 
    The following discussion compares the Predecessor Corporation's  approximate
twelve-month  period ended December 20, 1994  with the twelve-month period ended
December 25, 1993.  For purposes  of this  discussion, "Company"  refers to  the
Predecessor  Corporation. The twelve month period ended December 20, 1994 refers
to the  Predecessor Corporation's  combined results  for the  nine months  ended
September 24, 1994 and the period September 25, 1994 through December 20, 1994.
 
    The  Company's net cash  provided by operating  activities was $81.5 million
for the twelve months ended December 20, 1994 compared to $130.3 million for the
twelve months  ended  December 25,  1993.  This  decrease is  primarily  due  to
increased  receivables,  a reduction  in payables  and  spending related  to the
restructuring announced in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 1993.
 
    Net cash used by investing activities  for the twelve months ended  December
20, 1994 was $60.9 million compared to $73.7 million for the twelve months ended
December  25,  1993.  This  decrease  is  primarily  attributable  to  decreased
investments in plant assets and  timber resources. Capital expenditures for  the
twelve  months  ended December  20, 1994  were $46.8  million compared  to $68.9
million for  the  twelve  months  ended December  25,  1993.  This  decrease  is
primarily  due to  spending related  to the  sheeting and  distribution facility
located in Allentown, Pennsylvania, which began operations in the quarter  ended
June 25, 1994.
 
    Net  cash  provided  by financing  activities  for the  twelve  months ended
December 20, 1994 was $52.3 million compared  to a use of cash of $55.8  million
for  the twelve months ended December 25,  1993. The $52.3 million net cash flow
for the twelve  months ended December  20, 1994 primarily  reflects net  capital
infusions  of $57.0 million the Predecessor Corporation received from Scott. For
the twelve months ended December 25, 1993, Scott made net capital withdrawals of
$54.1 million.
 
OTHER ITEMS
 
  DEBT AND PREFERRED STOCK
 
    At July 3, 1996, the Company's long-term debt was $902.8 million compared to
$1,048.8 million  at September  27,  1995, a  decrease  of $146.0  million.  The
current  maturities of long-term debt  balance of $46.6 million  at July 3, 1996
primarily represents the amounts  payable in December 1996  and June 1997  under
the  Company's term  loan facilities. The  current maturities  of long-term debt
balance as of  September 27,  1995 primarily reflects  payments totalling  $74.9
million  made during the first quarter of fiscal year 1996 pursuant to an excess
cash  flow  requirement  as  indicated  in  the  Notes  to  Condensed  Financial
Statements.  In  addition, the  Company  paid $100.0  million  in April  1996 on
amounts outstanding under the Company's  credit facility obligations. The  funds
used for this debt payment were primarily provided by the aforementioned sale of
the  Company's accounts receivable. Approximately $3.3 million of financing fees
that had previously been deferred were  written off in the third fiscal  quarter
as a result of this prepayment. This write-off of $3.3 million has been recorded
as  an extraordinary item in the Company's Condensed Statement of Operations net
of a $1.3 million tax  effect as indicated in  the Notes to Unaudited  Condensed
Financial Statements.
 
    The  Company  has  a $250.0  million  revolving credit  facility  to finance
working capital needs. At July 3, 1996, the Company did not have any  borrowings
outstanding under this facility, resulting in an unused
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
borrowing  capacity  of approximately  $249.0  million, after  giving  effect to
outstanding letters of  credit, which  may be  used to  finance working  capital
needs.  The Company  is required  to pay  a commitment  fee on  the unused daily
commitment available under the revolving credit facility. The fee ranges between
0.375% and  0.50% per  annum and  is based  upon the  achievement of  a  certain
financial  ratio. From September  27, 1995 through  April 26, 1996  (as of which
date the Credit Agreement was amended and restated) this fee was 0.50% and  from
April 26, 1996 through July 3, 1996 this fee was 0.375%.
 
    In  addition, the Company  has a Letter  of Credit Facility  (as defined) to
support certain obligations of the Company. The Company had approximately $170.5
million of letters of credit outstanding under its Letter of Credit Facility  at
each of July 3, 1996 and September 27, 1995. The Company pays a commission and a
fronting fee between 1.0% and 2.5% and between 0.20% and 0.25%, respectively, on
the  outstanding  letters  of  credit  balance.  Such  fees  are  based  on  the
achievement of a certain financial ratio. From September 27, 1995 through  April
26,  1996, the  commission was 2.50%  and the  fronting fee was  2.50%, and from
April 26, 1996 through July 3, 1996 the commission and fronting fees were  1.75%
and 0.20%, respectively.
 
    The  Credit Agreement, which was amended and  restated as of April 26, 1996,
as  indicated  in  the  Notes   to  Condensed  Financial  Statements,   contains
restrictive  covenants which limit  the Company with  respect to certain matters
including, among other things,  the ability to incur  debt, pay dividends,  make
acquisitions,  sell assets, merge, grant  or incur liens, guarantee obligations,
make investments or  loans, make  capital expenditures,  create subsidiaries  or
change  its line  of business. The  Credit Agreement also  restricts the Company
from prepaying  certain of  its indebtedness.  Under the  Credit Agreement,  the
Company  is required to  satisfy certain financial  covenants which will require
the Company to maintain specified financial ratios, including a minimum interest
coverage ratio, a minimum debt service ratio and a net worth test.
 
    The Company  does  not  anticipate  paying  cash  dividends  on  its  senior
preferred  stock for  any period ending  on or  prior to December  15, 1999. The
Company intends to retain future earnings, if  any, for use in its business  and
does  not anticipate  paying any  cash dividends  on the  senior preferred stock
prior to such  date. In  addition, the  terms of  the credit  agreement and  the
indenture   (the  "Indenture")  relating  to   the  Company's  series  B  senior
subordinated notes limit the amount of  cash dividends the Company may pay  with
respect  to the senior  preferred stock and other  equity securities both before
and after that date.
 
  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
    The Company's  financial  instruments consist  primarily  of cash  and  cash
equivalents,  accounts receivable, accounts  payable and debt.  The Company uses
interest rate caps  and swaps, which  are required  by the terms  of the  Credit
Agreement, as a means of managing interest rate risk associated with the current
debt  balances. The Company adopted  Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 119 ("FAS 119") "Disclosure about Derivative Financial Instruments and  Fair
Value of Financial Instruments" in 1995.
 
    During  the third quarter of fiscal  1996, the Company commenced transacting
business in currencies other than the  U.S. Dollar, primarily the Japanese  Yen.
The  Company  manages  the  potential exposure  associated  with  transacting in
foreign currencies through the use of foreign currency forward contracts.  These
contracts  are used  to offset  the effects of  exchange rate  fluctuations on a
portion of the underlying foreign currency denominated exposure. These exposures
include firm  intercompany trade  accounts receivable.  Realized and  unrealized
gains  and losses on these contracts at July 3, 1996 were insignificant. See the
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements for additional information.
 
  LONG-TERM CONTRACTS
 
    A  substantial  portion  of  the  Company's  electricity  requirements   are
satisfied  through  cogeneration  agreements  ("Power  Purchase  Agreements"  or
"Agreements")  whereby  the  Somerset   and  Westbrook  mills  each   cogenerate
electricity  and sell  the output  to Central  Maine Power  Company ("CMP"). The
Westbrook and Somerset Agreements require  CMP to purchase such energy  produced
by  these cogeneration  facilities at above  market rates which  has reduced the
Company's historical cost of electrical energy. The Westbrook Agreement  expires
October  31,  1997 and  the Somerset  Agreement  expires in  the year  2012. The
favorable pricing element  of the Somerset  Agreement will end  on November  30,
1997.  The Agreements also require the mills to purchase electricity from CMP at
the standard industrial tariff rate.
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
    To properly reflect  the fair market  value of the  acquired Power  Purchase
Agreements  as of the Acquisition date, the Company established a deferred asset
of approximately $32.3  million, in accordance  with APB No.  16. This  deferred
asset  is recorded with other contracts valued  at the Acquisition date as a net
long-term liability. This deferred asset  is being amortized over the  remaining
life of the favorable Power Purchase Agreements. As of July 3, 1996, accumulated
amortization related to this asset was $19.8 million.
 
  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
    On  October 17, 1996,  a fire occurred  at an outside  warehouse location in
Muskegon, Michigan, which resulted  in the loss of  approximately 8,000 tons  of
inventory  valued in excess of $5.5 million. While the Company cannot reasonably
estimate at this time the total loss experienced, or the amount to be  recovered
under  its insurance policies, it does not  expect that total losses will exceed
its insurance coverage limits.
 
    Due  to  exceptionally  heavy  rains,  the  Presumpscot  River  flooded  the
Westbrook  mill  on October  21, 1996.  The flooding  resulted in  the temporary
closure of  the mill.  Damage to  mill equipment  is being  repaired and  normal
operating  mill  conditions  are  being  restored. While  the  mill  is  not yet
operating at full  production, the Company  anticipates that it  will be in  the
near future. While the Company cannot reasonably estimate at this time the total
loss  experienced,  or the  exact  amount to  be  recovered under  its insurance
policies, early  indications  suggest  that such  amounts  may  be  significant.
However,  total  losses  are  not expected  to  exceed  the  Company's insurance
coverage limits,  which include  both business  interruption and  property  loss
coverage.
 
    On  October 24, 1996,  the Company announced a  restructuring plan that will
likely result in  a pretax charge  of approximately $10.0  million in the  first
quarter  of fiscal 1997.  The charge will  be taken to  cover the one-time costs
related to  the reduction  of up  to approximately  200 salaried  positions,  or
approximately 14% of the Company's salaried workforce.
 
  ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
    In  March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards ("FAS") No.  121, "Accounting for the  Impairment
of  Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets  to be Disposed Of". FAS No. 121
addresses the  accounting  for  the impairment  of  long-lived  assets,  certain
identifiable   intangibles  and   goodwill  when   the  events   or  changes  in
circumstances indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  may  not  be
recoverable.  The  implementation of  FAS  No. 121  is  not expected  to  have a
material impact on the  Company's financial position,  results of operations  or
cash flows.
 
    In October 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued FAS No. 123
"Accounting  for Stock-Based Compensation". FAS  No. 123 addresses the financial
accounting and reporting standards for stock-based employee compensation  plans.
FAS  No.  123 permits  an entity  to  either record  the effects  of stock-based
employee compensation plans  in its  financial statements  or present  pro-forma
disclosures  in the notes to the financial statements. The implementation of FAS
No. 123  is not  expected to  have  a material  impact the  Company's  financial
position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
    In October 1996, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued FAS No. 125
"Accounting  for Transfers and Servicing  of Financial Assets and Extinguishment
of Liabilities." FAS No.  125 addresses accounting  and reporting standards  for
transfers  and servicing of financial  assets and extinguishment of liabilities.
FAS No. 125 is required to be adopted in 1997. The implementation of FAS No. 125
is not expected to have a  material impact on the Company's financial  position,
results of operations or cash flows.
 
CONSIDERATIONS RELATING TO HOLDINGS' CASH OBLIGATIONS
 
    The  Company expects that it  may make certain cash  payments to Holdings or
other affiliates during fiscal 1996 to the  extent cash is available and to  the
extent  it is permitted  to do so under  the terms of  the Credit Agreement, the
Indenture and  the  terms of  the  Senior  Preferred Stock.  Such  payments  may
include,  among other things,  (i) amounts under  a tax sharing  agreement to be
entered into between the  Company and Holdings necessary  to enable Holdings  to
pay  the Company's  taxes, (ii) administrative  fees to Holdings  and amounts to
cover specified costs and expenses of Holdings and (iii) an annual advisory  fee
for management
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
advisory  services, limited to $1.0 million,  to Sappi and/or its affiliates. To
the extent the Company continues  to make such payments, it  will do so only  to
the  extent such payments are permitted under the terms of the Credit Agreement,
the Indenture and the terms of the Senior Preferred Stock.
 
    Because Holdings has no  material assets other  than the outstanding  common
stock  of the Company (all  of which is pledged to  the lenders under the Credit
Agreement) and all of the operations  of Holdings (other than the management  of
its  investment in the Company) are  currently conducted through the Company and
its subsidiaries, Holdings' ability  to meet its  cash obligations is  dependent
upon  the earnings of the  Company and its subsidiaries  and the distribution or
other provision  of  those  earnings  to  Holdings.  Holdings  has  no  material
indebtedness outstanding (other than advances that may be owed from time to time
to  the Company and guarantees in respect of indebtedness of the Company and its
subsidiaries)  and  Holdings'  15%  Senior  Exchangeable  Preferred  Stock  (the
"Holdings   Preferred  Stock"),  which   was  issued  in   connection  with  the
Acquisition, is  not  mandatorily  redeemable (except  upon  the  occurrence  of
certain  specified events) and provides that dividends  need not be paid in cash
until the  year 2000.  Holdings  does, however,  have various  obligations  with
respect  to its equity  securities (including in  respect of registration rights
granted by Holdings) that are likely  to require cash expenditures by  Holdings.
The  Company believes  that the Credit  Agreement, the Indenture  and the Senior
Preferred Stock permit the Company to pay a dividend or otherwise provide  funds
to  Holdings  to enable  Holdings to  meet  its known  cash obligations  for the
foreseeable future, provided  that the Company  meets certain conditions.  Among
such  conditions are  that the Company  maintain specified  financial ratios and
comply with certain financial tests.
 
CHANGES AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE
 
    Deloitte & Touche LLP were  appointed independent auditors to Holdings,  the
parent of the Company, prior to the Acquisition. Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. served
as   independent  accountants  of  the  Predecessor  Corporation  prior  to  the
Acquisition and,  upon completion  of  the Acquisition,  Deloitte &  Touche  LLP
replaced  Coopers &  Lybrand L.L.P. as  independent auditors  of the Predecessor
Corporation. There were no disagreements between the Predecessor Corporation and
Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.  on matters of accounting  and financial disclosure  in
the  two  years and  subsequent interim  period  preceding their  replacement by
Deloitte & Touche LLP.
 
    During 1995, Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.  informed the Company that they  would
not  consent  to  the  use  of their  report  on  the  Predecessor Corporation's
financial statements in certain anticipated registration statements to be  filed
with  the Commission. As a result, the  Company engaged Deloitte & Touche LLP to
reaudit the  Predecessor Corporation's  financial  statements included  in  this
Prospectus.
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
    S.D.   Warren  Company  ("S.D.  Warren",  "Warren",  the  "Company"  or  the
"Successor Corporation") manufactures printing, publishing and specialty  papers
and  has pulp and  timberland operations vertically integrated  with some of its
manufacturing facilities. Warren is  the largest producer  of coated free  paper
(free  of groundwood pulp) in the  United States. The Company currently operates
four paper  mills with  total annual  production capacity  of approximately  1.5
million  tons  of  paper. The  Company  also  owns a  sheeting  and distribution
facility  in  Allentown,   Pennsylvania,  with  annual   sheeting  capacity   of
approximately  90,000 tons, and owns  approximately 911,000 acres of timberlands
in the State of Maine.
 
    The Company  was  founded in  1854  and  grew through  internal  growth  and
acquisitions  until it was acquired by Scott in 1967. Scott invested significant
resources in S.D. Warren, including approximately $1.0 billion from 1988 through
1994, to  upgrade, expand  and rebuild  many  of the  Warren facilities.  As  of
October  8,  1994, SDW  Acquisition entered  into  the Stock  Purchase Agreement
pursuant to which, on December 20, 1994, SDW Acquisition acquired from Scott all
of the outstanding capital  stock of Warren, then  a wholly owned subsidiary  of
Scott,  and  certain  related  affiliates of  Scott.  Immediately  following the
Acquisition, SDW Acquisition merged  with and into  Warren (the "Merger"),  with
Warren surviving.
 
    SDW  Holdings Corporation owns  all the outstanding  Common Stock of Warren.
The largest investor in  Holdings is Sappi. Sappi,  a South African company,  is
the  largest forest  products company in  Africa, the third  largest producer of
coated free paper  in Europe  and one  of the  world's leading  pulp, paper  and
timber  exporters. Sappi owns and operates  a number of timber processing plants
and eight mills in Southern  Africa. Outside Africa, Sappi's operations  include
four  fine paper  mills in  the United  Kingdom and  two mills  in Germany which
produce coated  and  uncoated free  paper  and specialty  paper.  Following  the
Acquisition,  Sappi became  the largest  coated free  paper manufacturer  in the
world. The other  shareholders of  Holdings are DLJMB  and UBSC.  See "Item  12.
Security  Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" for information
regarding the ownership  of Holdings and  the Notes to  the Company's  Financial
Statements   (the   "Financial  Statements")   for  information   regarding  the
Acquisition and financing for the Acquisition.
 
PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS
 
    The paper industry is generally divided into the printing and writing market
segment and  the  packaging market  segment.  The printing  and  writing  market
segment  is divided  into newsprint  and fine  paper, which  includes coated and
uncoated paper.  The  Company's  principal products  include  coated,  uncoated,
specialty  and technical papers.  The following table  illustrates the Company's
major markets, expressed as a percentage  of sales, for the twelve months  ended
December  25,  1993,  the  nine  months ended  September  24,  1994,  the period
September 25, 1994 through December 20,  1994 (the "three months ended  December
20, 1994") and the nine months ended September 27, 1995:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    TWELVE MONTHS      NINE MONTHS      THREE MONTHS       NINE MONTHS
                                                        ENDED             ENDED             ENDED             ENDED
                                                    DECEMBER 25,      SEPTEMBER 24,     DECEMBER 20,      SEPTEMBER 27,
                                                        1993              1994              1994              1995
                                                  -----------------  ---------------  -----------------  ---------------
<S>                                               <C>                <C>              <C>                <C>
Coated paper....................................           71.4%             70.9%             73.9%             70.6%
Uncoated paper..................................           17.8              17.9              18.5              13.6
Specialty paper.................................            5.0               5.0               4.8              10.2
Technical paper and other.......................            5.8               6.2               2.8               5.6
                                                          -----             -----             -----             -----
    Total.......................................          100.0%            100.0%            100.0%            100.0%
                                                          -----             -----             -----             -----
                                                          -----             -----             -----             -----
</TABLE>
 
    The  coated paper market is divided into  two types of products: coated free
paper and coated  groundwood paper. Coated  papers are primarily  differentiated
into  five product grades of decreasing quality and brightness, ranging from #1,
which is  premium,  to  #5,  the  lowest  in  quality  and  price.  The  Company
principally  competes  in the  coated  free paper  market  which is  composed of
product grades #1  through #3, and  a limited amount  of #4 and  #5. The  coated
groundwood  market is composed  of the #4  and #5 product  grades. Each grade is
manufactured in a range of basis weights, which is the measurement of a  paper's
weight
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
for  a given sheet size, as well as differentiated by finish which can be either
gloss, dull or matte. The appearance  of coated paper can also be  significantly
altered  by finishing techniques, such as varnishing, which can impart a dull or
shiny property  to  a sheet.  The  coated paper  market,  in addition  to  being
segmented  by product grade,  is divided into  products which are  coated on one
side and products which are coated on  both sides. Paper which is coated on  one
side  is used in special applications such as consumer product and mailing label
applications. The majority of coated paper production is two-sided which permits
quality printing on both sides of the paper.
 
    Coated paper is  used in corporate  communications, advertising,  brochures,
magazine  covers and upscale  magazines, catalogues, direct  mail promotions and
educational text books.  Uncoated paper  is used by  commercial printers,  quick
printers,  large in-house  copy/printing end-users  and small  business and home
applications.  Speciality  and  technical  papers  are  used  in  business  form
printing,   coated  fabric  converters,   pressure-sensitive  laminators,  label
printers and other niche market applications.
 
    The market for coated paper has historically experienced price  fluctuations
which  are driven by production supply, end-user demand and, to a lesser degree,
the availability and  relative price  of imported  products. The  growth in  the
supply   of  coated  paper  is  driven  by  the  opening  of  new  coated  paper
manufacturing facilities, each of which can take up to three years to construct.
See  "Risk  Factors--Cyclical  Industry  Conditions;  Strong  Competition"   and
"Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results of
Operations" for information regarding recent market trends.
 
COMPETITION
 
    The markets for coated free products are highly competitive with a number of
major companies competing in each market. The Company competes mainly with  U.S.
and  Canadian producers of coated free paper,  and, to a lesser degree, European
producers. The Company's  principal competitors  in the coated  free market  are
Champion  International Corporation,  Westvaco Corporation,  Consolidated Papers
Inc., The  Mead  Corporation,  Simpson  Paper Co.,  Repap  Wisconsin,  Inc.  and
Potlatch Corporation. Competition is primarily on the basis of quality, service,
price  and breadth of product line, as  well as product innovation and sales and
distribution  support.  Certain  of  the  Company's  competitors  have   greater
financial  resources than the Company  and certain of the  mills operated by its
competitors may be lower cost producers of pulp and coated paper than certain of
the  mills  operated  by  the  Company.  See  "Risk  Factors--Cyclical  Industry
Conditions; Strong Competition".
 
    Several  factors contribute  to the  Company's competitive  strengths in the
coated  free  paper  market,  including  high  product  quality,   technological
innovation,  high  brand  recognition  and a  strong  distribution  network. The
Company is the leading seller of #1 and #3 grades of coated free paper in  North
America and is among the leaders with respect to the #2 grade based on sales for
the nine months ended July 3, 1996.
 
DISTRIBUTION
 
    The  Company, unlike most of its  competition, has made a strategic decision
to sell all of its coated products through the merchant distribution system. The
Company believes this policy increases the focus of the merchant sales force  on
the  sale of the  Company's products. Warren  was the first  to develop merchant
distribution for branded coated paper. In 1917, Warren formed an association  of
paper  merchants  that  became  the Warren  Merchant's  Association.  Today, the
Company's  sales  force  sells  coated  paper  to  approximately  288   merchant
distributing  locations. Merchants are authorized  to distribute Warren products
by geographic area and  handle competitors' lines to  cover all segments of  the
market.  The Company believes it has created a loyal group of merchant customers
because Warren's sales  force focuses  on generating end-user  demand, which  is
then  serviced  by the  merchant  distributors, and  does  not compete  with the
merchants to make sales.
 
    Merchants perform numerous functions, including sales, credit,  warehousing,
local  distribution  and promotional  activities. They  purchase the  paper from
Warren and  resell  it,  marking  up  their purchase  price  from  Warren  to  a
competitive  market  price.  The product  is  delivered to  the  customer either
directly from the
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
mill, a  Warren  distribution  center  or from  the  merchant's  warehouse.  The
merchant  handles credit review and payment collection and pays Warren's invoice
without regard to final collection from the end-user customer.
 
    The Company sells uncoated paper in  North America through the same  network
of  merchant distributors  that it uses  for coated paper,  with some exceptions
(approximately 225 merchant locations sell uncoated paper, versus the 288  which
sell coated paper). The Company also distributes uncoated paper through original
equipment  manufacturers,  catalogues and  merchant stores  and is  beginning to
develop additional  distribution  channels,  such  as  warehouse  clubs,  office
superstores and telemarketing.
 
    The  Company  sells  both specialty  and  technical paper  in  North America
directly to  the  customer base  through  the  relevant sales  force  and  ships
products directly from the mill to the customer.
 
EXPORT SALES
 
    The  Company had  sales to customers  outside of the  United States ("Export
Sales") of $67.2 million, $60.0 million, $24.7 million and $90.5 million for the
twelve months ended December 25, 1993, the nine months ended September 24, 1994,
the three months ended December 20, 1994 and the nine months ended September 27,
1995, respectively. Export  Sales are primarily  to Canada, Europe  and the  Far
East.  The Company's  sales outside  North America  are handled  by divisions of
Sappi. See "Certain  Relationships and  Related Transactions--Transactions  with
Related  Parties"  and  "Risk  Factors--Requirement to  Do  Business  with Sappi
Affiliates".
 
CUSTOMERS
 
    For the  nine  months ended  July  3,  1996, the  Company's  customers  that
individually  accounted  for  greater  than  10%  of  sales  were  divisions  or
subsidiaries of International  Paper Company,  Central National-Gottesman  Inc.,
and  Alco  Standard Corporation.  Each  of these  customers  is a  merchant that
resells the Company's paper products to a wide range of end users. As  indicated
in  the Notes to Financial Statements, the  loss of any of these customers could
have a  material  adverse  effect  on the  Company's  business  and  results  of
operations.  See "Risk Factors--Dependence on Principal Customers" and the Notes
to Financial Statements.
 
BACKLOG AND SEASONALITY
 
    Backlog as of September 24, 1994 and September 27, 1995 was not significant.
The Company had approximately  one to four weeks  of backlog depending upon  the
product and basis weights.
 
    The  Company's operations are not significantly affected by seasonality. The
first and third  quarters of  the calendar  year tend  to be  stronger than  the
second and fourth quarters.
 
PATENTS, TRADEMARKS AND LICENSES
 
    S.D.  Warren is widely recognized for  its product quality and technological
innovation in the development  and manufacture of coated  free paper, which  has
allowed Warren to sustain the franchise value of its name brand products such as
SOMERSET-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-, LUSTRO-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-,
WARRENFLO-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-and PATINA-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-.
 
    Although  the  Company  owns or  licenses  a  number of  patents  and patent
applications that are important  to its business, they  are not material to  the
conduct  of the  Company's business  as a whole.  The Company  believes that its
position in each of  its markets depends primarily  on such factors as  customer
service,  prompt and accurate delivery and  diversity of products rather than on
patent protection.
 
    The Company has  a long  history of product  innovations. It  was the  first
paper  company to  develop both  one and  two-sided coated  paper, the  first to
develop dull and matte  coated paper, the first  to develop high  bulk-to-weight
coated  paper and the first to develop lightweight coated free web. In addition,
the Company  has a  number of  proprietary technologies,  including the  on-line
finishing   technology  and  its  ULTRACAST-Registered  Trademark-  electronbeam
technology. The Company's on-line finishing technology is used in its production
of coated paper as well as in its production of specialty papers. The  Company's
ULTRACAST-Registered  Trademark- technology is utilized  in specialty papers and
the Company  plans to  extend this  technology  into a  broader line  of  unique
products and new market segments.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
    The Company's research and development efforts continue to focus on creating
new  and improved  products as well  as developing more  efficient processes for
producing them. The Company's research facility is located in Westbrook,  Maine.
The  research  personnel work  closely with  marketing, sales  and manufacturing
personnel  as  well  as  the  Company's  customers  to  respond  to  needs   for
technological improvements and to meet market opportunities.
 
    The  Company spent approximately  $15.3 million, $9.5  million, $3.0 million
and $10.7 million on research and  development activities for the twelve  months
ended  December 25, 1993,  the nine months  ended September 24,  1994, the three
months ended December  20, 1994 and  the nine months  ended September 27,  1995,
respectively.
 
SUPPLY REQUIREMENTS
 
    The  principal  supply requirements  for  the manufacture  of  the Company's
products are wood, pulp, energy and other supplies. The Company believes that it
has adequate sources of these and other raw materials and supplies necessary for
the manufacture of  pulp and  coated paper for  the foreseeable  future. In  the
event  that any of  the Company's suppliers  is unable to  meet its demands, the
Company believes  that adequate  alternative suppliers  or substitute  materials
would be available at comparable prices.
 
  WOOD AND PULP
 
    In  fiscal  1995, the  Company manufactured  approximately  65% of  its pulp
requirements. This vertical integration reduces  the Company's exposure to  (and
ability to benefit from) fluctuations in the market price for pulp. All three of
the  Company's  northern  mills are  integrated  with respect  to  hardwood pulp
production and  the Somerset  mill  also has  softwood pulping  capability.  The
Mobile, Alabama facility receives most of its pulp requirements from an adjacent
pulp  mill  owned by  Scott.  In connection  with  the Acquisition,  the Company
entered into  a  long-term  pulp  supply agreement  with  Scott  to  supply  the
Company's  Mobile paper mill with its wood pulp requirements (subject to minimum
and maximum  amounts) at  prices  generally based  upon  market prices,  less  a
discount  to reflect transportation and other cost savings. Scott had previously
announced its intention to sell the Mobile pulp mill, but any sale is apparently
on hold due to the recent  merger between Scott and Kimberly-Clark  Corporation.
The  buyer of this  facility will be  bound by the  terms of the above-mentioned
agreement. Additional pulp requirements for the remaining mills are purchased in
the open market.  In the  event that  any of  the Company's  pulp suppliers  are
unable  to  meet its  demands,  the Company  believes  it could  obtain adequate
supplies to meet its future pulp requirements.
 
    The Company owns approximately 911,000 gross acres of timberlands in  Maine,
789,400  of which are  net forested acres. Approximately  433,700 of these acres
produce softwood timber, such as spruce, fir, hemlock and white pine and 355,700
acres produce  hardwood timber,  such as  beech, birch  and maple.  The  Company
believes  it can  harvest approximately 13,100  acres per year  on a sustainable
basis. See "Risk  Factors--Stringent Environmental  Regulation; Proposed  Timber
Regulation" and "Business-- Timberlands".
 
    The  Company  currently  offers recycled  products  in all  coated  and some
uncoated grade  lines. The  Company uses  reprocessed fibers  produced from  its
existing  operations and purchases post consumer waste from several suppliers to
meet market requirements for recycled products.
 
  ENERGY REQUIREMENTS
 
    The Company's energy requirements are satisfied through wood and by-products
derived from  the Company's  pulping processs  (approximately 54%  of the  total
units  of energy), coal (approximately  16%), oil (approximately 16%), purchased
steam from  the  Mobile utility  complex  (approximately 7%)  and  natural  gas,
electricity and other (approximately 7%).
 
    A substantial portion of the Company's electricity requirements is satisfied
through   cogeneration   agreements   ("the   Power   Purchase   Agreements"  or
"Agreements")  whereby  the  Somerset   and  Westbrook  mills  each   cogenerate
electricity  and sell  the output  to Central  Maine Power  Company ("CMP"). The
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
Westbrook and Somerset Agreements require  CMP to purchase such energy  produced
by  these cogeneration  facilities at above  market rates which  has reduced the
Company's historical cost of electrical energy. The Westbrook Agreement  expires
October  31,  1997 and  the Somerset  Agreement  expires in  the year  2012. The
favorable pricing element  of the Somerset  Agreement will end  on November  30,
1997.  The agreements also require the mills to purchase electricity from CMP at
the standard industrial tariff rate.  See "Management's Discussion and  Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations".
 
    Muskegon   cogenerates  electricity  and  uses   the  total  output  in  its
operations. The electric utility  that supplies the  Muskegon mill with  standby
power  has filed a request with the state  to raise its rates for standby power.
The Company has in the past successfully challenged such proposed rate increases
and intends to challenge this increase.
 
    In the past, Scott operated the Mobile facility (including the Warren  paper
mill, a pulp mill, a tissue mill and an energy facility) on an integrated basis.
Prior to the Acquisition, Scott sold its energy facility at Mobile and the buyer
entered  into a  long-term agreement with  Warren to provide  electric power and
steam to the paper mill.
 
  OTHER SUPPLIES
 
    The Company also requires substantial  quantities of other supplies such  as
coating  clay, latex, starch and TiO(2). All  of these materials are supplied by
various suppliers.
 
EMPLOYEES AND LABOR RELATIONS
 
    As of July 3,  1996, the Company had  4,156 employees. Approximately 68%  of
employees  are  represented  by  six international  unions  under  ten different
contracts. Prior to the Acquisition, employees at the Company's Mobile  facility
were  employed under contracts with Scott. The Company negotiated new collective
bargaining agreements with  the Mobile  employees which were  executed upon  the
consummation   of  the  Acquisition.  In  addition,  during  1995,  the  Company
negotiated  an  initial  labor  agreement  with  employees  at  its   Allentown,
Pennsylvania  facility.  The  Company's  contract,  covering  approximately  750
employees at the  Somerset facility,  expired September 30,  1995. The  Somerset
employees  are continuing to work under the  terms of the expired agreement. The
Company anticipates reaching agreement on a  new contract and does not expect  a
work stoppage to occur. However, in the event an agreement cannot be reached and
a  prolonged work stoppage that  results in a curtailment  of output ensues, the
Company's financial  position, results  of  operations and  cash flow  could  be
adversely  affected.  Other  than  the Somerset  contract,  there  are  no labor
agreements subject to renegotiation until June 1997. The Company has experienced
no work stoppage  in the  U.S. in  the past eight  years and  believes that  its
relationship with its employees is satisfactory.
 
ENVIRONMENTAL AND SAFETY MATTERS
 
    The  Company  is  subject  to  a  wide  variety  of  increasingly  stringent
environmental laws  and  regulations  relating  to,  among  other  matters,  air
emissions,  wastewater  discharges,  past and  present  landfill  operations and
hazardous waste management. These  laws include the Federal  Clean Air Act,  the
Clean Water Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act and their respective
state  counterparts. The Company will continue  to incur significant capital and
operating expenditures to maintain compliance with applicable federal and  state
environmental  laws. These expenditures include costs of compliance with federal
worker  safety  laws,  landfill  expansions  and  wastewater  treatment   system
upgrades. See "Risk Factors--Stringent Environmental Regulation; Proposed Timber
Regulation".
 
    In  addition to  conventional pollutants,  minute quantities  of dioxins and
other chlorinated organic compounds may be contained in the wastewater  effluent
of  the Company's bleached kraft pulp mills in Somerset and Westbrook, Maine and
Muskegon, Michigan.  The most  recent National  Pollutant Discharge  Elimination
System ("NPDES") wastewater permit limits proposed by the EPA would limit dioxin
discharges  from the  Company's Somerset  and Westbrook  mills to  less than the
level of  detectability. The  Company is  presently meeting  the EPA's  proposed
dioxin  limits but it  is not meeting  the proposed limits  for other parameters
(E.G., temperature and color) and is attempting to revise these other wastewater
permit limits for  its facilities.  While the  permit limitations  at these  two
facilities are being challenged, the Company continues to operate under existing
EPA    permits,   which   have   technically   expired,   in   accordance   with
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
accepted administrative practice. In addition, the Muskegon mill is involved, as
one of various industrial plaintiffs, in litigation with the County of  Muskegon
regarding   a  1994  ordinance  governing  the  County's  industrial  wastewater
pretreatment program. The lawsuit challenges, among other things, the  treatment
capacity  availability and local effluent limit  provisions of the ordinance. In
July 1996, the Court rendered a  decision substantially in favor of the  Company
and  the other plaintiffs, but the County  has appealed the Court's decision. If
the Company and the other  plaintiffs do not prevail in  that appeal or are  not
successful  in ongoing negotiations with the County, the Company may not be able
to obtain additional  treatment capacity  for future expansions  and the  County
could impose stricter permit limits. The imposition of currently proposed permit
limits  or  the  failure  of  the  Muskegon  lawsuit  could  require substantial
additional expenditures,  including short-term  expenditures,  and may  lead  to
substantial fines for any noncompliance.
 
    In  November 1993, the EPA announced  proposed regulations that would impose
new air and water  quality standards aimed at  further reductions of  pollutants
from  pulp and paper  mills, particularly those  conducting bleaching operations
(generally referred to as  the "cluster rules"). Although  the EPA has not  made
any  commitments, final promulgation of portions  of the cluster rules may occur
in 1996 and compliance  with the rules  may be required  beginning in 1998.  The
Company believes that compliance with the cluster rules, if adopted as currently
proposed,  may  require aggregate  capital  expenditures of  approximately $76.0
million through 1999. The ultimate financial impact to the Company of compliance
with the cluster rules will depend upon the nature of the final regulations, the
timing  of  required  implementation  and  the  cost  and  availability  of  new
technology.  The Company also anticipates that  it will incur an estimated $10.0
million to  $20.0  million  of  capital expenditures  through  1999  related  to
environmental compliance other than as a result of the cluster rules.
 
    The  Company's  mills generate  substantial quantities  of solid  wastes and
by-products that  are  disposed  of  at  permitted  landfills  and  solid  waste
management  units at the mills. The Company  is currently planning to expand the
landfill at the Somerset mill at  a projected total cost of approximately  $12.0
million,  of which  approximately $5.0  million will  be spent  between 1996 and
1997.
 
    The Muskegon  mill  has had  discussions  with the  Michigan  Department  of
Natural  Resources ("DNR")  regarding a  wastewater surge  pond adjacent  to the
Muskegon Lake. The  DNR presently is  considering whether the  surge pond is  in
compliance  with  Michigan Act  245 (Water  Resources Commission  Act) regarding
potential discharges from that pond. The matter is now subject to the results of
a pending engineering investigation. There is a possibility that, as a result of
DNR requirements,  the surge  pond may  be  closed in  the future.  The  Company
estimates  the cost of closure will  be approximately $2.0 million. In addition,
if it is necessary  to replace the  functional capacity of  the surge pond  with
above-grade  structures,  the  Company  preliminarily estimates  that  up  to an
additional $8.0 million may be required for such construction costs.
 
    Warren has  been identified  as a  potentially responsible  party under  the
Federal  Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of
1980, as amended ("CERCLA" or "Superfund"), or analogous state law, for  cleanup
of  contamination at seven sites. Based  upon the Company's understanding of the
total amount of liability at each site, its calculation of its percentage  share
in  each proceeding, and  the number of potentially  responsible parties at each
site, the  Company presently  believes  that its  aggregate exposure  for  these
matters will not be material. Moreover, as a result of the Acquisition, Warren's
former  parent,  Scott,  agreed to  indemnify  and  defend the  Company  for and
against, among other things, the full  amount of any damages or costs  resulting
from  the off-site disposal of hazardous  substances occurring prior to the date
of closing, including all damages and costs related to these seven sites.  Since
the  date of  closing of  the acquisition  agreement, Scott  has been performing
under the  terms of  this  environmental indemnity  and defense  provision  and,
therefore,  the Company has not  expended any funds with  respect to these seven
sites.
 
    The Company must comply with a number of federal and state regulations  that
govern  health and safety in the workplace, the most significant of which is the
Federal Occupational  Safety and  Health  Act ("OSHA").  Pursuant to  a  program
sponsored  by the State of Maine, in 1993, the Predecessor Corporation performed
a self-assessment  audit with  respect  to OSHA  mandates  at its  Somerset  and
Westbrook mills and
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
submitted  a compliance plan  to address certain health  and safety matters. The
Company anticipates that the total cost of implementing the compliance plan will
be approximately $19.0 million.  As of September  27, 1995, approximately  $14.4
million  of the  total estimated  $19.0 million  had been  expended. The Company
expects that the majority of the remaining costs will be expended during  fiscal
years 1996 and 1997. The Company recognizes these costs as they are incurred.
 
    The  Company currently has a five-year demolition project in progress at its
Westbrook facility for health and safety reasons. Total costs of the project are
estimated to be approximately $9.0 million, of which approximately $4.5  million
had  been spent as of September 27,  1995. The Company recognizes these costs as
they are incurred.
 
    The Company does not believe that it will have any liability under emergency
legislation enacted by the  State of Maine to  cover a significant shortfall  in
the  Maine  workers' compensation  system through  assessments of  employers and
insurers; however, there can be no assurance that the existing legislation  will
fully address the shortfall.
 
    The  Company believes  that none  of these  matters, individually  or in the
aggregate, will  have  a material  adverse  effect on  its  financial  position,
results of operations or cash flows.
 
PROPERTIES
 
    Warren's  principal executive offices are  located in Boston, Massachusetts.
The Company  believes  that  its  property  and  equipment  are  generally  well
maintained,  in good operating condition and adequate for its present needs. The
inability to  renew any  short-term leases  would not  have a  material  adverse
effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations.
 
    The  following  table  sets forth  the  location  and use  of  the Company's
principal facilities, which are owned in fee unless otherwise indicated. All  of
the  Company's  properties  are  pledged  as  collateral  under  Warren's Credit
Facilities (see the Notes to Financial Statements).
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         LOCATION                                                     USE
- ---------------------------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                          <C>
Skowhegan, Maine             Manufacturing facility for the manufacture of coated paper and softwood and hardwood
 (Somerset Mill)              pulp.
Muskegon, Michigan           Manufacturing facility for the manufacture of coated paper and hardwood pulp and a
                              warehouse (a).
Mobile, Alabama              Manufacturing facility for the manufacture of uncoated paper and specialty paper, a
                              warehouse, a warehouse/distribution center (b) and offices (c).
Westbrook, Maine             Manufacturing facility for the manufacture of specialty paper, high bulk coated paper
                              and hardwood pulp. A research and development facility is also located at this site.
Allentown, Pennsylvania      Coated paper sheeting facility and distribution center.
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(a) Subject to  a lease  that expired  in  September 1996,  but which  has  been
    extended through April 1997.
 
(b) Subject to a lease expiring in December 2014.
 
(c) Subject to a lease expiring in December 2019.
 
TIMBERLANDS
 
    The  Company owns approximately 911,000 gross acres of timberlands in Maine,
789,400 of which are  net forested acres. Approximately  433,700 of these  acres
produce  softwood  timber, such  as  spruce, fir,  hemlock  and white  pine, and
355,700 acres  produce hardwood  timber  such as  beech,  birch and  maple.  The
Company  believes that it can  harvest approximately 13,100 acres  per year on a
sustainable basis.
 
    On November  5, 1996,  a proposed  binding referendum  measure to  eliminate
clearcutting  in  unincorporated areas  in the  State of  Maine was  defeated. A
competing measure, which  could establish new  forestry standards stricter  than
current  law,  but  which  would not  completely  ban  clearcutting,  received a
plurality
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
vote. This competing measure  was supported by the  Company, other major  timber
interests  in Maine,  several environmental  groups as  well as  the Governor of
Maine. Under Maine law, this competing measure will not automatically become law
unless it receives a simple majority of the votes cast in a special election  to
be held in 1997. If this measure does become law, the consequence to the Company
is  not  expected  to  be  material  because  such  measure  generally  reflects
sustainable forestry initiatives that have  already been voluntarily adopted  by
the  Company.  See "Risk  Factors--Stringent Environmental  Regulation; Proposed
Timber Regulation".
 
CAPACITY
 
    The Company currently operates four mills and a sheeting facility with total
annual production  capacity of  approximately  1.5 million  tons of  paper.  The
Company's  manufacturing facilities were  fully utilized during  the nine months
ended September 27, 1995. However, as a result of weaker market conditions,  the
Company  temporarily reduced production  levels at certain  of its manufacturing
facilities  during  the   first  quarter   of  this  fiscal   year.  See   "Risk
Factors--Cyclical   Industry  Conditions;   Strong  Competition";  "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations".
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
  THE COMPANY
 
    Set  forth below are the names, ages (at  July 3, 1996) and positions of the
directors and executive officers of the Company:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        NAME               AGE                             POSITION
- ---------------------      ---      ------------------------------------------------------
<S>                    <C>          <C>
Eugene van As                  57   Director, Chairman of the Board
Monte R. Haymon                58   Director, President, Chief Executive Officer
James H. Frick, Jr.            57   Director, Vice President(1)
O. Harley Wood                 54   Director, Vice President
William E. Hewitt              61   Director, Vice President
Trevor L. Larkan               41   Director, Chief Financial Officer, Vice President,
                                      Treasurer, Secretary
E. Dannis Herring              43   Director, Vice President
Pablo P. Zamora                54   Vice President
Lewis W. Mohler                59   Vice President
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Mr. Frick retired as Vice President--Sales and Marketing effective August 1,
    1996. Mr. Frick  continues to serve  as a  Director of the  Company and  has
    entered  into a consulting agreement with  the Company for the period August
    1, 1996 through July 31,  1999. The fee for  such consulting services to  be
    paid to Mr. Frick under such agreement is not considered significant.
 
    Messrs.  van As,  Hewitt and Larkan  have been Directors  since December 20,
1994. Mr. Frick has been  a Director since March  21, 1989. Messrs. Herring  and
Wood  have been Directors since  March 17, 1992. Mr.  Haymon has been a Director
since October 1, 1995.  Directors of the Company  are elected annually to  serve
until  the next annual  meeting of stockholders  of the Company  and until their
successors have been elected or appointed and qualified. Executive officers  are
appointed  by,  and serve  at the  direction of  the Board  of Directors  of the
Company.
 
    Set forth below is a brief account of the business experience of each of the
directors and executive officers of the Company.
    EUGENE VAN AS served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company
from April 30, 1995 through  September 30, 1995. Mr.  van As has been  Executive
Chairman  of Sappi since 1991. He joined Sappi in 1977 as the Managing Director.
He is also a  director of Malbak Limited,  Olivetti Africa Limited, the  Council
for  Scientific  and Industrial  Research and  the  South African  Foreign Trade
Organization.
 
    MONTE R.  HAYMON was  appointed  President and  Chief Executive  Officer  of
Warren  on October 1, 1995. Previously he had been President and Chief Operating
Officer of  Ply-Gem Industries,  and  for thirteen  years, President  and  Chief
Executive Officer of Packaging Corporation of America, a division of Tenneco. In
addition  to his  business experience, Mr.  Haymon is  a member of  the Board of
Directors of  Evanston Hospital,  a member  of the  Board of  Trustees of  Tufts
University  as well  as Chairman  of the Board  of Overseers  of the Engineering
School. Mr. Haymon is a former member of the Board of Directors of the  National
Association  of Manufacturers. He is also a former Trustee of both the Institute
of Paper & Science and American Forest Products Association.
 
    JAMES H. FRICK, JR., became Vice President--Sales and Marketing in  December
1994.  Prior to assuming such a position,  Mr. Frick held various positions with
the Company since joining the Company in 1961, including Vice  President--Coated
Printing  and  Publishing  from  January 1984  through  December  1994  and Vice
President/Division Manager Printing and Publishing beginning in 1975.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
    O. HARLEY WOOD became Vice President--Manufacturing of Warren in March 1991.
Mr. Wood  joined  Scott in  January  1989  as Vice  President  of  Manufacturing
Development for its U.S. tissue businesses. Prior to joining Scott, Mr. Wood had
held various positions with Procter and Gamble since 1964.
 
    WILLIAM  E. HEWITT was appointed a  non-executive director of S.D. Warren at
the time of  the Acquisition.  He has  been the  Executive Director--Finance  of
Sappi  since 1987. He qualified  as a chartered accountant  in 1957. He has held
executive financial positions in the motor, steel, transportation and  retailing
sectors  and was Group Financial Director, Toyota (South Africa) until 1987. Mr.
Hewitt is a director of Sappi, Limited.
 
    TREVOR L. LARKAN,  having most  recently been Financial  Director for  Sappi
Southern  Africa, a  division of  Sappi Limited,  transferred to  Warren as Vice
President and  Treasurer with  effect from  January 1,  1995. In  May 1995,  Mr.
Larkan  was also appointed  Chief Financial Officer of  the Company. A chartered
accountant,  he  specialized  in  treasury  management  during  the  early   and
mid-1980s,  joining Saiccor, the dissolving pulp subsidiary of Courtaulds Plc in
1986. Soon after the acquisition of Saiccor  by Sappi in 1988, he was  appointed
Financial and Commercial Director of that division.
 
    E. DANNIS HERRING became Vice President--Procurement and Distribution in May
of  1995.  Prior to  such  time, Mr.  Herring  held various  positions  with the
Company, including  serving  as  Controller  from 1992  to  1994  and  as  Chief
Financial Officer from March 1994 to May 1995, Mr. Herring began his career with
Scott in 1974 in Warren's Mobile, Alabama mill.
 
    PABLO  P.  ZAMORA became  Vice President--Research  and Development  for the
Company in February 1995. Prior to such time, Mr. Zamora had been with the James
River Corporation  as  Vice  President--  Research  and  Development  and  Chief
Technology   Officer.   From  1984   to  1990   he  held   the  title   of  Vice
President--Product Development for Tambrands, Incorporated. Mr. Zamora also held
several technical management  positions during  a 16-year  period of  employment
with Procter and Gamble.
 
    LEWIS  W.  MOHLER  has  been  Vice  President  and  General  Manager  of the
Specialties business since July  1992. Prior to such  time, Mr. Mohler has  held
various  positions with Warren since he joined the Company in 1966, including as
General Manager of the Pressure Sensitive business from 1988 to 1992.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
COMPENSATION
 
    The following tables set forth information with respect to the  compensation
of  the  Chief Executive  Officer  and the  four  other most  highly compensated
individuals who served as officers of S.D. Warren during 1995. All references to
shares, options and stock appreciation  rights ("SARs") therein refer to  shares
of  Scott. S.D. Warren has not granted  shares, options or SARs to its employees
prior to or during the fiscal year ended September 27, 1995.
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              ANNUAL        LONG-TERM
                                                                           COMPENSATION   COMPENSATION
                                                                           -------------  -------------    ALL OTHER
                                                                 YEAR         SALARY      OPTIONS/SARS   COMPENSATION
                NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                     (1)(2)          ($)            (#)            (3)
- ------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>
Eugene van As...............................................        1995    $   --         $      --      $    --1995
  Chief Executive Officer and President (4)
J. Richard Leaman, Jr.......................................        1995        211,074            0                0
  Former Chief Executive Officer                                    1994        448,767       25,000(6)       504,334
  and President (5)                                                 1993        441,096       25,000           24,303
Pablo Zamora................................................        1995        154,329            0            3,186
  Vice President--Research and Development
James H. Frick..............................................        1995        152,744            0           37,017
  Vice President--Sales and Marketing (7)                           1994        183,967        6,000(6)       161,924
O. Harley Wood..............................................        1995        134,601            0          157,803
  Vice President--Manufacturing                                     1994        173,025        6,000(6)        54,493
E. Dannis Herring...........................................        1995        121,745            0            6,807
  Vice President--Procurement                                       1994        150,222        4,500(6)         6,707
  and Distribution
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Information with respect to years prior  to 1995 is being provided only  for
    Messrs.  Leaman, Frick, Wood and Herring to the extent that information with
    respect to their compensation has previously been required to be filed  with
    the Commission.
 
(2) Compensation  for 1995, 1994, and  1993 is for the  fiscal year December 21,
    1994 through September 27,  1995, the nine months  ended September 24,  1994
    combined  with the period September 25,  1994 through December 20, 1994, and
    the twelve months ended December 25, 1993, respectively.
 
(3) The amounts  shown  under  "All  Other  Compensation"  consist  of  matching
    contributions  under the Salaried  Investment Plan, imputed  income for life
    insurance premiums for  each year shown  and educational assistance  payouts
    plus  payments  made  upon  withdrawals of  vacation  accrued  consisting of
    $17,260 in 1993 for Mr. Leaman, $7,460 both in 1995 and 1994 for Mr.  Frick,
    $3,078  in 1995 and $2,532 in 1994 for Mr. Herring, and $13,310 for Mr. Wood
    in 1995.  In addition,  the  amounts shown  under "All  Other  Compensation"
    consists  of bonuses associated with the sale of S.D. Warren by Scott in the
    amount of $500,000 for  Mr. Leaman, $150,000 for  Mr. Frick and $50,000  for
    Mr. Wood paid in 1994 and $140,000 paid by Scott to Mr. Wood in 1995 under a
    supplemental retirement plan.
 
(4) From  April 30, 1995 through September 27, 1995, Mr. van As, Chief Executive
    Officer of Sappi Limited, served as Chief Executive Officer and President of
    S.D. Warren without  additional compensation, but  pursuant to a  management
    services agreement under which Warren paid Sappi a fee.
 
(5) Mr.  Leaman resigned from  his position as Chief  Executive Officer on April
    30, 1995. Mr. Leaman was compensated  based upon a consulting contract  from
    December  21, 1994 through April 30, 1995  and was therefore not an employee
    during that period. Mr. Leaman was reimbursed for the increase in his  state
    personal income tax liability resulting from his employment in Massachusetts
    upon   becoming  President  in  1991.   These  amounts  are  not  considered
    significant.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
    Mr. Leaman's compensation  was approved by  Eugene van As,  Chairman of  the
    Board  of the Company, based upon the compensation paid to him by Scott. The
    compensation of the other  executive officers was determined  by Mr. van  As
    and  the Company's Vice  President of Human  Resources, in consultation with
    the Company's compensation consultant and approved by Mr. van As.
 
(6) All options granted by Scott in 1994 were forfeited prior to the end of 1994
    in connection with the sale of Warren by Scott.
 
(7) Mr. Frick retired effective August 1,  1996 and will receive a  distribution
    pursuant  to a Supplemental Executive Retirement Program in early 1997. This
    amount will be treated as compensation and is not considered significant.
    The following table  provides information on  stock option exercises  during
1995  by  each person  named  in the  Summary  Compensation Table,  and provides
information on  the number  and value  of stock  options, both  exercisable  and
unexercisable, held by each such person on September 27, 1995.
         AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN 1995 AND YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   NUMBER OF SHARES       VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                      NUMBER OF                 UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED   IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT
                                       SHARES                     OPTIONS AT YEAR END           YEAR END
                                     ACQUIRED ON     VALUE      -----------------------  -----------------------
               NAME                   EXERCISE      REALIZED    EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE
- -----------------------------------  -----------  ------------  -----------------------  -----------------------
<S>                                  <C>          <C>           <C>                      <C>
J. Richard Leaman, Jr..............     200,000   $  4,481,513            0/0                      0/0
James H. Frick.....................      44,000        871,600            0/0                      0/0
O. Harley Wood.....................           0              0            0/0                      0/0
E. Dannis Herring..................       4,000        119,619            0/0                      0/0
</TABLE>
 
PENSION BENEFITS
 
    As  of October 31, 1994,  the Company assumed sponsorship  of the portion of
the Scott  qualified plans  which covered  employees who  would continue  to  be
employed  by  the Company  after the  closing of  the Acquisition  (the "Closing
Date"). The  defined  benefit plan  which  covers the  executive  officers  (the
"Salaried Plan") provides benefits based on a participant's years of service and
highest compensation during the final years of employment. Generally, the hourly
defined  benefit  plan  provides  covered  employees  with  a  stated  amount of
retirement  benefit  for  each  year   of  service.  The  Company  maintains   a
Supplemental  Executive Retirement Program for certain key executives. This plan
is a non-qualified deferred compensation plan.
 
    The following table shows the  estimated annual retirement benefits  payable
to  participants with  specified amounts of  compensation and  years of credited
service at  normal  retirement  age  under  the  Salaried  Plan.  The  estimated
retirement benefits are the amounts payable in the form of a single life annuity
and  do not take  into account the  reduction with respect  to years of credited
service after  1978 equal  to a  percentage  (up to  a maximum  of 50%)  of  the
participant's Social Security benefit.
 
                               PENSION PLAN TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               YEARS OF CREDITED SERVICE (2)
       AVERAGE FINAL          ----------------------------------------------------------------
      COMPENSATION (1)           15         20         25         30         35         40
- ----------------------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
$100,000....................  $  22,500  $  30,000  $  37,500  $  45,000  $  52,500  $  60,000
 125,000....................     28,125     37,500     46,875     56,250     65,625     75,000
 150,000....................     33,750     45,000     56,250     67,500     78,750     90,000
 200,000....................     45,000     60,000     75,000     90,000    105,000    120,000
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) A   participant's  "Average  Final  Compensation"  is  the  average  of  the
    participant's annual compensation in the four calendar years (whether or not
    consecutive), out of the last ten years of the participant's employment,  in
    which   the   participant's   annual  compensation   was   highest.  "Annual
    compensation" includes  salary  and bonuses  paid  in such  year.  For  this
    purpose, years of employment with, and
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
    compensation paid by, Scott prior to the Acquisition are taken into account.
    To  comply with  tax qualification  requirements under  the Internal Revenue
    Code, annual compensation taken into  account for any participant under  the
    Salaried  Plan may not exceed $150,000.  However, effective January 1, 1995,
    the Company adopted a plan (the "SERP") to provide supplementary  retirement
    benefits  where benefits are lost  under the qualified plans  as a result of
    the statutory  limitations and  the  benefits are  reflected in  the  table.
    Accordingly, the covered compensation of each executive officer for 1995 was
    equal  to the amounts of salary and  bonus shown on the Summary Compensation
    Table above. There also  is a statutory limitation  on the amount of  annual
    benefit  which may be  paid under the Salaried  Plan. Benefits which accrued
    under the Plan  in excess of  the statutory limitations  are also  protected
    under the SERP.
 
(2) The  named  executive  officers had  the  following full  years  of credited
    service under the Salaried Plan as of September 30, 1995: Messrs. Frick, 34;
    Wood, 6; and Herring, 21. Neither Mr. van As nor Mr. Leaman participates  in
    the  salaried plan. The Company also adopted, effective January 1, 1995, the
    Plan for Individual Deferred Compensation Arrangements in which Messrs. Wood
    and Zamora participated.  If Mr. Zamora  remains with the  Company for  five
    years  from February 19, 1995, this Plan will pay him a supplemental benefit
    as if he had an additional five years of credited service under the Salaried
    Plan and five more  after 10 years  of employment. Mr.  Wood will receive  a
    benefit  under  this Plan  based  upon an  additional  10 years  of credited
    service if he is  employed by the  Company for five  years from February  1,
    1994.
 
    In  addition to the  foregoing plans, the  Company sponsors two collectively
bargained pension  plans in  the U.S.  and  one salaried  plan in  Belgium.  The
collectively bargained plans provide benefits of stated amounts for each year of
credited  service and the international plan provides benefits based on years of
service and compensation. No executive officer is covered by any of these  other
plans.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
                                THE ACQUISITION
 
    As  of October 8, 1994, SDW Acquisition, a direct wholly owned subsidiary of
Holdings, entered into a definitive  agreement (the "Stock Purchase  Agreement")
pursuant to which, on December 20, 1994, SDW Acquisition acquired from Scott all
of  the outstanding  capital stock of  Warren for  a net cash  purchase price of
approximately  $1.5  billion,  plus  the  assumption  of  various   liabilities,
including  approximately $121.9  million of  outstanding indebtedness (including
capital leases) of the Company, subject to there being a Net Assets (as  defined
therein)  value of $1.6  billion at closing.  Pursuant to the  provisions of the
Stock Purchase Agreement, $75.0 million of  cash was required to be on  Warren's
balance  sheet on the Closing Date, effectively reducing the cash purchase price
by such  amount. Based  on a  closing Net  Assets calculation  delivered to  the
Company  by Scott  pursuant to the  Stock Purchase Agreement  (the "Seller's Net
Assets Calculation"),  the purchase  price was  reduced by  approximately  $43.6
million  pursuant to a post-closing adjustment  mechanism. The Company and Scott
have resolved a dispute regarding  the Seller's Net Assets Calculation  pursuant
to  dispute procedures established  in the Stock  Purchase Agreement. The actual
amount of the purchase price adjustment was $48.0 million. Scott has since  been
acquired by Kimberly-Clark Corporation.
 
    The  largest  investor in  Holdings is  Sappi, which  is the  largest forest
products company in Africa, the third  largest producer of coated free paper  in
Europe  and one of the  world's leading pulp, paper  and timber exporters. Sappi
owns and  operates a  number of  timber  processing plants  and eight  mills  in
Southern  Africa.  Outside Africa,  Sappi's operations  include four  fine paper
mills in the United Kingdom  and two mills in  Germany which produce coated  and
uncoated free paper and specialty paper. With the S.D. Warren Acquisition, Sappi
became  the largest coated free paper manufacturer  in the world. Sappi is based
in Johannesburg, South Africa and employs approximately 23,000 people worldwide.
 
    SDW Acquisition  financed  the Acquisition  (including  approximately  $87.7
million  of  transaction  expenses) with  the  following sources  of  funds: (i)
borrowings of  $630.0  million  under  the  Term  Loan  Facilities  and  initial
borrowings of $160.2 million under the $250.0 million Revolving Credit Facility,
of  which $75.0  million was available  for repayment  following the Acquisition
with cash required to be on Warren's balance sheet at closing, (ii) the issuance
of $375.0 million of SDW Acquisition 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004 (the
"SDW Acquisition Notes" and the offering thereof the "Note Offering"), (iii) the
issuance of  $75.0 million  in  liquidation preference  of SDW  Acquisition  14%
Senior  Exchangeable  Preferred  Stock  due 2006  (the  "SDW  Acquisition Senior
Preferred Stock") as part  of Units (the "Units"  and the Offering thereof,  the
"Unit   Offering"  and,  together  with  the  Note  Offering,  the  "Offerings")
consisting of SDW Acquisition  Senior Preferred Stock and  Class A Warrants  and
(iv) a net common equity contribution of $331.8 million from Holdings. Holdings'
common  equity contribution was  financed through the  purchase of common equity
and Class B warrants of Holdings ("Class B Warrants") by the Investor Group, the
purchase of $37.5 million in liquidation preference of Holdings Preferred  Stock
by DLJMB and UBSC and the issuance of Class A warrants of Holdings (the "Class A
Warrants")  as part  of the  Unit Offering. The  Bank Financing  also included a
$220.0 million Letter of  Credit Facility, pursuant to  which letters of  credit
were  issued to support  an existing letter  of credit arranged  by Scott and to
support the  Company's  obligations with  respect  to certain  indebtedness  and
capital and operating leases.
 
    Immediately  following the Acquisition, SDW Acquisition merged with and into
S.D. Warren and (i)  the indebtedness outstanding under  the Bank Financing  and
the  SDW Acquisition Notes was assumed by the Company (the "Series A Notes") and
(ii) the SDW Acquisition Senior Preferred Stock was converted into an equivalent
amount of the  Company's 14% Series  A Senior Exchangeable  Preferred Stock  due
2006 (the "Old Senior Preferred Stock").
 
    Pursuant  to an  exchange offer consummated  on May 31,  1995 (the "Exchange
Offer"), the Notes were  issued by the  Company for the Series  A Notes and  the
Senior  Preferred Stock was issued by the Company in exchange for the Old Senior
Preferred Stock.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
         SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
    The Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings. Pursuant to the Credit
Agreement, certain guarantees  and the  Facilities (as defined)  are secured  by
security interests in all of the common stock of Warren. See "Description of the
Credit  Agreement--Guarantees and Collateral Security". The following table sets
forth certain information  with respect  to the beneficial  ownership of  Common
Stock  as  of  the  date  of  this  Prospectus.  See  "Risk Factors--Significant
Influence by Majority Stockholder".
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP
                                                                                     -------------------------------
                                NAME AND ADDRESS OF                                   NUMBER OF    PERCENT OF CLASS
                                 BENEFICIAL OWNER                                       SHARES      OUTSTANDING (1)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------------
<S>                                                                                  <C>           <C>
Sappi Limited (2)..................................................................    26,976,561          87.80
 48 Ameshoff Street
 Braamfontein 2001
 Republic of South Africa
DLJ Merchant Banking...............................................................     6,593,749(3)         19.28
 Partners, L.P. and certain
 of its affiliate
 140 Broadway
 New York, NY 10005
UBS Capital LLC....................................................................     1,408,594(3)          4.47
 299 Park Avenue
 New York, NY 10171
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Percentages have been  calculated assuming, in  the case of  each person  or
    group  listed, the  exercise of  all warrants  and options  owned (which are
    exercisable within 60 days following September 27, 1995) by each such person
    or group, respectively,  but not  the exercise  of any  warrants or  options
    owned by any other person or group.
 
(2) Sappi's shares are held through one of its subsidiaries.
 
(3) Includes  the following shares  of Common Stock subject  to Class B Warrants
    (as defined): DLJMB, 3,468,749 shares and UBSC, 693,750 shares. In addition,
    UBSC's ownership  includes  89,844  shares of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon
    exercise  of Class  A Warrants  that UBSC  purchased in  connection with its
    purchase of the Units.
 
SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT
 
    The following  summary  of  the  material  provisions  of  the  Shareholders
Agreement (as defined) is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete
text of the Shareholders Agreement, a copy of which has been filed as an exhibit
to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.
 
    In  connection with  the Acquisition, Sappi,  an affiliate  of Sappi, DLJMB,
UBSC, Holdings  and the  Company (as  successor by  merger to  SDW  Acquisition)
entered   into  a   shareholders  agreement,   as  amended   (the  "Shareholders
Agreement"), which contains certain agreements with respect to the capital stock
and corporate governance of Holdings and the Company following the  Acquisition.
See  "Risk  Factors--Restrictions  on  the  Company's  Corporate  Actions".  The
following is a  summary of  the material  terms of  the Shareholders  Agreement.
Capitalized  terms  used  below  and not  otherwise  defined  have  the meanings
assigned thereto in the Shareholders Agreement.
 
  CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
 
    The Board of  Directors of  Holdings (the "Holdings  Board") will  initially
consist of nine members. Sappi and its permitted transferees (the "Sappi Group")
have  the right to  designate a majority  of the Holdings  Board (initially five
directors) subject to the conditions that (a) if the Sappi Group owns less  than
50%  of its original  holdings of Common  Stock, the Sappi  Group will lose such
right and will be allowed to designate  two directors of the Holdings Board  and
(b)  if  the  value of  the  Sappi  Group's original  holdings  of  Common Stock
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
is below a specified threshold, the Sappi Group will lose its right to designate
a second  director. DLJMB  and certain  of its  affiliates and  their  permitted
transferees  (the  "DLJ  Group")  originally  had  the  right  to  designate two
directors; however, the value of the DLJ Group's original investment fell  below
a  specified  threshold, and,  as a  result, the  DLJ Group  lost its  rights to
designate a  second  director. UBSC  and  its permitted  transferees  (the  "UBS
Group") have the right to designate one director. The chief executive officer of
the  Company is also a director and does  not count as a designee for any member
of the Investor Group. If any of the Sappi Group, the DLJ Group or the UBS Group
should own less than a specific percentage of the Common Stock, such group will,
subject to certain exceptions,  lose all rights to  designate a director,  which
rights  would not be  regained through the  subsequent acquisition of additional
shares of Common Stock other than  shares acquired upon the exercise of  certain
warrants acquired by such Group.
 
    "Board  Approval"  generally requires  the affirmative  vote  of at  least a
majority of the directors at  a duly convened meeting  of the Holdings Board  at
which a Quorum (as defined below) is present. "Special Board Approval" generally
requires (a) Board Approval, (b) approval by at least one DLJ Group director (if
any)  and  (c)  approval  by  at  least  one  Sappi  Group  director  (if  any).
"Extraordinary Board  Approval"  generally  requires  (a)  Board  Approval,  (b)
approval  by at least one DLJ Group director  (if any), (c) approval by at least
one Sappi Group director (if any) and  (d) approval by a UBS Group director  (if
any).  A "Quorum"  of the  Holdings Board  (or any  committee thereof) generally
requires (a) a  majority of directors  present to be  Sappi Group directors  (so
long  as the Sappi Group is entitled to designate a majority of Directors to the
Holdings Board); (b) a DLJ Group director (so long as the DLJ Group is  entitled
to  one director);  and (c)  after the  Sappi Group  loses its  right to  have a
majority of its directors on the Holdings Board, a Sappi Group director (so long
as the Sappi Group is entitled to one director). There is no requirement to have
a majority of  Sappi Group  directors present after  the Sappi  Group loses  its
right to have a majority of its directors on the Holdings Board.
 
    Each of the following actions requires Extraordinary Board Approval:
 
       (a) prior  to an Initial  Public Offering (as  defined), any amendment of
           the Certificate or Articles of  Incorporation or By-laws of  Holdings
    or  the  Company; (b)  approval of  any  annual business  plan or  budget of
    Holdings or the  Company; (c)  hiring or  dismissal of  the chief  executive
    officer  or chief financial officer of  Holdings or the Company; (d) certain
    issuances of  capital stock  of Holdings  or the  Company (or  issuances  of
    securities exchangeable, convertible or exercisable for such capital stock);
    (e)  any merger  or similar transaction  involving (i) Holdings  or (ii) the
    Company (but only if the Company is not the surviving corporation); (f)  any
    sale  of Holdings or the  Company; (g) any sale  of all or substantially all
    the assets of  Holdings or  the Company;  (h) any  transaction, contract  or
    arrangement with an affiliate of Holdings or with a Shareholder (as defined)
    (or an affiliate thereof) if such transaction is not in the business plan or
    budget  (and identified therein as an affiliate transaction) and involves an
    amount in  excess of  $1 million  (Board Approval  is required  for  certain
    transactions  that  involve  $1  million or  less);  (i)  entering  into the
    marketing agreements referred to  below under "--Miscellaneous  Provisions";
    (j) the grant of any registration or similar rights to any person other than
    various  rights  granted  in connection  with  the Acquisition  and  (k) the
    selection of the managing underwriters  in connection with any  Underwritten
    Public Offering.
 
    Each of the following transactions requires the approval specified below:
 
       (a) any merger involving (i) the Company where it is the surviving entity
           or  (ii) any subsidiary of the Company;  (b) any sale of a subsidiary
    of the Company or any division of the Company; (c) any sale of substantially
    all the assets of any subsidiary or division of the Company; (d) any  change
    in  the  capital structure  (including  the incurrence  of  indebtedness) of
    Holdings or the Company  or any subsidiary thereof;  (e) any appointment  or
    dismissal  of  auditors  and  principal legal  counsel  of  Holdings  or the
    Company; (f)  any voluntary  filing of  or failure  to oppose  a  bankruptcy
    petition; (g) compensation of the chief executive officer of Holdings or the
    Company  and (h) any declaration  or payment of any  dividend by Holdings if
    not paid  out of  earnings (other  than  dividends on  common stock  of  the
    Company  so long as Holdings owns 100% of such common stock and dividends on
    Holdings  Preferred  Stock  or  Senior  Preferred  Stock).  Any  transaction
    described  in  (e)  through  (h)  above  requires  Special  Board  Approval.
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
    Any transaction described in clauses (a) through (d) above requires  Special
    Board  Approval if it involves more than  $50 million or if it involves more
    than $25 million and is not specifically set forth in an approved budget  or
    business  plan. Any such transaction requires  Board Approval if it involves
    more than $20 million  or if it  involves more than $10  million and is  not
    specifically  set forth in an approved budget or business plan. In addition,
    Special Board Approval is required for any contract involving the receipt or
    expenditure of  more than  $20 million  in any  one year  or more  than  $50
    million over the term of the contract.
 
    In  addition  to  the  transactions  that  are  described  in  the preceding
paragraph as requiring Board Approval, the following transactions require  Board
Approval:  (a) any  declaration or  payment of  any dividend  or distribution by
Holdings or the Company if paid out of earnings (other than dividends on Company
common stock  so  long  as  Holdings  owns  100%  of  such  common  stock);  (b)
compensation  of the chief financial officer of Holdings or the Company; and (c)
election or appointment  of the  members of  the Company's  Board of  Directors.
Board  Approval is also required for any other contract involving the receipt or
expenditure of more than $10  million in any one year  or more than $25  million
over  the  term  of the  contract  and  for certain  transactions,  contracts or
arrangements with  an affiliate  of Holdings  or with  any Shareholder  (or  any
affiliate thereof).
 
  PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS
 
    Except   in  certain  circumstances,  upon  any  issuance  of  Common  Stock
Equivalents (as defined) of Holdings, the Sappi Group, the DLJ Group and the UBS
Group have preemptive rights with respect to such Common Stock Equivalents.
 
  TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS
 
    Except for certain permitted  dispositions, members of  the Sappi Group  may
not  transfer any  Shares (as  defined) until the  earlier of  an Initial Public
Offering by  Holdings or  December 20,  1997  (the earlier  of such  dates,  the
"Restriction Termination Date"). After the Restriction Termination Date, members
of  the  Sappi Group  may  transfer Shares  as  follows: transfers  in  a public
offering upon exercise of registration rights; transfers pursuant to Rule 144 of
the Securities Act (subject, in certain circumstances, to certain "first  offer"
and  "tag along" rights);  transfers (subject to certain  "first offer" and "tag
along" rights) to a person who becomes a party to the Shareholders Agreement and
who is not  an Adverse Person  (as defined); and  transfers pursuant to  certain
specified  pledge arrangements.  Shareholders who are  not members  of the Sappi
Group (collectively, the "Minority Shareholders")may transfer Shares as follows:
subject to certain restrictions, transfers in a public offering upon exercise of
registration rights;  transfers  pursuant  to  Rule  144  (subject,  in  certain
circumstances,  to  certain "first  offer"  and "tag  along"  rights); transfers
pursuant to "tag along" rights; and transfers (subject to certain "first  offer"
and  "tag along"  rights) to a  person who  becomes a party  to the Shareholders
Agreement and who  is not  an Adverse  Person. Members  of the  Sappi Group  may
participate in such Initial Public Offering only after the Minority Shareholders
have participated to the fullest extent requested by such Minority Shareholders.
After  June  18,  1998,  the DLJ  Group  or  the UBS  Group  may,  under certain
circumstances, transfer the right to designate  a director of Holdings (but  not
any  Special  Approval or  Extraordinary Approval  rights). Any  Shareholder may
transfer Shares to  a Permitted Transferee  (as defined) who  is not an  Adverse
Person  and  who becomes  a  party to  the  Shareholders Agreement  or  to Sappi
(subject to certain "tag along" rights) or any of its Permitted Transferees.
 
  RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER
 
    If either (i) any  Minority Shareholder proposes to  transfer any Shares  to
any  Person other than to one of its Permitted Transferees or to Sappi or any of
its Permitted Transferees  or (ii)  any member of  the Sappi  Group proposes  to
transfer  any  Shares  other than  to  one  of its  Permitted  Transferees, such
Shareholder (the  "Selling  Shareholder") is  required  to offer  to  sell  such
securities to certain other Shareholders party to the Shareholders Agreement and
Holdings. Sales of Shares to a Permitted Transferee of the seller or to Sappi or
any  of  its  Permitted  Transferees  are  not  subject  to  these  first  offer
provisions.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
  PARTICIPATION RIGHTS
 
    Under certain circumstances,  if a  member of  the Sappi  Group proposes  to
transfer  any  Shares, it  must  offer the  Minority  Shareholders the  right to
participate in such transfer. In  addition, under certain circumstances, if  any
member  of  the DLJ  Group  or the  UBS Group  is  selling equity  securities of
Holdings or the Company it must offer  members of the group whose member is  not
the selling Shareholder a right to participate in such sale.
  REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
    Members  of the Sappi Group, the DLJ Group and the UBS Group have the right,
subject to certain limitations, to require Holdings to register all or a portion
of their Registrable Stock (as defined)  under the Act by giving written  notice
to  Holdings  of  such  demand (a  "Demand  Registration").  Subject  to certain
limitations, the Sappi Group and the DLJ Group each have the right to make up to
three Demand Registrations and the  UBS Group has the  right to make one  Demand
Registration.  The Shareholders Agreement  also grants members  of the DLJ Group
the right,  under certain  circumstances,  to transfer  one  demand right  to  a
transferee  of shares of Common Stock,  subject to certain limitations. Holdings
has agreed to pay all reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the  first
two  Demand Registrations effected pursuant to  the Shareholders Agreement. If a
Demand Registration involves an  underwritten public offering, any  underwriters
involved  in such  offering have the  right, subject to  certain limitations, to
limit the  Registrable  Stock  included  in such  registration,  in  which  case
Shareholders  requesting  the  Demand  Registration  shall,  subject  to certain
exceptions,  have  priority  over   Shareholders  exercising  piggyback   rights
(described below).
 
    In  addition,  under  certain circumstances,  Shareholders  holding  Class B
Warrants can require  registration by Holdings  to permit the  exercise of  such
Class B Warrants.
 
  PIGGYBACK RIGHTS
 
    Under  certain circumstances, if  Holdings registers Common  Stock under the
Act, each Shareholder (and certain transferees  of members of the DLJ Group  and
UBS  Group)  will have  the right,  subject to  certain limitations,  to require
Holdings to include  such Shareholder's (or  transferee's) Registrable Stock  in
such registration.
  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
 
    If  certain of Sappi's  foreign operations intend to  sell products into the
United States that are the same as or substantially similar to, or compete with,
the Company's products, they will, subject to certain exceptions, be required to
enter into an  arms' length  marketing agreement with  the Company,  and if  the
Company  intends to sell  products outside of  the United States  and Canada, it
will, subject to  certain exceptions,  be required  to enter  into arms'  length
marketing  agreements with affiliates of Sappi.  Each Shareholder has agreed not
to use  Confidential Information  (as defined)  in any  way that  is  reasonably
likely  to result in a material detriment to  the business of the Company in the
United States or to the business of Sappi and its affiliates outside the  United
States.  Moreover,  each Shareholder  has  agreed not  to  disclose Confidential
Information, subject to certain limitations (including that members of the Sappi
Group may disclose Confidential Information to  Sappi and its affiliates in  the
ordinary course of business).
 
    Any  amendment  to  the  Shareholders  Agreement  requires  the  approval of
Holdings (with Board Approval) and representatives  of the Sappi Group, the  DLJ
Group  and the UBS Group (but  only so long as a  Group is entitled to designate
one director,  subject  to certain  exceptions)  but  not the  approval  of  the
Company.
 
  TERMINATION
 
    The  Shareholders  Agreement terminates  on the  earliest  of (a)  the tenth
anniversary of such Agreement unless earlier terminated, (b) subject to  certain
exceptions, the merger, consolidation or sale of substantially all of the assets
of  Holdings, (c) on the date on which none of the Sappi Group, the DLJ Group or
the UBS Group  is entitled to  designate a member  of the Board  or (d)  written
agreement  among Holdings,  the Sappi  Group (if it  is entitled  to designate a
member of the Board), the DLJ Group (if it is entitled to designate a member  of
the  Board) and the  UBS Group (if it  is entitled to designate  a member of the
Board).
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
                 CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
THE COMPANY'S MOBILE FACILITY: ARRANGEMENTS WITH SCOTT
    The  Company's Mobile, Alabama paper mill was historically operated by Scott
as part of  an integrated facility  (including a  tissue mill, a  pulp mill  and
energy  facility). In connection with the  Acquisition, the Company entered into
long-term (25  years  initially, subject  to  mill closures  and  certain  FORCE
MAJEURE  events) supply agreements with  Scott for the supply  of pulp and water
and the treatment of effluent at the Mobile facility. Wood pulp will be supplied
generally at market prices. Pulp prices will be discounted, primarily because of
the lower delivery costs due to the elimination of freight costs associated with
delivering pulp  to Warren's  Mobile  paper mill  and  pulp quantities  will  be
subject  to minimum (170,000 to  182,400 tons per year)  and maximum (220,000 to
233,400 tons per year) limits. Prices for other services to be provided by Scott
will generally be  based upon  cost. Prior to  the Acquisition,  Scott sold  its
energy  facility at  Mobile to Mobile  Energy Services  Corporation ("MESC"). In
connection with the sale of the  energy facility, MESC entered into a  long-term
agreement  with Warren to provide electric power  and steam to the paper mill at
rates generally comparable to  market tariffs, including  fuel cost and  capital
recovery  components. Scott, MESC and Warren  have also entered into a long-term
shared facilities  and services  agreement (the  "Shared Facilities  Agreement")
with  respect to medical and security  services, common roads and parking areas,
office space and similar  items and a  comprehensive master operating  agreement
providing  for the coordination of services  and integration of operations among
the energy facility, the paper mill, the  pulp mill and the tissue mill.  Annual
fees under the Shared Facilities Agreement are expected to be approximately $1.5
million  per year  through the  25-year term  of the  agreement. Warren  has the
option to cancel certain  nonessential services covered  by the Shared  Services
Agreement at any time prior to the end of the 25-year term. Scott had previously
announced its intention to sell the Mobile pulp mill, but any sale is apparently
on  hold due to the recent  merger between Scott and Kimberly-Clark Corporation.
The buyer  of  the mill  will  be bound  by  the terms  of  the  above-mentioned
agreements.
SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT
    In  connection with the Acquisition, Sappi, one of Sappi's affiliates, DLJMB
(an affiliate of DLJSC), UBSC, Holdings and the Company (as successor by  merger
to  SDW  Acquisition)  entered  into  a  Shareholders  Agreement.  See "Security
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management--Shareholders Agreement".
INVESTOR GROUP AGREEMENTS
    The Company paid certain sponsor fees, reimbursed expenses for and  provided
indemnification  to,  members  of  the Investor  Group  in  connection  with the
Acquisition and  the financing  thereof. Sappi  received a  sponsor fee  in  the
amount  of $3,752,543 and UBSC received a sponsor fee in the amount of $553,753.
In addition, DLJSC, an affiliate of DLJMB, received a sponsors fee in the amount
of $2,768,766.  The Company  pays a  yearly  advisory fee  to Sappi  and/or  its
Affiliates  of  up to  $1.0 million.  As a  result  of this  fee, Sappi  and its
Affiliates generally  will not  charge the  Company for  time spent  on  Company
matters  by the  senior executive  officers of Sappi  and its  Affiliates or for
related travel and out-of-pocket expenses.
 
TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING DLJMB AND UBSC
 
    In connection  with the  Acquisition (i)  DLJMB purchased  for an  aggregate
consideration  of  $65.0 million,  $31.25 million  in liquidation  preference of
Holdings Preferred Stock, Class B Warrants to acquire 3,593,749 shares of Common
Stock, and  3,125,000  shares of  Common  Stock;  (ii) UBSC,  purchased  for  an
aggregate   consideration  of  $20.2  million,   $6.25  million  in  liquidation
preference of the Holdings Preferred Stock, Class B Warrants to acquire  718,750
shares  of Common Stock, 625,000 shares of Common Stock and 300,000 Units; (iii)
DLJSC provided investment banking services to Holdings and Warren in  connection
with  the  offering  of  2,700,000  Units, for  which  it  received  a customary
underwriting discount; and (iv) an affiliate of DLJMB provided a standby  bridge
loan  commitment  for  which  it received  approximately  $5.6  million  and was
reimbursed for expenses.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
    Following the Acquisition, the Units became separately transferable. On July
6, 1995, DLJMB  sold all of  its Holdings  Preferred Stock and  125,000 Class  B
Warrants  and UBSC sold all  of its Holdings Preferred  Stock and 25,000 Class B
Warrants.
 
TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES
 
    Pursuant to the limitations  on restricted payments  outlined in the  Credit
Agreement,  the Indenture and  the Senior Preferred Stock,  the Company may make
cash payments to Holdings,  including, among other things,  (i) amounts under  a
tax  sharing  agreement to  be  entered into  between  the Company  and Holdings
necessary to enable Holdings to pay the Company's taxes and (ii)  administrative
fees  to Holdings and amounts  to cover various specified  costs and expenses of
Holdings. The associated administrative fee  incurred by the Company during  the
nine months ended July 3, 1996 was approximately $0.8 million.
 
    The  Company  has contracted  through a  management services  agreement (the
"Management Services  Agreement") and  central  cost allocation  agreement  (the
"Central  Cost  Allocation Agreement")  with  two subsidiaries  of  Sappi, Sappi
International Management  AG  ("SIM")  and  Sappi  Management  Services  Limited
("SMS"),  to  provide  management advisory  services.  The aggregate  fee  to be
charged to the Company  by SIM and SMS  is limited to an  annual amount of  $1.0
million.  For the nine months ended July 3, 1996, the Company incurred a related
management fee expense of approximately $0.8 million.
 
    The Management Services Agreement with SIM establishes an agreement  whereby
SIM  provides  strategic  and  corporate planning  advice,  financial  and legal
services and  services  relating to  public  affairs and  human  resources.  The
Company  agrees to pay a  service fee to SIM which  is determined based upon the
Company's proportionate share in the aggregate amount of costs which SIM  incurs
in providing services to the entire number of group companies which have entered
into  agreements of  this nature  with SIM,  plus a  profit mark-up  of 10%. The
Company's proportionate share is based upon  the time spent on Company  services
divided  by  total time  spent  by SIM  on  total group  company  services. This
agreement commenced on  January 1,  1995 and  is effective  until terminated  by
either party with six months' written notice.
 
    The  Central  Cost  Allocation  Agreement  with  SMS  provides  for  general
technical  and  administrative  support  services  to  supplement  the  services
provided  by SIM. The  Company has agreed to  pay a service fee  to SMS which is
determined based upon the Company's proportionate share in the aggregate  amount
of  costs which SMS incurs  in providing services to  the entire number of group
companies which have  entered into agreements  of this nature  with SMS, plus  a
profit  mark-up  of 10%.  The Company's  proportionate share  is based  upon the
Company's inventory turnover divided  by total inventory  turnover of SMS  group
companies.  This agreement commenced  on January 1, 1995  and is effective until
terminated by either party with six months written notice.
 
    Warren has  also  entered  into  a  cross  licensing  agreement  with  Sappi
Deutschland,  the worldwide holding  company for all  European and U.S. business
operations of  the Sappi  group and  the entity  through which  Sappi holds  its
interest  in  Holdings, and  Hannover Papier  AG  ("Hannover"), a  subsidiary of
Sappi. Pursuant to this agreement, the Company and Hannover have agreed to enter
into specific written agreements to  share paper processing techniques and  have
also  agreed to enter into specific  distribution agreements whereby the Company
has agreed to use  its distribution network in  the United States to  facilitate
and increase Hannover's exports. Sappi Deutschland will facilitate the licensing
process.  No specific agreements have been  entered into in connection with this
cross licensing agreement as of July 3, 1996.
 
    The Company sells  products to certain  Sappi subsidiaries (primarily  Sappi
Europe, SA, Specialty Pulp Services and U.S. Paper Corporation) at market rates.
These  subsidiaries then sell  the Company's products  to external customers and
remitted the proceeds from such sales to Warren, net of a sales commission.  For
the  nine months ended July 3, 1996,  the Company sold $71.1 million of products
to Sappi subsidiaries and expensed  fees of approximately $4.3 million  relating
to  such sales. Trade accounts receivable  at July 3, 1996 include approximately
$24.3 million due from subsidiaries of Sappi.  The Company is in the process  of
formalizing    written   agreements   for   these   relationships.   See   "Risk
Factors--Control by Majority Stockholder".
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
    During fiscal year 1996, the Company began purchasing products from  certain
affiliates in U.S. Dollars primarily for sale to external customers. The Company
receives  commissions from  the affiliates on  such sale.  These transactions to
date have not been material.
                            DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES
GENERAL
    The Notes were issued pursuant to  an indenture between SDW Acquisition  and
The  Bank of New York, as trustee (the  "Trustee") dated as of December 20, 1994
(the "SDW  Acquisition  Indenture") as  amended  by the  supplemental  indenture
between  the  Company  and  the  Trustee dated  as  of  December  20,  1994 (the
"Supplemental  Indenture"  and,   with  the  SDW   Acquisition  Indenture,   the
"Indenture"),  a  copy of  which  is filed  as  an exhibit  to  the Registration
Statement of which this  Prospectus constitutes a part.  The terms of the  Notes
include  those stated in the  Indenture and those made  part of the Indenture by
reference to the Trust Indenture Act  of 1939, as amended (the "Trust  Indenture
Act").  The  Notes are  subject  to all  such terms,  and  Holders of  Notes are
referred to the Indenture and the  Trust Indenture Act for a statement  thereof.
The  following summary of the material  provisions of the Indenture is qualified
in its entirety by reference to the Indenture, including the definitions therein
of certain terms  used below, and  the Trust Indenture  Act. The definitions  of
certain terms used in the following summary are set forth below under "--Certain
Definitions".
    The  Notes are general unsecured obligations  of the Company, rank senior in
right of  payment  to  or  PARI  PASSU in  right  of  payment  with  all  future
subordinated  Indebtedness of the Company (including the Exchange Debentures, if
issued) and rank junior in  right of payment to  all existing and future  Senior
Debt of the Company. See "--Subordination".
    As  of the date  of this Prospectus,  all of the  Company's Subsidiaries are
Restricted Subsidiaries. However, under certain circumstances, the Company  will
be   able  to  designate  future   Subsidiaries  as  Unrestricted  Subsidiaries.
Unrestricted Subsidiaries  will  not  be  subject to  many  of  the  restrictive
covenants set forth in the Indenture.
PRINCIPAL, MATURITY AND INTEREST
    The  Notes will  mature on  December 15,  2004. Interest  on the  Notes will
accrue at the rate of 12% per annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears
on each  June 15  and  December 15,  to Holders  of  record on  the  immediately
preceding  June 1 and  December 1. Interest will  be computed on  the basis of a
360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. Principal, premium, if any,  and
interest,  if any, on the Notes  will be payable at the  office or agency of the
Company maintained for such purpose within the City and State of New York or, at
the option of the Company,  payment of interest may be  made by check mailed  to
the Holders of the Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the register
of  Holders of Notes.  Until otherwise designated by  the Company, the Company's
office or agency in New  York will be the office  of the Trustee maintained  for
such  purpose. The  Notes were  issued in  denominations of  $1,000 and integral
multiples thereof.
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
    Except as  set forth  in the  following  paragraph, the  Notes will  not  be
redeemable  at the Company's option prior  to December 15, 1999. Thereafter, the
Notes will be subject to redemption at the option of the Company, in whole or in
part, upon not less  than 30 nor  more than 60 days'  notice, at the  redemption
prices  (expressed as  percentages of  principal amount)  set forth  below, plus
accrued and  unpaid  interest thereon  to  the applicable  redemption  date,  if
redeemed  during the twelve-month  period beginning on December  15 of the years
indicated below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR                                                                      PERCENTAGE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------
<S>                                                                       <C>
1999....................................................................     104.500%
2000....................................................................     103.000%
2001....................................................................     101.500%
2002 and thereafter.....................................................     100.000%
</TABLE>
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
    On or prior to December 15, 1997,  the Company may redeem from time to  time
up  to $130.0  million in  aggregate principal amount  of Notes  at a redemption
price of  111.0%  of the  principal  amount  thereof, plus  accrued  and  unpaid
interest  thereon to the redemption  date, with the net  proceeds of one or more
public offerings of  common stock  of Holdings;  PROVIDED that  at least  $245.0
million  in aggregate principal  amount of Notes  remain outstanding immediately
after such redemption;  and PROVIDED  FURTHER that such  redemption shall  occur
within 45 days of the date of the closing of any such public offering.
SELECTION AND NOTICE
    If  less than all of the Notes are  to be redeemed at any time, selection of
Notes for  redemption  will  be made  by  the  Trustee in  compliance  with  the
requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the
Notes  are listed, or, if the  Notes are not so listed,  on a pro rata basis, by
lot or by such method as the  Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate;  PROVIDED
that no Notes of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. Notices of redemption
shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before
the  redemption date to  each Holder of  Notes to be  redeemed at its registered
address. If any Note is  to be redeemed in part  only, the notice of  redemption
that  relates  to such  Note shall  state  the portion  of the  principal amount
thereof to be redeemed. A new Note  in principal amount equal to the  unredeemed
portion  thereof  will  be  issued  in  the  name  of  the  Holder  thereof upon
cancellation of the original  Note. On and after  the redemption date,  interest
ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.
MANDATORY REDEMPTION
    The  Company is  not required to  make mandatory redemption  or sinking fund
payments with respect to the Notes.
SUBORDINATION
    The payment of  principal, premium,  if any, and  interest on  the Notes  is
subordinated  in right of payment,  as set forth in  the Indenture, to the prior
payment in full of  all Senior Debt,  whether outstanding on  the Issue Date  or
thereafter incurred.
    Upon  any  distribution to  creditors  of the  Company  in a  liquidation or
dissolution of  the  Company or  in  a bankruptcy,  reorganization,  insolvency,
winding  up, receivership or  similar proceeding relating to  the Company or its
property, an assignment for the benefit  of creditors or any marshalling of  the
Company's  assets  and  liabilities,  in each  such  case  whether  voluntary or
involuntary, domestic or foreign, the holders of Senior Debt of the Company will
be entitled to receive payment in full of all Obligations due in respect of such
Senior Debt (including interest after the commencement of any such proceeding in
accordance with the  terms of the  applicable Senior Debt,  whether or not  such
interest is an allowed claim enforceable against the debtor in a bankruptcy case
under  Title 11 of the  United States Code) before the  Holders of Notes will be
entitled to receive  any payment  (including any payment  or other  distribution
that  may be payable by  reason of the payment of  any other Indebtedness of the
Company  (including,  without   limitation,  the   Exchange  Debentures)   being
subordinated  to the payment of the Notes)  with respect to the Notes, and until
all Obligations with respect to Senior Debt of the Company are paid in full, any
such distribution to which the Holders of Notes would be entitled shall be  made
to  the holders of  such Senior Debt (except  that so long as  the Notes are not
treated in any case or proceeding or other event described above as part of  the
same  class of claims as the Senior Debt or  any class of claim on a parity with
or senior to the Senior Debt for  any payment or distribution, Holders of  Notes
may  receive securities that are subordinated at least to the same extent as the
Notes to Senior Debt of  the Company and any  securities issued in exchange  for
such  Senior Debt and  that are authorized by  an order or decree  of a court of
competent jurisdiction  in  a  reorganization proceeding  under  any  applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law which gives effect to the subordination of
the  Notes to Senior Debt in a manner and with an effect which would be required
if this parenthetical clause were not included in this paragraph; PROVIDED  that
the  Senior Debt is assumed  by the new corporation,  if any, resulting from any
such reorganization or readjustment and issuing such securities.).
    The Company also may not  make any payment upon or  in respect of the  Notes
whether on account of principal, interest, premiums or otherwise (except in such
subordinated  securities) if: (i) a default in  the payment of the principal of,
premium, if any, or interest on any Senior Debt occurs and is continuing  beyond
any  applicable  period  of  grace  or (ii)  any  other  default  occurs  and is
continuing with respect to Designated
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
Senior Debt or would occur as a consequence of such payment that permits holders
of the Designated Senior Debt as to which such default relates to accelerate its
maturity without further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect
such acceleration) or lapse of  time and the Trustee  receives a notice of  such
default  (a "Payment Blockage Notice") from the Company or any representative of
the holders of  any such  Designated Senior Debt  (including the  administrative
agent  under  the Credit  Agreement). Payments  on  the Notes  may and  shall be
resumed (a)  in the  case of  a payment  default, upon  the date  on which  such
default is cured or waived and (b) in case of a non-payment default, the earlier
of  the date on  which such non-payment default  is cured or  waived or 179 days
after the date  on which  the applicable  Payment Blockage  Notice is  received,
unless  the maturity of any Designated Senior  Debt has been accelerated and not
paid. No new period of payment blockage  may be commenced within 365 days  after
the  receipt by the Trustee of any  prior Payment Blockage Notice. No nonpayment
default that existed or was  continuing on the date  of delivery of any  Payment
Blockage  Notice to the Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent
Payment Blockage Notice.
    The Indenture further requires that  the Company promptly notify holders  of
Senior  Debt of the Company if payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an
Event of Default.
    As a result of the subordination provisions described above, in the event of
a liquidation or  insolvency, Holders  of Notes  may recover  less ratably  than
creditors  of the Company who  are holders of Senior Debt.  At July 3, 1996, the
aggregate principal amount of Senior Debt of the Company was $567.2 million. The
Indenture limits, subject to certain  financial tests, the amount of  additional
Indebtedness,  including  Senior  Debt,  that  the  Company  and  its Restricted
Subsidiaries can incur. See "--Certain Covenants--Incurrence of Indebtedness and
Issuance of Preferred Stock".
REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS
  CHANGE OF CONTROL
    Upon the occurrence of a Change of  Control, each Holder of Notes will  have
the  right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000
or an integral multiple  thereof) of such Holder's  Notes pursuant to the  offer
described  below (the "Change of Control Offer") at an offer price in cash equal
to 101%  of the  aggregate  principal amount  thereof  plus accrued  and  unpaid
interest  thereon to  the date  of purchase  (the "Change  of Control Payment").
Within 30 days following any Change of  Control, the Company will mail a  notice
to  each Holder  stating: (1)  that the  Change of  Control Offer  is being made
pursuant to  the  covenant entitled  "Change  of  Control" and  that  all  Notes
properly  tendered will be accepted for payment;  (2) the purchase price and the
purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from
the date such notice is mailed (the "Change of Control Payment Date"); (3)  that
any  Note  not properly  tendered will  continue to  accrue interest;  (4) that,
unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all
Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to
accrue interest  after the  Change of  Control Payment  Date; (5)  that  Holders
electing  to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will
be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled "Option of Holder  to
Elect  Purchase" on the reverse of the Notes completed, or transfer the Notes by
book-entry, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior  to
the  close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control
Payment Date; (6) that  Holders will be entitled  to withdraw their election  if
the  Paying Agent receives, not  later than the close  of business on the second
Business Day preceding the  Change of Control Payment  Date, a telegram,  telex,
facsimile  transmission  or letter  setting forth  the name  of the  Holder, the
principal amount of  Notes delivered  for purchase,  and a  statement that  such
Holder  is withdrawing his election  to have such Notes  purchased; and (7) that
Holders whose Notes are being  purchased only in part  will be issued new  Notes
equal  in principal amount  to the unpurchased portion  of the Notes surrendered
(or transferred  by book-entry),  which  unpurchased portion  must be  equal  to
$1,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple thereof.
    On  the Change  of Control  Payment Date,  the Company  will, to  the extent
lawful: (1) accept for payment all  Notes or portions thereof properly  tendered
pursuant  to the Change of  Control Offer, (2) deposit  with the Paying Agent an
amount equal  to the  Change  of Control  Payment in  respect  of all  Notes  or
portions  thereof so tendered  and (3) deliver  or cause to  be delivered to the
Trustee the Notes so accepted together
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
with an Officers' Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or
portions thereof being purchased by the Company. The Paying Agent will  promptly
mail  to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such
Notes, and  the Trustee  will promptly  authenticate and  mail (or  cause to  be
transferred  by book-entry) to each Holder a  new Note equal in principal amount
to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; PROVIDED that  each
such  new Note will be  in a principal amount of  $1,000 or an integral multiple
thereof. The Indenture provides that, prior to complying with the provisions  of
this  covenant, but in any  event within 90 days  following a Change of Control,
the Company  will  either  repay  all outstanding  Senior  Debt  or  obtain  the
requisite  consents, if any,  under all agreements  governing outstanding Senior
Debt to permit the  repurchase of Notes required  by this covenant. The  Company
will  publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon
as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.
    Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, the Indenture
does not contain provisions that permit the Holders of the Notes to require that
the Company  repurchase  or  redeem  the  Notes in  the  event  of  a  takeover,
recapitalization or similar restructuring.
    The  Credit Agreement  prohibits the Company  from purchasing  any Notes and
also provides that a Change of Control will constitute a default thereunder. Any
future credit agreements or  other agreements relating to  Senior Debt to  which
the  Company becomes a party may contain similar restrictions and provisions. In
the event a Change of  Control occurs at a time  when the Company is  prohibited
from  purchasing Notes, the Company could seek the consent of its lenders to the
purchase of Notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such
prohibition. If  the  Company does  not  obtain such  a  consent or  repay  such
borrowings,  the Company will  remain prohibited from  purchasing Notes. In such
case, the Company's failure to purchase tendered Notes would constitute an Event
of Default under the Indenture which would, in turn, constitute a default  under
the Credit Agreement. In such circumstances, the subordination provisions in the
Indenture would likely restrict payments to the Holders of Notes.
    The  Company will comply with any tender  offer rules under the Exchange Act
which may then be applicable, including Rule 14e-1 and Rule 13e-4, in connection
with any offer required to be made by  the Company to repurchase the Notes as  a
result  of  a  Change of  Control.  To the  extent  that the  provisions  of any
securities laws or regulations  conflict with provisions  of the Indenture,  the
Company  shall comply  with the applicable  securities laws  and regulations and
shall not be  deemed to  have breached its  obligations under  the Indenture  by
virtue thereof.
    The  provisions relative  to the  Company's obligation  to make  an offer to
repurchase the  Notes as  a result  of  a Change  of Control  may be  waived  or
modified  with the  written consent  of the Holders  of a  majority in principal
amount of the Notes.
  ASSET SALES
    The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in an Asset Sale unless: (i) the  Company
(or  such Restricted Subsidiary,  as the case may  be) receives consideration at
the time  of such  Asset  Sale at  least  equal to  the  fair market  value  (as
determined  by the Board of Directors) of  the assets sold or otherwise disposed
of and (ii) at least 85% of  the consideration therefor received by the  Company
or  such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of Cash Equivalents; PROVIDED that
the amount of (x) any liabilities (as shown on the Company's or such  Restricted
Subsidiary's  most recent balance sheet or in  the notes thereto) of the Company
or any Restricted  Subsidiary (other than  liabilities that are  by their  terms
subordinated  to the  Notes or  any guarantee thereof)  that are  assumed by the
transferee of any such assets and (y) any notes or other obligations received by
the Company or  any such  Restricted Subsidiary  from such  transferee that  are
promptly  converted by the  Company or such Restricted  Subsidiary into cash (to
the extent of  the cash received)  shall be  deemed to be  Cash Equivalents  for
purposes of this provision.
    Within  one year after the  receipt of any Net  Proceeds from an Asset Sale,
the Company  may apply  such Net  Proceeds, at  its option:  (a) to  permanently
reduce  borrowings under the  Credit Agreement or repay,  prepay or purchase any
other Senior Debt of the Company or any Guarantor (and, in the case of revolving
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
credit  borrowings,  to  correspondingly  permanently  reduce  commitments  with
respect  thereto) or (b) to  an Investment in another  business, the making of a
capital expenditure or  the acquisition  of long-term/tangible  assets, in  each
case,  in a Permitted  Business. Pending the  final application of  any such Net
Proceeds, the Company may temporarily  reduce revolving credit borrowings  under
the Credit Agreement or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner that is
not  prohibited by the Indenture. Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not
applied or invested as provided in the first sentence of this paragraph will  be
deemed  to constitute  "Excess Proceeds".  When the  aggregate amount  of Excess
Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million, the Company will be required to make an offer to
all Holders of Notes (an "Asset  Sale Offer") to purchase the maximum  principal
amount  of Notes that may  be purchased out of the  Excess Proceeds, at an offer
price in cash in an  amount equal to 101% of  the principal amount thereof  plus
accrued  and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the date
of purchase, in accordance  with the procedures set  forth in the Indenture.  To
the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale
Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess
Proceeds  for general corporate  purposes. If the  aggregate principal amount of
Notes surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds,  the
Trustee  shall  select the  Notes  to be  purchased on  a  pro rata  basis. Upon
completion of such  offer to purchase,  the amount of  Excess Proceeds shall  be
reset at zero.
    The  Company will comply with any tender  offer rules under the Exchange Act
which may then be applicable, including Rule 14e-1 and Rule 13e-4, in connection
with any offer required to be made by  the Company to repurchase the Notes as  a
result  of  an  Asset Sale  Offer.  To the  extent  that the  provisions  of any
securities laws or regulations  conflict with provisions  of the Indenture,  the
Company  shall comply  with the applicable  securities laws  and regulations and
shall not be  deemed to  have breached its  obligations under  the Indenture  by
virtue thereof.
CERTAIN COVENANTS
  RESTRICTED PAYMENTS
    The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of
its  Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or  indirectly: (i) declare or pay any
dividend or make any distribution (or payment  of fees or other amounts in  lieu
thereof)  on account  of the  Company's or  any of  its Restricted Subsidiaries'
Equity Interests  (other  than  dividends or  distributions  payable  in  Equity
Interests  (other  than  Disqualified  Stock) of  the  Company  or  dividends or
distributions payable  (A)  to  the  Company  or  any  Wholly  Owned  Restricted
Subsidiary  of the Company that is a Guarantor or (B) pro rata to all holders of
Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company); (ii) purchase,  redeem
or  otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary or other Affiliate of the Company (other than any such
Equity Interests owned by the Company or any Wholly Owned Restricted  Subsidiary
of the Company that is a Guarantor); (iii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire
or  retire for value any Indebtedness that is PARI PASSU with or subordinated to
the Notes (other than Notes), except at final maturity or in accordance with the
mandatory  redemption  or  repurchase  provisions  set  forth  in  the  original
documentation   governing  such  Indebtedness;  or   (iv)  make  any  Restricted
Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through
(iv) above being collectively referred to as "Restricted Payments"), unless,  at
the time of such Restricted Payment:
       (a) no  Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a
           consequence thereof; and
       (b) the Company would, at the time  of such Restricted Payment and  after
           giving  pro forma  effect thereto as  if such  Restricted Payment had
    been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have  been
    permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the
    Fixed  Charge Coverage Ratio  test set forth  in the first  paragraph of the
    covenant described below under the caption "--Incurrence of Indebtedness and
    Issuance of Preferred Stock"; and
       (c) such Restricted Payment,  together with  the aggregate  of all  other
           Restricted   Payments  made   by  the  Company   and  its  Restricted
    Subsidiaries  after   the   Issue  Date   (including   Restricted   Payments
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
    permitted  by clauses (i),  (ii) and (xvi) of  the next succeeding paragraph
    but excluding Restricted Payments permitted  by clauses (iii) through  (xv),
    (xvii)  and (xviii) of the next succeeding  paragraph), is less than the sum
    (without duplication) of:
           (A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company (determined  by
               excluding  amounts included in clause  (D)) for the period (taken
       as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first fiscal  quarter
       commencing after the Issue Date to the end of the Company's most recently
       ended   fiscal  quarter  for  which  internal  financial  statements  are
       available  at  the  time  of   such  Restricted  Payment  (or,  if   such
       Consolidated  Net Income for such period is  a deficit, less 100% of such
       deficit);
           (B) 100% of the aggregate net  cash proceeds received by the  Company
               from  the issue or sale after  the Issue Date of Equity Interests
       of the  Company or  of debt  securities  of the  Company that  have  been
       converted  into such  Equity Interests  (other than  Equity Interests (or
       convertible debt  securities) sold  to a  Subsidiary of  the Company  and
       other than Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted
       into Disqualified Stock);
           (C) the  aggregate cash received by the  Company after the Issue Date
               as capital contributions to the Company; and
           (D) the amount of  the net reduction  in Investments in  Unrestricted
               Subsidiaries  resulting from (1) the payment of cash dividends or
       the repayment in cash of the principal of loans or the cash return on any
       Investment, in each  case to the  extent received by  the Company or  any
       Wholly  Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary of  the  Company  from Unrestricted
       Subsidiaries, (2) to the extent  that any Restricted Investment that  was
       made  after the Issue  Date is sold  for cash or  otherwise liquidated or
       repaid for cash,  the after-tax cash  return of capital  with respect  to
       such Restricted Investment (less the cost of disposition, if any) and (3)
       the redesignation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries
       (valued  as provided in  the definition of  "Investment"), such aggregate
       amount of the net reduction in Investments  not to exceed in the case  of
       any   Unrestricted  Subsidiary,  the  amount  of  Restricted  Investments
       previously made  by the  Company  or any  Restricted Subsidiary  in  such
       Unrestricted  Subsidiary, which amount was included in the calculation of
       the amount of Restricted Payments.
    The foregoing provisions will not prohibit: (i) the making of any Restricted
Payment within 60 days after  the date of declaration  thereof or the making  of
any  binding commitment in  respect thereof, if  at said date  of declaration or
commitment such Restricted Payment  would have complied  with the provisions  of
the  Indenture; (ii) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition
of any  Equity  Interests of  the  Company,  or the  defeasance,  redemption  or
repurchase of PARI PASSU or subordinated Indebtedness in exchange for, or out of
the  proceeds of, the substantially concurrent  sale (other than to a Subsidiary
of the Company) of Equity Interests of the Company (other than any  Disqualified
Stock)  or  out  of the  proceeds  of  a substantially  concurrent  cash capital
contribution received  by  the  Company; (iii)  the  defeasance,  redemption  or
repurchase of PARI PASSU or subordinated Indebtedness with the net proceeds from
an  Incurrence  of  Indebtedness  permitted  by  the  covenant  described  under
"--Incurrence of  Indebtedness  and  Issuance  of  Preferred  Stock";  (iv)  the
repurchase,  redemption  or other  acquisition or  retirement  for value  of (or
payments to  Holdings  which are  used  by  Holdings to  repurchase,  redeem  or
otherwise  acquire or retire for value) any Equity Interests of Holdings held by
employees of Holdings, the Company or its Subsidiaries pursuant to any  employee
equity  subscription  agreement, stock  incentive  agreement or  stock ownership
arrangement;  PROVIDED  that  (A)  the   aggregate  price  paid  for  all   such
repurchased,  redeemed, acquired  or retired  Equity Interests  shall not exceed
$5.0 million  in  any  twelve-month  period plus  the  aggregate  cash  proceeds
received  by the Company during such  twelve-month period from any reissuance of
Equity Interests  of Holdings  to employees  of Holdings,  the Company  and  its
Subsidiaries   and  (B)  no  Default  shall  have  occurred  and  be  continuing
immediately after such transaction; (v) the defeasance, redemption or repurchase
of PARI PASSU or  subordinated Indebtedness with Excess  Proceeds to the  extent
such  Excess Proceeds  may be used  for general corporate  purposes as described
under "Repurchase at the Option of Holders-- Asset Sales"; (vi) the issuance  of
the   Exchange  Debentures   in  exchange   for  the   Senior  Preferred  Stock;
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
(vii) the payment of (A) a Restricted Payment to Holdings promptly following the
Merger to be used  by Holdings to pay  Transaction Costs, (B) an  administrative
fee to Holdings in an amount not to exceed $2.0 million in any calendar year and
(C) a yearly advisory fee to Sappi and/or its Affiliates of $1.0 million in lieu
of  charges  to the  Company for  time spent  on Company  matters by  the senior
executive officers  of  Sappi and  its  Affiliates  or for  related  travel  and
out-of-pocket expenses; PROVIDED that no such payments in clause (B) above shall
be paid to Affiliates of Holdings; (viii) Restricted Investments in an aggregate
amount   outstanding  not  to   exceed  $10.0  million;   (ix)  the  payment  of
distributions to Holdings  pursuant to  the Tax  Sharing Agreement;  (x) in  the
event  that the Company elects to issue  the Exchange Debentures in exchange for
the Senior Preferred Stock, any  cash payments made in  lieu of the issuance  of
Exchange  Debentures having a face amount less than $1,000 and any cash payments
representing accrued and  unpaid Liquidated  Damages and dividends  and, in  the
event  that Holdings  elects to  issue Holdings  Debentures in  exchange for the
Holdings Preferred Stock, a Restricted Payment to Holdings in an amount equal to
any cash  payments  by  Holdings  made  in lieu  of  the  issuance  of  Holdings
Debentures  having  a face  amount less  than  $1,000 and  any cash  payments by
Holdings representing accrued and unpaid Liquidated Damages and dividends;  (xi)
in  the event  that the Company  pays any interest  in kind with  respect to the
Exchange Debentures,  any cash  payments  made in  lieu of  fractional  Exchange
Debentures  with  respect  thereto and,  in  the  event that  Holdings  pays any
interest in kind with respect to  the Holdings Debentures, a Restricted  Payment
to  Holdings in  an amount  equal to any  cash payments  by Holdings  in lieu of
fractional Holdings Debentures with respect thereto; (xii) upon exercise of  the
Warrants,  a Restricted Payment to  Holdings equal to any  cash payments made by
Holdings in  lieu of  the  issuance of  fractional  Warrant Shares;  (xiii)  the
repurchase  of the Senior  Preferred Stock in accordance  with the terms thereof
upon the occurrence of a Change of Control and a Restricted Payment to  Holdings
equal  to the amount required to be  paid by Holdings to repurchase the Holdings
Preferred Stock in accordance  with the terms thereof  upon the occurrence of  a
Change  of Control; (xiv) the purchase,  repurchase or other acquisition of PARI
PASSU or subordinated  Indebtedness purchased  in anticipation  of satisfying  a
sinking  fund obligation, principal installment or  final maturity, in each case
due within 12  months of  the date of  acquisition; (xv)  payments permitted  by
clauses (v) and (ix) of the covenant described under the caption "--Transactions
with  Affiliates"; (xvi) an Investment in a  joint venture at least 50% owned by
the Company where  the consideration  for such Investment  consists of  existing
coating,  laminating or finishing machines at the Company's Westbrook, Maine and
Mobile, Alabama facilities; provided that such  joint venture does not Incur  or
at   any  time  have  outstanding  any  Indebtedness  (other  than  Indebtedness
consisting of a Lien  on such machines to  secure Indebtedness under the  Credit
Agreement);  (xvii)  an Investment  in an  amount  up to  $15.0 million  for the
development of a de-inked  fiber facility and  businesses related thereto  being
sponsored by the Bronx Community Paper Company; and (xviii) a Restricted Payment
to  Holdings equal to any cash payments made by Holdings representing liquidated
damages under the Warrant Agreement.
    The Board of  Directors may  designate any  Restricted Subsidiary  to be  an
Unrestricted  Subsidiary if  such designation  would not  cause a  Default. Such
designation will only be permitted if such Restricted Payment would be permitted
at such time and if such Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of
an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
INCURRENCE OF INDEBTEDNESS AND ISSUANCE OF PREFERRED STOCK
    The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly  or indirectly, Incur any  Indebtedness
(including  Acquired Debt) and that the  Company will not issue any Disqualified
Stock and  will not  permit  any of  its Subsidiaries  to  issue any  shares  of
Preferred   Stock;  PROVIDED  that  the  Company  or  any  Guarantor  may  Incur
Indebtedness (including Acquired  Debt) or  the Company  may issue  Disqualified
Stock  if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio  for the Company's most recently ended
four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are  available
immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred
or  such Disqualified Stock is issued would have  been at least (a) 1.75 to 1 if
such Indebtedness is Incurred or such  Disqualified Stock is issued on or  prior
to December 15, 1997 and (b) 2.0 to 1 thereafter.
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
    The foregoing provisions will not apply to:
           (i)
           the  Incurrence by the Company or  any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
           of Indebtedness under the revolving credit facility contained in  the
    Credit  Agreement or any other revolving  credit facility; PROVIDED that the
    aggregate principal  amount of  such Indebtedness  outstanding at  any  time
    shall not exceed $250.0 million;
          (ii)
           the  Incurrence by the Company or  any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
           of Indebtedness under the term loan facility contained in the  Credit
    Agreement  in an aggregate  principal amount at any  time outstanding not to
    exceed $630.0  million,  less the  aggregate  amount of  all  repayments  of
    principal,  optional or  mandatory, with  respect to  such Indebtedness that
    have been made since the Issue Date;
         (iii)
           the Incurrence by the Company  or any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries
           of  Indebtedness under the letter of credit facility contained in the
    Credit Agreement in an  aggregate principal amount  (with letters of  credit
    being  deemed  to have  a principal  amount equal  to the  maximum potential
    liability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder) at  any
    time  outstanding not to exceed  the lesser of (A)  $220.0 million, less the
    aggregate amount of all commitment  reductions, optional or mandatory,  with
    respect  to such Indebtedness that  have been made since  the Issue Date and
    (B) the outstanding amount  of the Obligations supported  by such letter  of
    credit facility;
          (iv)
           the  Incurrence by the Company or  any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
           of the Existing Indebtedness;
           (v)
           the Incurrence by the Company  or any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries
           of  Indebtedness represented  by the  Notes or  any Guarantee  of the
    Notes, respectively;
          (vi)
           the Incurrence  by  the  Company or  any  Guarantor  of  Indebtedness
           represented  by  Capital  Lease Obligations,  mortgage  financings or
    purchase money obligations, including obligations with respect to industrial
    revenue bonds to  construct new facilities,  in each case  incurred for  the
    purpose  of  financing all  or any  part of  the purchase  price or  cost of
    construction or improvement of property used in the business of the  Company
    or  such Guarantor,  in an  aggregate principal  amount not  to exceed $50.0
    million at any time outstanding;
         (vii)
           the Incurrence  by  the  Company or  any  Guarantor  of  Indebtedness
           consisting  of Attributable Debt in an aggregate amount not to exceed
    $50.0 million at any time outstanding;
        (viii)
           the Incurrence by the Company  or any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries
           of Permitted Refinancing Debt in exchange for, or the net proceeds of
    which  are used  to extend,  refinance, renew,  replace, defease  or refund,
    Indebtedness that was permitted by the Indenture to be Incurred;
          (ix)
           the Incurrence by the Company  or any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries
           of  intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of
    its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Guarantor;
           (x)
           the Incurrence by the Company  or any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries
           of  Hedging Obligations with  respect to Indebtedness  of such entity
    permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be outstanding; and
          (xi)
           the Incurrence by the  Company or any  Guarantor of Indebtedness  (in
           addition  to  Indebtedness  permitted  by any  other  clause  of this
    paragraph or  by the  first  paragraph of  this  covenant) in  an  aggregate
    principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $75.0 million.
    For  purposes of determining any particular amount of Indebtedness under the
foregoing covenant, Guarantees, liens or obligations with respect to letters  of
credit  supporting Indebtedness otherwise included  in the determination of such
particular amount shall not be included. For purposes of determining  compliance
with the foregoing covenant, (A) in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets
the  criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described above, the
Company, in its  sole discretion, will  classify such item  of Indebtedness  and
only  be required to include the amount and  type of such Indebtedness in one of
the above clauses, (B) an  item of Indebtedness may  be split between more  than
one of the types of Indebtedness
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
described  above and Indebtedness  under the Credit Agreement,  in excess of the
amounts permitted under clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, may be Incurred under
any of the  other categories  of permitted Indebtedness  and (C)  the amount  of
Indebtedness  issued at a price that is  less than or greater than the principal
amount thereof will be equal to the  amount of the liability in respect  thereof
determined in conformity with GAAP.
 
LIENS
 
    The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of
its  Restricted Subsidiaries  to, create, incur,  assume or suffer  to exist any
Liens upon any of their respective assets to secure, directly or indirectly, any
Indebtedness of the Company  or any Restricted  Subsidiary that is  subordinated
(pursuant  to  its  terms)  in  right  and  priority  of  payment  to  any other
Indebtedness of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, unless the Notes  are
equally  and ratably  secured for  as long  as such  secured Indebtedness  is so
secured;  PROVIDED  that  if  such  subordinated  Indebtedness  is  subordinated
(pursuant  to its terms)  in right and priority  of payment to  the Notes or any
Restricted Subsidiary's obligation under its Guarantee of the Notes, as the case
may be, the Lien securing such subordinated Indebtedness shall be subordinate to
the Lien securing the Notes or such Restricted Subsidiary's obligation under its
Guarantee, as  the  case  may  be,  with the  same  relative  priority  as  such
subordinated  Indebtedness  shall  have  with  respect  to  the  Notes  or  such
Restricted Subsidiary's  obligation under  its Guarantee,  as the  case may  be;
PROVIDED  FURTHER that this clause shall not  be applicable to any Liens arising
from any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired
by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of
such acquisition  (except  to  the  extent such  Indebtedness  was  incurred  in
connection  with or  in contemplation  of such  acquisition), which  Lien is not
applicable to  the  Company  or  any of  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries,  or  the
properties or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other
than  the Person, or the property or assets  of the Person, so acquired, and any
amendments, modifications, restatements or renewals thereof; PROVIDED that  such
amendments, modifications, restatements or renewals do not give rise to Liens on
any  assets other than assets encumbered by Liens arising under agreements as in
effect at the time of such acquisition.
 
DIVIDEND AND OTHER PAYMENT RESTRICTIONS AFFECTING SUBSIDIARIES
 
    The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of
its Restricted  Subsidiaries to,  directly or  indirectly, create  or  otherwise
cause  or suffer to exist or become  effective any encumbrance or restriction on
the ability of any  Restricted Subsidiary to: (i)(a)  pay dividends or make  any
other  distributions to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (1) on
its Capital Stock or (2) with respect to any other interest or participation in,
or measured by, its profits, or (b) pay any indebtedness owed to the Company  or
any  of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) make  loans or advances to the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) transfer any of its properties or
assets to the  Company or any  of its Restricted  Subsidiaries, except for  such
encumbrances  or  restrictions  existing  under or  by  reason  of  (a) Existing
Indebtedness as in effect on the  Issue Date and any amendments,  modifications,
restatements  or renewals thereof; PROVIDED that such amendments, modifications,
restatements or renewals are no more  restrictive with respect to such  dividend
and other payment restrictions than those contained in the applicable agreements
as  in effect on the Issue Date, (b) the Credit Agreement and related collateral
documents as in  effect on the  Issue Date, and  any amendments,  modifications,
restatements,  refundings, replacements restructurings  or refinancings thereof;
PROVIDED  that   such  amendments,   modifications,  restatements,   refundings,
replacements,  restructurings  or  refinancings  are  no  more  restrictive with
respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained  in
the  Credit Agreement and related collateral documents as in effect on the Issue
Date, (c)  the  Indenture  and  the Notes  and  any  amendments,  modifications,
restatements  or  renewals  thereof,  (d)  applicable  law,  (e)  any instrument
governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of  a Person acquired by the Company  or
any  of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition
(except to the extent  such Indebtedness was incurred  in connection with or  in
contemplation  of  such acquisition),  which encumbrance  or restriction  is not
applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other  than
the  Person,  or the  property or  assets of  the Person,  so acquired,  and any
amendments, modifications, restatements or renewals thereof; PROVIDED that  such
amendments, modifications, restatements or renewals are no more restrictive with
respect  to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in
the applicable agreements as in effect at  the time of such acquisition, (f)  by
reason of customary non-assignment
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
provisions  in  leases entered  into  in the  ordinary  course of  business, (g)
purchase money  obligations for  property  acquired in  the ordinary  course  of
business  that impose restrictions of the nature described in clause (iii) above
on the property so acquired, (h)  Permitted Refinancing Debt; PROVIDED that  the
restrictions  with  respect  to  such dividend  and  other  payment restrictions
contained in the  agreements governing  such Permitted Refinancing  Debt are  no
more   restrictive  than  those  contained   in  the  agreements  governing  the
Indebtedness being refinanced, (i) any restriction with respect to a  Restricted
Subsidiary  imposed  pursuant  to an  agreement  entered  into for  the  sale or
disposition of all  or substantially  all the capital  stock or  assets of  such
Restricted  Subsidiary pending the closing of such sale or disposition; PROVIDED
that such sale would  not violate the  Indenture, or (j) in  the case of  clause
(iii),  restrictions contained in the  security agreements securing Indebtedness
of a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such restrictions restrict the transfer
of the property subject to such agreements.
 
MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE OF ASSETS
 
    The Indenture provides that the Company may not consolidate or merge with or
into (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign,
transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of  its
properties  or assets  in one  or more  related transactions  to, another Person
unless: (i)  the  resulting,  surviving or  transferee  person  (the  "Successor
Company")  is a corporation organized  or existing under the  laws of the United
States, any  state thereof  or  the District  of  Columbia; (ii)  the  Successor
Company  (if other than the Company) assumes  all the obligations of the Company
under the  Notes,  and the  Indenture  and the  Registration  Rights  Agreements
pursuant  to a supplemental  indenture in a form  reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee; (iii) immediately after  such transaction no  Default exists; and  (iv)
the  Successor Company (A)  will have Consolidated  Net Worth (immediately after
the transaction  on a  pro forma  basis  but prior  to any  purchase  accounting
adjustments  resulting  from  the  transaction) equal  to  or  greater  than the
Consolidated Net Worth of the Company immediately preceding the transaction  and
(B)  will, at  the time of  such transaction  but after giving  pro forma effect
thereto as if such transaction had  occurred at the beginning of the  applicable
four-quarter  period,  be  permitted  to  incur  at  least  $1.00  of additional
Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge  Coverage Ratio test set forth in  the
first  paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption "--Incurrence
of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock".
 
    Notwithstanding  clauses  (iii)  and  (iv)  in  the  immediately   preceding
paragraph,  any  Restricted  Subsidiary  may  consolidate  with,  merge  into or
transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company.
 
    The Successor  Company will  succeed to,  and be  substituted for,  and  may
exercise every right and power of, the Company under the Indenture with the same
effect  as  if such  Successor  Company had  been named  as  the Company  in the
Indenture; PROVIDED that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from  the
obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes, except in the case
of  a sale  of all of  the Company's assets  that meets the  requirements of the
first paragraph of this covenant.
 
TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES
 
    The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries to,  sell, lease, transfer  or otherwise dispose  of
any  of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or
enter into  or make  any contract,  agreement, understanding,  loan, advance  or
guarantee  with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each of the foregoing, an
"Affiliate Transaction"), unless:  (i) such  Affiliate Transaction  is on  terms
that  are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary
than those that  would have  been obtained in  a comparable  transaction by  the
Company  or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person and (ii)(a) with
respect to any Affiliate Transaction involving aggregate consideration in excess
of  $5.0  million,  the  Board  of  Directors  determines  that  such  Affiliate
Transaction  complies with clause  (i) above and  such Affiliate Transaction has
been approved  by  a majority  of  the disinterested  members  of the  Board  of
Directors  and (b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction involving aggregate
consideration in excess of $10.0 million, the Company delivers to the Trustee an
opinion from an investment banking firm of national standing with non-investment
grade debt  underwriting experience  and with  total assets  in excess  of  $5.0
billion  to the effect that the terms  of such Affiliate Transaction are fair to
the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from a  financial
point of view or an opinion
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
from  a third party appraiser of national  standing to the effect that the terms
of such Affiliate Transaction are at least  as favorable to the Company or  such
Restricted  Subsidiary as  might reasonably have  been obtained  in a comparable
arm's length transaction with an  unaffiliated third party. Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  nothing in this covenant will prohibit any of the following: (i) any
employment agreement  entered into  by  the Company  or  any of  its  Restricted
Subsidiaries  in the ordinary  course of business;  (ii) transactions between or
among  the  Company  and/or  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries;  (iii)  transactions
permitted  by the provisions of the  Indenture described above under the caption
"--Restricted Payments"; (iv) the payment of reasonable fees to directors of the
Company or  its Restricted  Subsidiaries; (v)  Investments in  employees in  the
ordinary  course of business; (vi) any  Tax Sharing Agreement; PROVIDED that the
aggregate amount payable by  the Company pursuant thereto  shall not exceed  the
sum of (A) the amount of taxes which the Company would have been liable for on a
stand-alone  basis plus (B) the amount of  any state net worth tax applicable to
Holdings;  (vii)  arrangements  between  (x)  the  Company  and  its  Restricted
Subsidiaries and (y) Sappi Limited and its Affiliates providing for the sales of
such  other's products;  PROVIDED that,  in each case,  the amount  of any sales
commissions,  fees  or  other  amounts  in  connection  therewith  shall  be  in
accordance with standard industry practice; (viii) any issuance of securities or
other  payments, awards or grants in  cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to,
or the funding of,  employment arrangements, stock  options and stock  ownership
plans  of  the Company  entered  into in  the  ordinary course  of  business and
approved by the Board of Directors  and (ix) Affiliate Transactions pursuant  to
agreements existing at the time of the Merger.
 
SALE/LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS
 
    The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of
its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  to, enter  into  any  Sale/Leaseback Transaction;
PROVIDED that the Company  may enter into a  Sale/Leaseback Transaction if:  (i)
the  Company could  have (a)  incurred Indebtedness  in an  amount equal  to the
Attributable Debt relating  to such Sale/Leaseback  Transaction pursuant to  the
covenant  described above  under the  caption "--Incurrence  of Indebtedness and
Issuance of Preferred Stock" and (b) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness
pursuant to the covenant described above  under the caption "--Liens", (ii)  the
gross cash proceeds of such Sale/Leaseback Transaction are at least equal to the
fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) of the
property  that is the  subject of such Sale/Leaseback  Transaction and (iii) the
transfer of assets in such Sale/Leaseback  Transaction is permitted by, and  the
Company  applies  the  proceeds  of such  transaction  in  compliance  with, the
covenant described  above  under the  caption  "--Repurchase at  the  Option  of
Holders--Asset Sales".
 
NO SENIOR SUBORDINATED DEBT
 
    The  Indenture provides that (i) the Company will not Incur any Indebtedness
that is subordinate  or junior in  right of payment  to any Senior  Debt of  the
Company  and senior in any respect in right  of payment to the Notes and (ii) no
Guarantor will Incur any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right  of
payment  to any Senior Debt of such Guarantor and senior in any respect in right
of payment to the Guarantee by such Guarantor of the Notes.
 
GUARANTEE OF THE NOTES
 
    The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries to, transfer any assets, businesses, divisions, real
property or equipment to any Restricted  Subsidiary or acquire a new  Restricted
Subsidiary  unless (i) such transferee  or acquired Restricted Subsidiary enters
into or has entered into a Guarantee  of the Notes in accordance with the  terms
of  the Indenture or (ii) the aggregate fair market value (as determined in good
faith by the Board of Directors) at the time of such transfer or acquisition  of
the  assets, businesses,  divisions, real property  or equipment  proposed to be
transferred or the  Capital Stock  proposed to  be acquired,  together with  the
aggregate  fair market value of all assets, businesses, divisions, real property
or equipment previously  transferred pursuant  to this clause  (ii) and  Capital
Stock  previously acquired pursuant to this clause  (ii) (in each case as valued
at the time of transfer or acquisition), does not exceed $40.0 million; PROVIDED
that, in the case  of clause (ii),  if the Restricted  Subsidiary to which  such
transfer was made or whose Capital Stock was acquired subsequently enters into a
Guarantee of the Notes, such transfer or acquisition thereafter shall be treated
as having been made pursuant to clause (i).
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
    Any  such  Guarantee  of  the  Notes  by  a  Restricted  Subsidiary  will be
subordinated to all  Senior Debt  of such Restricted  Subsidiary, including  any
guarantee  by such Restricted Subsidiary of  the Company's obligations under the
Credit Agreement, on substantially the same terms as the Notes are  subordinated
to  Senior Debt of  the Company. Any  such Guarantee by  a Restricted Subsidiary
will be limited in amount to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can
be guaranteed by  that Restricted  Subsidiary without  rendering such  Guarantee
voidable  under applicable law  relating to fraudulent  conveyance or fraudulent
transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. With  such
limitations,  such  Guarantee could  be  effectively subordinated  to  all other
Indebtedness (including  guarantees and  other contingent  liabilities) of  such
Restricted  Subsidiary and, depending  on the amount  of such Indebtedness, such
Restricted Subsidiary's liability  on its  Guarantee could be  reduced to  zero.
Upon  the  sale  or other  disposition  of  a Restricted  Subsidiary  that  is a
Guarantor (other than to the Company  or an Affiliate of the Company)  permitted
by  the Indenture, such Restricted Subsidiary will be released and relieved from
all of its obligations under its Guarantee.
 
BUSINESS ACTIVITIES
 
    The Company will not, and will not  permit any Subsidiary to, engage in  any
business other than a Permitted Business.
 
PAYMENTS FOR CONSENT
 
    The  Indenture provides that neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries
will, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether
by way of interest, fee or  otherwise, to any Holder of  any Notes for or as  an
inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions
of  the Indenture, the  Registration Rights Agreement or  the Notes, unless such
consideration is offered to be paid or agreed  to be paid to all Holders of  the
Notes  that so consent, waive or  agree to amend in the  time frame set forth in
the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.
 
REPORTS
 
    The Indenture  provides that,  whether  or not  required  by the  rules  and
regulations of the Commission, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company
will  furnish to  the Trustee  and the  Holders of  Notes (i)  all quarterly and
annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a  filing
with  the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file
such Forms,  including  a "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of  Financial
Condition   and  Results  of  Operations",  and,  with  respect  to  the  annual
information only,  a  report  thereon by  the  Company's  certified  independent
accountants and (ii) all current reports that would be required to be filed with
the Commission on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports. In
addition,  whether  or  not  required  by  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the
Commission, the Company  will file a  copy of all  such information and  reports
with  the Commission  for public  availability (unless  the Commission  will not
accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities analysts
and prospective  investors upon  request. In  addition, the  Company has  agreed
that,  for  so long  as any  Notes remain  outstanding, it  will furnish  to the
Holders and  to  securities  analysts  and  prospective  investors,  upon  their
request,  the information required  to be delivered  pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4)
under the Securities Act.
 
LIMITATION ON ISSUANCES AND SALES OF CAPITAL STOCK OF WHOLLY OWNED RESTRICTED
SUBSIDIARIES
 
    The Indenture provides that  the Company (i) will  not, and will not  permit
any  Restricted Subsidiary of  the Company to, transfer,  convey, sell, lease or
otherwise dispose of any Capital Stock of any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary
of the  Company  to  any Person  (other  than  the Company  or  a  Wholly  Owned
Restricted  Subsidiary of  the Company),  unless (a)  such transfer, conveyance,
sale, lease or  other disposition is  of all  the Capital Stock  of such  Wholly
Owned  Restricted Subsidiary and  (b) the cash Net  Proceeds from such transfer,
conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition are applied in accordance with  the
covenant  described  above  under the  caption  "--Repurchase at  the  Option of
Holders--Asset Sales",  and (ii)  will not  permit any  Wholly Owned  Restricted
Subsidiary  of the Company to issue any  of its Equity Interests (other than, if
necessary, shares  of  its  Capital  Stock  constituting  directors'  qualifying
shares)  to any Person  other than to  the Company or  a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company.
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
 
    The Indenture provides that  each of the following  constitutes an Event  of
Default:  (i) default  for 30 days  in the payment  when due of  interest on the
Notes (whether  or  not  prohibited  by  the  subordination  provisions  of  the
Indenture);  (ii) default in payment when due of the principal of or premium, if
any, on the Notes (whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions  of
the  Indenture);  (iii) failure  by the  Company to  comply with  the provisions
described above under  the caption "--Change  of Control"; (iv)  failure by  the
Company  for 30  days after  notice from the  Trustee or  holders of  25% of the
aggregate principal amount  of the  Notes then  outstanding to  comply with  the
covenants described under "--Restricted Payments", "--Incurrence of Indebtedness
and  Issuance of Preferred Stock" or "--Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets"
above; (v) failure of the Company for  60 days after notice from the Trustee  or
Holders  of 25% of the aggregate principal  amount of the Notes then outstanding
to comply with any  of its other  agreements in the  Indenture, (other than  any
agreement  for the  benefit of  holders of  the Senior  Preferred Stock)  or the
Notes; (vi)  default under  any mortgage,  indenture or  instrument under  which
there  may  be  issued, or  by  which there  may  be secured  or  evidenced, any
Indebtedness for  money  borrowed  by  the Company  or  any  of  its  Restricted
Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its
Restricted  Subsidiaries) whether such Indebtedness  or guarantee now exists, or
is created after the Issue Date, which default (a) is caused by a failure to pay
principal of or  premium, if  any, on such  Indebtedness when  due after  giving
effect to any applicable grace periods provided in such Indebtedness on the date
of such default (a "Payment Default") or (b) results in the acceleration of such
Indebtedness  prior to  its express  maturity and,  in each  case, the principal
amount of any such Indebtedness (which  Indebtedness has not been repaid and  as
to  which such  default has  not been  cured or  such acceleration  has not been
rescinded), together with the  principal amount of  any other such  Indebtedness
under  which there has been a Payment Default  or the maturity of which has been
so accelerated (which  Indebtedness has  not been repaid  and as  to which  such
default  has  not  been cured  or  such  acceleration has  not  been rescinded),
aggregates $20.0 million or more; (vii) failure by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary which is a Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments  aggregating
in  excess of $20.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged, bonded or
stayed for a period of 60 days; (viii) except as permitted in the Indenture, any
Guarantee of the Notes is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or
invalid or shall  cease for any  reason to be  in full force  and effect or  any
Guarantor,  or Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm
its obligations under  its Guarantee of  the Notes; and  (ix) certain events  of
bankruptcy  or  insolvency  with  respect  to  the  Company  or  any  Restricted
Subsidiary which is a Significant Subsidiary.
 
    If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders
of at least 25% in  principal amount of the  then outstanding Notes may  declare
all  the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy  or
insolvency  with respect to  the Company, all outstanding  Notes will become due
and payable  without further  action or  notice. Holders  of the  Notes may  not
enforce  the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject
to certain limitations, Holders  of a majority in  principal amount of the  then
outstanding  Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power.
The Trustee may  withhold from  Holders of the  Notes notice  of any  continuing
Default  (except a Default relating to the payment of principal or interest), if
it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.
 
    In the case  of any  Event of  Default occurring  by reason  of any  willful
action  (or inaction) taken (or  not taken) by or on  behalf of the Company with
the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have had
to pay if  the Company  then had  elected to redeem  the Notes  pursuant to  the
optional  redemption provisions  of the  Indenture, an  equivalent premium shall
also become and be immediately  due and payable to  the extent permitted by  law
upon  the acceleration  of the  Notes. If  an Event  of Default  occurs prior to
December 15, 1999 by reason  of any willful action  (or inaction) taken (or  not
taken)  by  or on  behalf  of the  Company with  the  intention of  avoiding the
prohibition on redemption  of the  Notes prior to  December 15,  1999, then  the
premium specified in the Indenture shall also become immediately due and payable
to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Notes.
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
    The  Holders of a majority  in aggregate principal amount  of the Notes then
outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of  the
Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under the Indenture except
a  continuing Default in  the payment of  interest on, or  the principal of, the
Notes.
 
    The Company  is required  to deliver  to the  Trustee annually  a  statement
regarding  compliance  with  the Indenture,  and  the Company  is  required upon
becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement  specifying
such Default.
 
NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND STOCKHOLDERS
 
    No  director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company,
as such, shall have any liability for  any obligations of the Company under  the
Notes  and the Indenture or for any claim  based on, in respect of, or by reason
of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note
waives and releases all such liability. The  waiver and release are part of  the
consideration  for issuance of  the Notes. Such  waiver may not  be effective to
waive liabilities under  the federal  securities laws  and does  not affect  any
Holder's right to sue under federal securities laws for violations thereof.
 
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
 
    The  Company may, at  its option and at  any time, elect to  have all of its
obligations  discharged   with  respect   to  the   outstanding  Notes   ("Legal
Defeasance"),  except for:  (i) the  rights of  Holders of  outstanding Notes to
receive payments from the trust described below in respect of the principal  of,
premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due, (ii) the
Company's  obligations with  respect to  the Notes  concerning issuing temporary
Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the
maintenance of an office or agency  for payment and money for security  payments
held  in trust, (iii) the  rights, powers, trusts, duties  and immunities of the
Trustee, and  the Company's  obligations in  connection therewith  and (iv)  the
Legal  Defeasance provisions of the Indenture.  In addition, the Company may, at
its option  and at  any  time, elect  to have  the  obligations of  the  Company
released  with respect to certain covenants  that are described in the Indenture
("Covenant  Defeasance")  and  thereafter  any  omission  to  comply  with  such
obligations  shall not constitute  a Default with  respect to the  Notes. In the
event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including non-payment, and
bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and  insolvency events with respect  to
the  Company) described under  "Events of Default" will  no longer constitute an
Event of Default with respect to the Notes.
 
    In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, (i) the
Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit  of
the  Holders  of  the  Notes,  cash  in  U.S.  dollars,  non-callable Government
Securities or a combination thereof, in  such amounts as will be sufficient,  in
the  opinion of a nationally recognized  firm of independent public accountants,
to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding  Notes
on the stated maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be,
and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or
to  a particular  redemption date;  (ii) in  the case  of Legal  Defeasance, the
Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel in the  United
States  reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (A) the Company has
received from, or there  has been published by,  the Internal Revenue Service  a
ruling  or (B) since the  Issue Date, there has been  a change in the applicable
federal income tax law,  in either case  to the effect  that, and based  thereon
such opinion of counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes
will  not recognize income,  gain or loss  for federal income  tax purposes as a
result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the
same amounts, in the same  manner and at the same  times as would have been  the
case  if such Legal Defeasance  had not occurred; (iii)  in the case of Covenant
Defeasance, the  Company shall  have  delivered to  the  Trustee an  opinion  of
counsel  in the  United States reasonably  acceptable to  the Trustee confirming
that the Holders  of the outstanding  Notes will not  recognize income, gain  or
loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and
will  be subject to federal  income tax on the same  amounts, in the same manner
and at the same times  as would have been the  case if such Covenant  Defeasance
had  not occurred; (iv) no Default shall  have occurred and be continuing on the
date of such deposit (other than a Default resulting from the borrowing of funds
to be  applied to  make  such deposit)  or insofar  as  Events of  Default  from
bankruptcy  or insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the period ending
on   the   91st   day   after   the   date   of   deposit;   (v)   such    Legal
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
Defeasance  or Covenant Defeasance will not result  in a breach or violation of,
or constitute a default under any  material agreement or instrument (other  than
the  Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by
which the Company or  any of its  Subsidiaries is bound;  (vi) the Company  must
have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel to the effect that after the
91st  day  following  the  deposit,  the trust  funds  are  not  subject  to any
applicable bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization or  similar  laws  affecting
creditors'  rights generally; (vii)  the Company must deliver  to the Trustee an
Officers' Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company  with
the  intent of preferring the  Holders of Notes over  the other creditors of the
Company  with  the  intent  of  defeating,  hindering,  delaying  or  defrauding
creditors  of the Company or others; and  (viii) the Company must deliver to the
Trustee an Officers' Certificate  and an opinion of  counsel, each stating  that
all  conditions precedent provided  for relating to the  Legal Defeasance or the
Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.
 
TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE
 
    A Holder may transfer  or exchange Notes in  accordance with the  Indenture.
The  Registrar and  the Trustee  may require  a Holder,  among other  things, to
furnish appropriate  endorsements and  transfer documents  and the  Company  may
require  a Holder to pay any taxes and  fees required by law or permitted by the
Indenture. The Company is not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected
for redemption. Also, the  Company is not required  to transfer or exchange  any
Note  for a period  of 15 days before  a selection of Notes  to be redeemed. The
registered Holder of a Note will be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.
 
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
 
    Except as provided in the next  two succeeding paragraphs, the Indenture  or
the  Notes may be amended  or supplemented with the consent  of the Holders of a
majority in principal amount of  the Notes then outstanding (including  consents
obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes), and any
existing  default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes
may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal  amount
of  the then outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a
tender offer or exchange offer for Notes).
 
    Without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver may  not
(with  respect to  any Notes  held by a  non-consenting Holder):  (i) reduce the
principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement
or waiver, (ii) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note
or alter  the provisions  with respect  to the  redemption of  the Notes,  (iii)
reduce  the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note, (iv)
waive a Default in the payment of  principal of or premium, if any, or  interest
on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of
at  least a majority in aggregate principal amount  of the Notes and a waiver of
the payment default  that resulted from  such acceleration), (v)  make any  Note
payable  in money other than  that stated in the Notes,  (vi) make any change in
the provisions of  the Indenture  relating to waivers  of past  Defaults or  the
rights  of Holders of Notes  to receive payments of  principal of or premium, if
any, or interest on the Notes, (vii) waive a redemption payment with respect  to
any  Note, (viii)  except as otherwise  permitted in the  Indenture, release any
Guarantor from its obligations under its  Guarantee of the Notes, or change  any
Guarantee  of the  Notes in  any manner that  would adversely  affect Holders of
Notes, or (ix) make any change in the foregoing amendment and waiver provisions.
In addition,  without affecting  the right  of any  third party  beneficiary  to
consent  to such amendment, any amendment to the provisions of Article 10 of the
Indenture (which  relate  to subordination)  will  require the  consent  of  the
Holders  of  at  least 75%  in  aggregate  principal amount  of  the  Notes then
outstanding, if such amendment would adversely  affect the rights of Holders  of
Notes.
 
    Notwithstanding  the  foregoing, without  notice to  or  the consent  of any
Holder of  Notes,  the Company  and  the Trustee  may  amend or  supplement  the
Indenture  or  the Notes  to  cure any  ambiguity,  defect or  inconsistency, to
provide for uncertificated  Notes in  addition to  or in  place of  certificated
Notes,  to provide for the assumption of the Company's obligations to Holders of
Notes in the  case of a  merger or consolidation,  to secure the  Notes, to  add
Guarantees  with respect to the Notes, to make any change that would provide any
additional rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes or that does not adversely
affect the legal rights  under the Indenture  of any such  Holder, or to  comply
with  requirements  of  the  Commission  in  order  to  effect  or  maintain the
qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.
 
                                       62
<PAGE>
CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE
 
    The  Indenture contains  certain limitations on  the rights  of the Trustee,
should it become  a creditor  of the  Company, to  obtain payment  of claims  in
certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such
claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other
transactions  with the Company  and its Affiliates; however,  if it acquires any
conflicting interest it must  eliminate such conflict within  90 days, apply  to
the Commission for permission to continue or resign.
 
    The  Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes
will have the  right to  direct the  time, method  and place  of conducting  any
proceeding  for  exercising  any remedy  available  to the  Trustee,  subject to
certain exceptions. The Indenture provides that in the case an Event of  Default
shall  occur (which shall  not be cured),  the Trustee will  be required, in the
exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent man in the conduct
of his own affairs.  Subject to such  provisions, the Trustee  will be under  no
obligation  to exercise any of  its rights or powers  under the Indenture at the
request of any Holder  of Notes, unless  such Holder shall  have offered to  the
Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or
expense.
 
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
 
    Set  forth below are certain defined  terms used in the Indenture. Reference
is made to the Indenture for a full disclosure of all such terms, as well as any
other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided.
 
    "ACQUIRED  DEBT"  means,   with  respect  to   any  specified  Person,   (i)
Indebtedness  of any  other Person  existing at  the time  such other  Person is
merged with or into or became  a Subsidiary of such specified Person,  including
Indebtedness  incurred in  connection with, or  in contemplation  of, such other
Person merging with or into or  becoming a Subsidiary of such specified  Person,
and  (ii) Indebtedness secured by a Lien  encumbering any asset acquired by such
specified Person.
 
    "AFFILIATE" of  any specified  Person  means any  other Person  directly  or
indirectly  controlling  or controlled  by or  under  direct or  indirect common
control with such specified Person.  For purposes of this definition,  "control"
(including,  with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling", "controlled by"
and "under common control with"), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean
the possession, directly  or indirectly,  of the power  to direct  or cause  the
direction  of the  management or  policies of  such Person,  whether through the
ownership of  voting  securities,  by  agreement  or  otherwise;  PROVIDED  that
beneficial  ownership of 10% or more of  the voting securities of a Person shall
be deemed to constitute control  of such Person. In  no event shall the  Initial
Purchaser,  UBSC or any of their Affiliates  be deemed Affiliates of the Company
for purposes of the covenants contained in the Indenture.
 
    "ASSET SALE"  means (i)  the sale,  lease, conveyance  or other  disposition
(collectively,   "dispositions")  of   any  assets   (including  by   way  of  a
Sale/Leaseback Transaction) other than dispositions of inventory or timber  (but
not  timberland) in the  ordinary course of  business, (ii) the  issuance by any
Restricted Subsidiary  of Equity  Interests of  such Restricted  Subsidiary  and
(iii)  the disposition by the  Company or any of  its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Equity Interests of  any Restricted Subsidiary  of the Company,  in the case  of
either clause (i), (ii) or (iii), whether in a single transaction or a series of
related transactions (a) that have a fair market value in excess of $1.0 million
or  (b)  for  net  proceeds  in  excess  of  $1.0  million.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the following will not be deemed to be Asset Sales: (i) a disposition
of assets by the Company to a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or by a  Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary,  (ii) an issuance  of Equity Interests by  a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary to  the Company  or to  another Wholly  Owned Restricted  Subsidiary,
(iii) a disposition consisting of a Restricted Payment permitted by the covenant
described   above  under  the  caption  "--Restricted  Payments"  and  (iv)  the
disposition of all or  substantially all of  the assets of  the Company and  its
Subsidiaries  taken as a  whole permitted by the  covenant described above under
the caption "--Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets".
 
    "ATTRIBUTABLE DEBT" in respect of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction means, at the
time of determination,  the present value  (discounted at the  rate of  interest
implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with
 
                                       63
<PAGE>
GAAP or, in the event that such rate of interest is not reasonably determinable,
discounted  at the rate of interest borne by the Notes) of the obligation of the
lessee for net rental payments during  the remaining term of the lease  included
in  such Sale/Leaseback Transaction  (including any period  for which such lease
has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended).
 
    "BOARD OF  DIRECTORS"  means,  unless  otherwise  specified,  the  Board  of
Directors of the Company or any authorized committee thereof.
 
    "CAPITAL  LEASE OBLIGATION" means, at the  time any determination thereof is
to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would
at such time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with
GAAP.
 
    "CAPITAL STOCK"  of any  person means  (i)  in the  case of  a  corporation,
corporate  stock, (ii) in the case of an association or business entity, any and
all shares,  interests, participations,  rights  or other  equivalents  (however
designated)  of corporate stock, (iii) in the case of a partnership, partnership
interests (whether general or limited) and (iv)  in the case of any Person,  any
other interest or participation that confers the right to receive a share of the
profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, such Person.
 
    "CASH  EQUIVALENTS" means (i) United  States dollars, (ii) securities issued
or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States Government,  or
any  agency or instrumentality  thereof, having maturities of  not more than one
year from the date of  acquisition, (iii) marketable general obligations  issued
by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any
such  state or any public instrumentality  thereof maturing within one year from
the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a credit
rating of  A or  better from  either Standard  & Poor's  Corporation or  Moody's
Investors Service, Inc., (iv) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar
time  deposits,  overnight bank  deposits,  bankers' acceptances  and repurchase
agreements having maturities  of not more  than one  year from the  date of  the
acquisition of any domestic commercial bank the long-term debt of which is rated
at  the date  of acquisition  thereof at  least A  or the  equivalent thereof by
Standard &  Poor's  Corporation, or  A  or  the equivalent  thereof  by  Moody's
Investors  Service,  Inc., and  having  capital and  surplus  in excess  of $500
million, (v) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days  for
underlying  securities of  the types described  in clauses (ii),  (iii) and (iv)
entered into with any bank meeting  the qualifications specified in clause  (iv)
above  and (vi)  commercial paper  rated at the  date of  acquisition thereof at
least A-2 or the equivalent thereof by  Standard & Poor's Corporation or P-2  or
the  equivalent  thereof  by Moody's  Investors  Service, Inc.,  or  carrying an
equivalent rating by a nationally recognized  rating agency, if both of the  two
named  rating agencies  cease publishing ratings  of investments,  and in either
case maturing within 270 days after the date of acquisition.
 
    "CHANGE OF CONTROL" means  the occurrence of any  of the following: (i)  the
sale,  lease, transfer, conveyance or  other disposition, in one  or a series of
related transactions, of all or substantially  all of the assets of Holdings  or
the  Company to any Person  or group (as such term  is used in Sections 13(d)(3)
and 14(d)(2) of  the Exchange Act)  other than the  Principals or their  Related
Parties,  (ii) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution
of Holdings or the Company, (iii) any Person or group (as defined above),  other
than  the Principals  or their  Related Parties,  is or  becomes the "beneficial
owner" (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except  that
a  Person shall be deemed to have  "beneficial ownership" of all shares that any
such Person  has  the  right  to acquire,  whether  such  right  is  exercisable
immediately  or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more
than 40% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company, including
by way of merger,  consolidation or otherwise; PROVIDED  that the Principals  or
their  Related Parties "beneficially  own" (as defined in  Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5
under the  Exchange Act),  directly or  indirectly, in  the aggregate  a  lesser
percentage  of the total  voting power of  the Voting Stock  of the Company than
such other Person (for the  purposes of this clause  (iii), any Person shall  be
deemed  to beneficially  own any Voting  Stock of a  corporation (the "specified
corporation"), held by any other corporation (the "parent corporation"), if such
Person "beneficially owns" (with respect to  any Person or group other than  the
Principals  or their Related Parties, as defined  in clause (iii) above or, with
respect to the Principals or their Related Parties, as defined in the proviso to
clause (iii) above, directly or indirectly,
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
more than  50%  of  the  voting  power  of  the  Voting  Stock  of  such  parent
corporation)  and (iv) the first  day on which a majority  of the members of the
Board of Directors of Holdings or the Company are not Continuing Directors.
 
    "CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW" means, with respect  to any Person for any  period,
the  Consolidated Net Income of such  Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for
such period plus  (i) provision for  taxes based  on income or  profits of  such
Person  and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such
provision for taxes was included in computing such Consolidated Net Income, plus
(ii) the sum of  (A) the consolidated  interest expense of  such Person and  its
Restricted  Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, to the extent
that such expense was deducted  in computing Consolidated Net Income  (including
amortization  of  original  issue  discount,  non-cash  interest  payments,  the
interest component of any deferred  payment obligations, the interest  component
of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with
respect  to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges
incurred in respect of  letter of credit or  bankers' acceptance financing,  and
net payments (if any) pursuant to Hedging Obligations but excluding amortization
of  deferred financing fees)  and (B) the consolidated  interest expense of such
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such  period,
and  (C)  any  interest  expense  on  Indebtedness  of  another  Person  that is
Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by  a
Lien  on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether or
not  such  Guarantee  or  Lien   is  called  upon),  plus  (iii)   depreciation,
amortization  (including  amortization  of goodwill  and  other  intangibles but
excluding amortization  of prepaid  cash  expenses that  were  paid in  a  prior
period)  and other non-cash  charges (including non-cash  charges created by the
application  of  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards,  No.  106  but
excluding  any other such  non-cash charge to  the extent that  it represents an
accrual of or reserve for cash charges in any future period) of such Person  and
its   Restricted  Subsidiaries  for   such  period  to   the  extent  that  such
depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges were deducted in computing
such Consolidated  Net  Income,  in  each case,  on  a  consolidated  basis  and
determined in accordance with GAAP. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provision
for  taxes  based  on  the  income  or  profits  of,  and  the  depreciation and
amortization and  other non-cash  charges  of, a  Restricted Subsidiary  of  the
referent   Person  shall  be  added  to   Consolidated  Net  Income  to  compute
Consolidated Cash Flow only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that  the
Net  Income of such Subsidiary was  included in calculating the Consolidated Net
Income of such Person and only if  a corresponding amount would be permitted  at
the  date of determination  to be dividended  to the Company  by such Subsidiary
without prior approval (that  has not been obtained),  pursuant to the terms  of
its  charter  and  all  agreements,  instruments,  judgments,  decrees,  orders,
statutes, rules and  governmental regulations applicable  to that Subsidiary  or
its stockholders.
 
    "CONSOLIDATED  NET INCOME" means, with respect to any Person for any period,
the aggregate of the Net Income  of such Person and its Restricted  Subsidiaries
for  such period, on  a consolidated basis, determined  in accordance with GAAP;
PROVIDED that  (i)  the Net  Income  of any  Person  that is  not  a  Restricted
Subsidiary  or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be
included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid  in
cash  to the referent Person or a  Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) the Net Income of
any Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded  to the extent that the  declaration
or  payment of dividends or similar  distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary
of that Net Income  is not at  the date of  determination permitted without  any
prior  governmental  approval  (which has  not  been obtained)  or,  directly or
indirectly, by  operation  of  the  terms  of  its  charter  or  any  agreement,
instrument,  judgment, decree,  order, statute, rule  or governmental regulation
applicable to  that Restricted  Subsidiary or  its stockholders,  (iii) the  Net
Income  of any  Person acquired  in a pooling  of interests  transaction for any
period prior to  the date of  such acquisition  shall be excluded  and (iv)  the
cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be excluded.
 
    "CONSOLIDATED  NET WORTH" means, with respect to  any Person as of any date,
the sum of (i) the consolidated equity of the common stockholders of such Person
and its  consolidated Subsidiaries  as of  such date  plus (ii)  the  respective
amounts  reported on such Person's balance sheet as of such date with respect to
any series of Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) that by its  terms
is  not  entitled to  the  payment of  dividends  unless such  dividends  may be
declared and  paid  only  out  of  net  earnings  in  respect  of  the  year  of
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
such  declaration and payment,  but only to  the extent of  any cash received by
such Person upon issuance of such Preferred Stock, less (x) all write-ups (other
than write-ups resulting  from foreign  currency translations  and write-ups  of
tangible  assets of  a going  concern business made  within 12  months after the
acquisition of such business) subsequent to the Issue Date in the book value  of
any  asset owned by such Person or a consolidated Subsidiary of such Person, (y)
all investments as of  such date in unconsolidated  Subsidiaries and in  Persons
that are not Subsidiaries (except, in each case, Permitted Investments), and (z)
all unamortized debt discount and expense and unamortized deferred charges as of
such date, all of the foregoing determined in accordance with GAAP.
 
    "CONTINUING DIRECTORS" means, as of any date of determination, any member of
the  Board of Directors of Holdings or the  Company who (i) was a member of such
Board of Directors  on the  Issue Date  or (ii)  was nominated  for election  or
elected  to such Board of  Directors with the affirmative  vote of a majority of
the Continuing Directors  who were members  of such  Board at the  time of  such
nomination or election or with the written approval of Sappi Limited.
 
    "CREDIT AGREEMENT" means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of December
20,  1994,  as amended  and restated  as of  April  26, 1996,  by and  among the
Company,  Chemical  Bank   (now  known   as  The  Chase   Manhattan  Bank),   as
administrative  agent, and the several lenders  party thereto, providing for (i)
up to $630.0  million of  term loan  borrowings, (ii)  up to  $250.0 million  of
revolving  credit  borrowings (including  letters of  credit),  and (iii)  up to
$220.0 million of  additional letters  of credit, including  any related  notes,
guarantees,   collateral  documents,  instruments  and  agreements  executed  in
connection therewith, and in each case as amended, extended, modified,  renewed,
refunded, replaced, restructured or refinanced from time to time.
 
    "DEFAULT" means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving
of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.
 
    "DESIGNATED  SENIOR  DEBT" means  (i) so  long  as the  Senior Bank  Debt is
outstanding, the Senior  Bank Debt and  (ii) thereafter, any  other Senior  Debt
permitted  under the Indenture the principal amount of which (or as to which the
commitment to lend) is $50.0 million or more and that has been designated by the
Company as "Designated Senior Debt".
 
    "DISQUALIFIED STOCK" means any Capital Stock  that, by its terms (or by  the
terms  of  any  security  into  which  it is  convertible  or  for  which  it is
exchangeable), or upon  the happening of  any event, matures  or is  mandatorily
redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at
the  option of the Holder thereof, in whole or  in part, on or prior to the date
that is one year and one day after the date on which the Notes mature;  PROVIDED
that  "Disqualified Stock"  will not include  the Senior Preferred  Stock or any
other Preferred Stock  of the Company  which is  issued in exchange  for or  the
proceeds of which are used to redeem or repurchase the Senior Preferred Stock so
long as such other Preferred Stock does not require the Company to pay dividends
with  respect  to such  Preferred  Stock, to  make  a redemption  payment  or to
repurchase such Preferred Stock in any  amount in excess of the amounts  thereof
required in the Senior Preferred Stock or at a time earlier than required in the
Senior Preferred Stock.
 
    "EQUITY  INTERESTS" means Capital  Stock and all  warrants, options or other
rights to  acquire  Capital Stock  (but  excluding  any debt  security  that  is
convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).
 
    "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
    "EXCHANGE DEBENTURES" means the Company's 14% Series A Subordinated Exchange
Debentures  due  2006  and  the Company's  14%  Series  B  Subordinated Exchange
Debentures due 2006 exchangeable for the Company's Senior Preferred Stock.
 
    "EXCHANGE OFFER" means the  exchange offer to be  filed with the  Commission
relating  to  the  Series  B  Securities  pursuant  to  the  Registration Rights
Agreement with the Initial Purchaser.
 
    "EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS"  means  the  Indebtedness of  the  Company  and  its
Subsidiaries  (other than Indebtedness under the  Credit Agreement or the Notes)
in existence on the Issue Date.
 
                                       66
<PAGE>
    "FIXED CHARGES" means, with  respect to any Person  for any period, the  sum
(without  duplication) of (i)  the consolidated interest  expense of such Person
and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, to the
extent that  such expense  was  deducted in  computing Consolidated  Net  Income
(including  amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments,
the interest  component  of  any  deferred  payment  obligations,  the  interest
component  of all  payments associated  with Capital  Lease Obligations, imputed
interest with respect  to Attributable  Debt, commissions,  discounts and  other
fees  and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers' acceptance
financings and  net  payments  (if  any) pursuant  to  Hedging  Obligations  but
excluding  amortization  of  deferred  financing  fees),  (ii)  the consolidated
interest expense  of  such  Person  and its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  that  was
capitalized  during such period,  (iii) any interest  expense on Indebtedness of
another Person  that is  Guaranteed by  such  Person or  one of  its  Restricted
Subsidiaries  or  secured by  a Lien  on assets  of  such Person  or one  of its
Restricted Subsidiaries (whether or not such  Guarantee or Lien is called  upon)
and  (iv) the product of  (a) all cash dividend  payments (and non-cash dividend
payments in the case of a Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary) on any  series
of  Preferred Stock of such Person other than  payments to the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one
and the denominator of  which is one minus  the then current combined  effective
federal,  state and  local statutory  tax rate  of such  Person, expressed  as a
decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.
 
    "FIXED CHARGE  COVERAGE RATIO"  means with  respect to  any Person  for  any
period,  the  ratio  of  the  Consolidated Cash  Flow  of  such  Person  and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person  and
its  Restricted Subsidiaries for such  period. In the event  that the Company or
any of  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries incurs,  assumes,  Guarantees  or  repays,
repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness (other than revolving credit borrowings)
or issues, repurchases or redeems Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement
of  the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but
prior to the  date on which  the event for  which the calculation  of the  Fixed
Charge  Coverage Ratio is  made (the "Calculation Date"),  then the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving  pro forma effect to such  incurrence,
assumption,  Guarantee, repayment, repurchase or redemption of such Indebtedness
and such issuance, repurchase or redemption  of Preferred Stock, as if the  same
had  occurred at the beginning of  the applicable four-quarter reference period.
For purposes of making the computation referred to above, all calculations shall
give effect to pro forma adjustments as follows: (i) acquisitions that have been
made by the  Company or any  of its Restricted  Subsidiaries, including  through
mergers  or  consolidations and  including  any related  financing transactions,
during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference  period
and  on or prior to the Calculation Date shall be deemed to have occurred on the
first day of the four-quarter reference period, (ii) the Consolidated Cash  Flow
attributable  to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP,
and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, shall be
excluded, and (iii) the Fixed  Charges attributable to discontinued  operations,
as  determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of
prior to the Calculation Date,  shall be excluded, but  only to the extent  that
the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the
referent  Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation
Date. For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be  given
to  an acquisition, discontinued operations or operations of businesses disposed
of, the amount of Consolidated Cash Flow relating thereto or the amount of Fixed
Charges associated with any Indebtedness issued in connection therewith, the pro
forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible  financing
or  accounting Officer of the Company. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate
of interest  and  is  being  given  pro  forma  effect,  the  interest  on  such
Indebtedness  shall  be calculated  as  if the  rate in  effect  on the  date of
determination had been the  applicable rate for the  entire period (taking  into
account  any interest rate protection  agreement applicable to such Indebtedness
if such interest  rate protection agreement  has a remaining  term in excess  of
twelve months).
 
    "GAAP"  means  generally accepted  accounting  principles set  forth  in the
opinions and pronouncements of the  Accounting Principles Board of the  American
Institute  of Certified Public Accountants  and statements and pronouncements of
the Financial Accounting  Standards Board or  in such other  statements by  such
other  entity as have been  approved by a significant  segment of the accounting
profession, which are in effect on the Issue Date.
 
                                       67
<PAGE>
    "GUARANTEE" means  a  guarantee (other  than  by endorsement  of  negotiable
instruments  for  collection  in the  ordinary  course of  business),  direct or
indirect,  in  any  manner  (including  letters  of  credit  and   reimbursement
agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness.
 
    "GUARANTOR"  means any Subsidiary  of the Company  that guarantees the Notes
pursuant to the covenant described under "--Certain Covenants--Guarantee of  the
Notes".
 
    "HEDGING  OBLIGATIONS" means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of
such  Person  under  (i)  interest  rate  swap  agreements,  interest  rate  cap
agreements and interest rate collar agreements and (ii) other similar agreements
or arrangements.
 
    "HOLDINGS" means SDW Holdings Corporation and its successors.
 
    "HOLDINGS  DEBENTURES" means Holdings'  15% Subordinated Exchange Debentures
due 2011 exchangeable for the Holdings Preferred Stock.
 
    "HOLDINGS PREFERRED STOCK" means Holdings' 15% Senior Exchangeable Preferred
Stock.
 
    "INCUR" means, with respect  to any Indebtedness,  to incur, create,  issue,
assume,  guarantee or otherwise become liable for or with respect to the payment
of, contingently  or otherwise,  such Indebtedness;  PROVIDED that  neither  the
accrual  of  interest nor  the  accretion of  original  issue discount  shall be
considered an Incurrence of Indebtedness.
 
    "INDEBTEDNESS" means, with respect to  any Person, without duplication,  (i)
any  indebtedness  of such  Person,  whether or  not  contingent, in  respect of
borrowed money or evidenced by  bonds, notes, debentures or similar  instruments
or  letters  of  credit  (or reimbursement  agreements  in  respect  thereof) or
representing Capital Lease Obligations or the balance deferred and unpaid of the
purchase price of any property  or representing any Hedging Obligations,  except
any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable, if and to
the  extent any of the foregoing indebtedness  (other than letters of credit and
Hedging Obligations) would appear  as a liability upon  a balance sheet of  such
Person prepared in accordance with GAAP, (ii) all Indebtedness of others secured
by  a Lien  on any  asset of  such Person  whether or  not such  Indebtedness is
assumed by such  Person (the amount  of such Indebtedness  with respect to  such
Person being deemed to be the lesser of the value of such asset or the amount of
the  Indebtedness of others so  secured), (iii) the Guarantee  by such Person of
any Indebtedness of any other Person and (iv) Attributable Debt associated  with
Sale/Leaseback Transactions.
 
    "INVESTMENTS"  means, with  respect to any  Person, all  investments by such
Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans  (including
guarantees   of  Indebtedness   or  other  obligations),   advances  or  capital
contributions,  purchases   or   other   acquisitions   for   consideration   of
Indebtedness,  Equity Interests or other securities and all other items that are
or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in  accordance
with  GAAP.  For  purposes  of the  covenant  described  above  under "--Certain
Covenants--Restricted Payments", (i) "Investment" in a Subsidiary shall  include
the  portion (proportionate to the Company's Equity Interest in such Subsidiary)
of the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors)
of  such  Subsidiary  at  the  time  that  such  Subsidiary  is  designated   an
Unrestricted  Subsidiary; PROVIDED that upon  a redesignation of such Subsidiary
as a Restricted Subsidiary, the  Company shall be deemed  to continue to have  a
permanent  "Investment" in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive)
equal to (x) the Company's "Investment" in  such Subsidiary at the time of  such
redesignation  less  (y)  the  portion (proportionate  to  the  Company's Equity
Interest in such  Subsidiary) of the  fair market value  (as determined in  good
faith  by the Board  of Directors) of the  net assets of  such Subsidiary at the
time of such  redesignation; and  (ii) any property  transferred to  or from  an
Unrestricted  Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of
such transfer,  in  each case  as  determined in  good  faith by  the  Board  of
Directors.
 
    "ISSUE DATE" means the date on which the Old Notes were originally issued.
 
                                       68
<PAGE>
    "LIEN" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge,
security  interest or encumbrance of any kind  in respect of such asset, whether
or not filed, recorded  or otherwise perfected  under applicable law  (including
any  conditional sale or  other title retention  agreement and any  lease in the
nature thereof).
 
    "LIQUIDATED DAMAGES" means all liquidated damages then owing pursuant to the
Registration Rights  Agreements. When  used with  respect to  the Notes  or  the
Senior  Preferred  Stock,  "Liquidated Damages"  means  such  liquidated damages
related to the Notes or the Senior Preferred Stock, respectively.
 
    "MERGER" means the merger of SDW Acquisition and S.D. Warren.
 
    "NET INCOME" means,  with respect to  any Person, the  net income (loss)  of
such  Person, determined  in accordance  with GAAP  and before  any reduction in
respect of  Preferred Stock  dividends,  excluding, however,  (i) any  gain  (or
loss),  together with any  related provision for  taxes on such  gain (or loss),
realized in connection with  (a) any Asset  Sale or (b)  the disposition of  any
securities  by  such  Person  or  any  of  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  or the
extinguishment of  any Indebtedness  of such  Person or  any of  its  Restricted
Subsidiaries,  (ii) any extraordinary gain (or  loss), together with any related
provision for taxes  on such extraordinary  gain (or loss),  (iii) any  non-cash
product  costs resulting from the write-up (if any) of the assigned value of the
Company's inventory  at the  time  of the  Merger  over the  first-in  first-out
valuation  of such inventory and  (iv) any write-off of  the fees for the unused
subordinated bridge financing  arranged by  the Company in  anticipation of  the
Merger.
 
    "NET  PROCEEDS" means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in  respect of any Asset Sale (including  any
cash  received upon the sale or  other disposition of any non-cash consideration
received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale
(including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions)
and any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or  payable
as  a result  thereof (after  taking into account  any available  tax credits or
deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied  to
the  repayment of  Indebtedness secured by  a Lien  on the assets  that were the
subject of such Asset Sale,  any reserve for adjustment  in respect of the  sale
price  of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP and any other
reserve against  liabilities associated  with such  assets and  retained by  the
Company  or any  of its Restricted  Subsidiaries established  in accordance with
GAAP.
 
    "NON-RECOURSE DEBT" means Indebtedness (i)  as to which neither the  Company
nor  any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a)  provides credit support of any kind
(including any  undertaking,  agreement  or  instrument  that  would  constitute
Indebtedness),  (b)  is  directly  or  indirectly  liable  (as  a  guarantor  or
otherwise), or (c) constitutes the lender;  and (ii) no default with respect  to
which  (including  any  rights  that  the  holders  thereof  may  have  to  take
enforcement action  against  an  Unrestricted  Subsidiary)  would  permit  (upon
notice,  lapse of time or both) any holder of any other Indebtedness (other than
the Notes  being  offered  hereby) of  the  Company  or any  of  its  Restricted
Subsidiaries  to  declare a  default  on such  other  Indebtedness or  cause the
payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity.
 
    "OBLIGATIONS"   means    any   principal,    interest,   penalties,    fees,
indemnifications,  reimbursements, damages  and other  liabilities payable under
the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
 
    "OFFERING" means the  offering of the  Notes and the  Units pursuant to  the
Offering Memorandum dated December 13, 1994.
 
    "PERMITTED  BUSINESS"  means  the  business in  which  the  Company  and its
Restricted Subsidiaries were engaged in on the date of the Merger (after  giving
effect thereto) and businesses incidental, ancillary or related thereto.
 
    "PERMITTED  INVESTMENTS" means  (i) any Investments  in the Company  or in a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; (ii) any Investments in Cash  Equivalents;
(iii)  Investments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in
a Person, if as a result of such Investment (a) such Person becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary of  the  Company  or  (b) such  Person  is  merged,  consolidated  or
amalgamated  with  or into,  or transfers  or conveys  substantially all  of its
assets  to,   or   is   liquidated   into,   the   Company   or   a   Restricted
 
                                       69
<PAGE>
Subsidiary  of the Company  that is a Guarantor;  (iv) Investments consisting of
consideration received by  the Company or  a Restricted Subsidiary  in an  Asset
Sale  which consideration is not and  is not required to be  in the form of Cash
Equivalents pursuant to the covenant described above under "--Repurchase at  the
Option  of Holders--Asset  Sales"; (v) receivables  owing to the  Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business;
(vi) stock, obligations or securities received in settlement of debts created in
the ordinary  course of  business and  owing to  the Company  or any  Restricted
Subsidiary  or in  satisfaction of  judgments; (vii)  endorsements of negotiable
instruments and  other  similar  negotiable documents;  and  (viii)  notes  from
employees,  officers,  directors and  their  transferees issued  to  the Company
representing payment of the exercise price  of options or other purchase  rights
to purchase common stock of the Company.
 
    "PERMITTED REFINANCING DEBT" means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which
are  used to extend,  refinance, restructure, renew,  replace, defease or refund
other Indebtedness  of  the  Company  or any  of  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries;
PROVIDED  that: (i) the principal amount of such Permitted Refinancing Debt does
not exceed the  principal amount  of the Indebtedness  so extended,  refinanced,
renewed,  replaced,  restructured,  defeased  or refunded  (plus  the  amount of
premiums and reasonable  fees and  expenses incurred  in connection  therewith);
(ii)  such Permitted Refinancing Debt  has a final maturity  date later than the
final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to  or
greater  than the Weighted  Average Life to Maturity  of, the Indebtedness being
extended, refinanced,  renewed, replaced,  defeased or  refunded; PROVIDED  that
this  clause (ii) will not be applicable  to any Permitted Refinancing Debt with
respect to Indebtedness under  the Credit Agreement;  (iii) if the  Indebtedness
being   extended,  refinanced,  renewed,  replaced,   defeased  or  refunded  is
subordinated in right of payment to  the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing  Debt
is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable
to  the Holders of Notes  as those contained in  the documentation governing the
Indebtedness  being  extended,  refinanced,   renewed,  replaced,  defeased   or
refunded; and (iv) such Indebtedness is incurred either by the Company or by the
Restricted  Subsidiary who  is the obligor  on the  Indebtedness being extended,
refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded.
 
    "PERSON" means  any  individual, corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,
association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government
or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
 
    "PREFERRED STOCK", as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation, means
Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as
to  the  payment of  dividends, or  as to  the distribution  of assets  upon any
voluntary or involuntary  liquidation or dissolution  of such corporation,  over
shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such corporation.
 
    "PRINCIPALS"  means Sappi Limited, DLJ  Merchant Banking Partners, L.P., DLJ
Merchant Banking, Inc., DLJ International Partners, C.V., DLJ Offshore Partners,
C.V., DLJ Merchant Banking Funding, Inc. and UBS Capital LLC.
 
    "REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENTS" means (i) that certain Registration  Rights
Agreement  dated the Closing Date between  the Company and the Initial Purchaser
and (ii)  that certain  Registration  Rights Agreement  dated the  Closing  Date
between the Company and UBSC.
 
    "RELATED  PARTY" with  respect to  any Principal  means (i)  any controlling
stockholder, majority owned Subsidiary, or spouse or immediate family member (in
the case of  an individual) of  such Principal or  (ii) any trust,  corporation,
partnership  or other entity, the  beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, owners
or Persons beneficially  holding a majority  interest of which  consist of  such
Principal  and/or such  other Persons referred  to in  the immediately preceding
clause (i).
 
    "RESTRICTED  INVESTMENT"  means  an   Investment  other  than  a   Permitted
Investment.
 
    "RESTRICTED  SUBSIDIARY" of  a Person means  any Subsidiary  of the referent
Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
 
                                       70
<PAGE>
    "SALE/LEASEBACK TRANSACTION" means an arrangement relating to property owned
on the Issue  Date or thereafter  acquired whereby the  Company or a  Restricted
Subsidiary  transfers such  property to  a Person and  leases it  back from such
Person, other than (i)  any such arrangement  (a) the term of  which is for  not
more  than one year and (b) the  Attributable Debt associated with which is less
than $1.0 million (aggregating any series of related transactions), and (ii) any
such arrangement between the Company and a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or
between Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries.
 
    "SENIOR BANK  DEBT"  means the  Indebtedness  outstanding under  the  Credit
Agreement  or any Hedging Obligation entered into with any Senior Bank Lender as
such agreements  may be  restated, further  amended, supplemented  or  otherwise
modified from time to time.
 
    "SENIOR  BANK LENDER" means any of the banks or other financial institutions
from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement.
    "SENIOR DEBT"  means with  respect  to the  Company  or any  Guarantor,  any
Indebtedness  Incurred by the  Company or such  Guarantor, unless the instrument
under which such  Indebtedness is Incurred  expressly provides that  it is on  a
parity  with or subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or, in the case of
a Guarantor, the Guarantee of the Notes by such Guarantor; PROVIDED that  Senior
Debt will not include (a) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes
owed  or owing, (b) any  Indebtedness owing to any  Subsidiaries of the Company,
(c) any trade payables or (d) any Indebtedness that is incurred in violation  of
the  Indenture. The  Senior Bank  Debt shall  be treated  as Senior  Debt of the
Company.
 
    "SENIOR  PREFERRED  STOCK"   means  the  Company's   14%  Series  A   Senior
Exchangeable  Preferred Stock due  2006 and the  Series B Exchangeable Preferred
Stock.
 
    "SERIES B EXCHANGEABLE  PREFERRED STOCK"  means the Company's  14% Series  B
Senior Exchangeable Preferred Stock due 2006.
 
    "SERIES B EXCHANGE DEBENTURES" means the Company's 14% Series B Subordinated
Exchange Debentures due 2006.
 
    "SERIES  B NOTES" means the Company's 12% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2004 issued pursuant to the Indenture.
 
    "SERIES B SECURITIES" means the Series B Notes and the Series B Exchangeable
Preferred Stock or the Series B Exchange Debentures, as applicable.
 
    "SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARY" means  any Restricted  Subsidiary that  would be  a
"significant  subsidiary" as defined in Article  1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X,
promulgated pursuant to the  Act, as such  Regulation is in  effect on the  date
hereof.
 
    "SUBSIDIARY"  means,  with  respect  to  any  Person,  (i)  any corporation,
association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total  voting
power  of shares of Capital Stock entitled  (without regard to the occurrence of
any contingency) to  vote in  the election  of directors,  managers or  trustees
thereof  is at  the time  owned or controlled,  directly or  indirectly, by such
Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination
thereof) and (ii) any partnership (a)  the sole general partner or the  managing
general  partner of which is  such Person or a Subsidiary  of such Person or (b)
the only  general  partners  of  which  are  such  Person  or  of  one  or  more
Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof).
 
    "TAX  SHARING AGREEMENT" means any tax sharing agreement between the Company
and Holdings or any other  person with which the Company  is required to, or  is
permitted  to, file a  consolidated tax return  or with which  the Company is or
could be part of a consolidated group for tax purposes.
 
    "TRANSACTION COSTS" means the aggregate transaction costs of the Company and
Holdings incurred in connection with the Merger or related financings and in  an
aggregate amount not to exceed $87.7 million.
 
    "UNITS"  means  3,000,000  units, each  consisting  of one  share  of Senior
Preferred Stock and one Warrant.
 
                                       71
<PAGE>
    "UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY" means (i) any Subsidiary that is designated by the
Board of Directors as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a Board  Resolution
and  (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted  Subsidiary; but, in each case, only
to the extent  that such  Subsidiary: (a) has  no Indebtedness  other than  Non-
Recourse  Debt; PROVIDED that the Company  or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
may Guarantee, endorse, agree  to provide funds for  the payment or  maintenance
of,  or  otherwise  become  directly  or  indirectly  liable  with  respect  to,
Indebtedness of  an Unrestricted  Subsidiary but  only to  the extent  that  the
Company  or  such  Restricted  Subsidiary  could  make  an  Investment  in  such
Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to the covenant described above under  "Certain
Covenants--Restricted  Payments"  and any  such arrangement  shall be  deemed an
Incurrence of  Indebtedness by  the Company  or such  Restricted Subsidiary  for
purposes of the covenant described above under "Certain Covenants--Incurrence of
Indebtedness  and Issuance of Preferred Stock"; (b) subject to clause (a) above,
is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its  Restricted
Subsidiaries  has  any  direct  or  indirect  obligation  (x)  to  subscribe for
additional Equity  Interests  or  (y)  to maintain  or  preserve  such  Person's
financial  condition or to cause such Person  to achieve any specified levels of
operating results; and (c) has at least  one director on its board of  directors
that  is  not a  director or  executive officer  of  the Company  or any  of its
Restricted Subsidiaries and  has at least  one executive officer  that is not  a
director  or  executive  officer  of  the  Company  or  any  of  its  Restricted
Subsidiaries. Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall be  evidenced
to  the  Trustee  by filing  with  the Trustee  a  certified copy  of  the Board
Resolution giving  effect  to  such designation  and  an  Officers'  Certificate
certifying  that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions and was
permitted  by  the   covenant  described  above   under  the  caption   "Certain
Covenants--Restricted  Payments". If,  at any time,  any Unrestricted Subsidiary
would fail to  meet the  requirements of  an Unrestricted  Subsidiary, it  shall
thereafter  cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the Indenture
and any Indebtedness  of such Subsidiary  shall be  deemed to be  Incurred by  a
Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness
is not permitted to  be Incurred as  of such date  under the covenant  described
under the caption "Certain Covenants--Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
Preferred  Stock", the Company shall be in  default of such covenant). The Board
of Directors  of  the  Company  may  at  any  time  designate  any  Unrestricted
Subsidiary  to be a Restricted Subsidiary;  PROVIDED that such designation shall
be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of  the
Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such
designation  shall only be permitted if (i) such Indebtedness is permitted under
the covenant  described  under  the caption  "Certain  Covenants--Incurrence  of
Indebtedness  and Issuance of Preferred Stock", and  (ii) no Default would be in
existence following  such  designation. To  the  extent applicable,  such  newly
designated  Restricted Subsidiary shall comply with the covenant described under
the caption "Certain Covenants--Guarantee of the Notes".
 
    "VOTING STOCK" of a corporation means  all classes of Capital Stock of  such
corporation  then outstanding and  normally entitled to vote  in the election of
directors.
 
    "WARRANTS" means the warrants to purchase 898,440 shares of Common Stock  of
Holdings  to be  issued as part  of the Units  and Class B  Warrants to purchase
6,289,060 shares  of Common  Stock of  Holdings to  be issued  contemporaneously
therewith.
 
    "WARRANT AGREEMENT" means the Warrant Agreement dated as of the Closing Date
between  Holdings and The Bank of New York  pursuant to which the Warrants to be
issued as part of the Units are issued.
 
    "WARRANT SHARES"  means  the Common  Stock  of Holdings  issuable  upon  the
exercise of the Warrants.
 
    "WEIGHTED  AVERAGE LIFE TO MATURITY" means, when applied to any Indebtedness
at any  date, the  number of  years  obtained by  dividing (i)  the sum  of  the
products  obtained  by  multiplying  (a)  the  amount  of  each  then  remaining
installment, sinking  fund,  serial  maturity  or  other  required  payments  of
principal,  including payment at final maturity,  in respect thereof, by (b) the
number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between
such date and the making of such payment, by (ii) the sum of all such payments.
 
                                       72
<PAGE>
    "WHOLLY OWNED  RESTRICTED  SUBSIDIARY"  of any  Person  means  a  Restricted
Subsidiary  of  such  Person  all  of the  outstanding  Capital  Stock  or other
ownership interests of which (other than directors' qualifying shares) shall  at
the  time be  owned by  such Person or  by one  or more  Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiaries of such  Person or  by such  Person and  one or  more Wholly  Owned
Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person.
 
                   DESCRIPTION OF THE SENIOR PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The  Senior  Preferred  Stock  was  issued  pursuant  to  a  Certificate  of
Designations,  Preferences  and  Relative,  Participating,  Optional  and  Other
Special   Rights  of   Preferred  Stock  and   Qualifications,  Limitations  and
Restrictions Thereof (the  "CERTIFICATE OF  DESIGNATIONS"), a copy  of which  is
filed  as  an exhibit  to the  Registration Statement  of which  this Prospectus
constitutes a part.  The following  summary of  the material  provisions of  the
Senior  Preferred  Stock  is  qualified  in its  entirety  by  reference  to the
provisions of the Certificate of Designations relating thereto. The  definitions
of  certain terms used in  the Certificate of Designations  and in the following
summary are  substantially  the same  as  those used  in  the Indenture.  For  a
description thereof, see "Description of the Notes--Certain Definitions".
 
GENERAL
 
    Pursuant  to the Certificate of Designations, 3,000,000 shares of the Senior
Preferred  Stock  with  a  liquidation  preference  of  $25.00  per  share  were
authorized   for  issuance.  The  Senior  Preferred  Stock  is  fully  paid  and
nonassessable and holders thereof will  have no preemptive rights in  connection
therewith.
 
    The  Old Senior  Preferred Stock  was initially issued  as part  of the Unit
Offering. Each  Unit  offered thereby  consisted  of  one share  of  Old  Senior
Preferred  Stock of the  Company and one  Warrant to purchase  0.29948 shares of
Common Stock of Holdings. As of March  29, 1995, the Old Senior Preferred  Stock
and  the Warrants became separately transferable. Effective upon consummation of
the Exchange Offer on May 31, 1995, the Senior Preferred Stock was issued by the
Company in exchange for the Old Senior Preferred Stock.
 
    The liquidation preference or Specified Amount of the Senior Preferred Stock
is not  necessarily  indicative of  the  price at  which  shares of  the  Senior
Preferred  Stock will actually trade at or after the time of their issuance, and
the Senior Preferred Stock may trade at prices below its liquidation  preference
or  Specified Amount.  The market  price of  the Senior  Preferred Stock  can be
expected to  fluctuate  with  changes  in the  financial  markets  and  economic
conditions,  the  financial condition  and prospects  of  the Company  and other
factors that generally influence the market prices of securities.
 
    All "distributions" with  respect to the  Senior Preferred Stock,  including
the  payment of dividends, the accrual of Accumulated Dividends, the exchange of
the Senior Preferred Stock for Exchange Debentures, redemptions, repurchases and
distributions upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company,  are
subject  to  the  provisions  of  the  Pennsylvania  Business  Corporation  Law,
including provisions which prohibit any "distributions" if, after giving  effect
thereto,  the Company would be unable to pay its debts as they become due in the
usual course of its business  or the total assets of  the Company would be  less
than its total liabilities.
 
RANK
 
    The  Senior Preferred Stock,  with respect to dividend  rights and rights on
liquidation, winding up  and dissolution, ranks:  (i) senior to  all classes  of
common  stock of the Company and each other  class of capital stock or series of
preferred stock issued  by the Company  after the Offerings  the terms of  which
provide that such series will rank junior to the Senior Preferred Stock or which
do not specify their rank (collectively referred to with the common stock of the
Company  as "JUNIOR  SECURITIES"); (ii)  on a  parity with  each other  class of
capital stock  or series  of preferred  stock issued  by the  Company after  the
Offerings that specifically provides that such series will rank on a parity with
the  Senior Preferred Stock  (collectively referred to  as "PARITY SECURITIES");
and (iii) junior to  each other class  of capital stock  or series of  preferred
stock  issued by the Company after  the Offering that specifically provides that
such series  will  rank  senior  to the  Senior  Preferred  Stock  (collectively
referred  to as "SENIOR SECURITIES"). In addition, creditors and stockholders of
the Company's subsidiaries will  have priority over  the Senior Preferred  Stock
with  respect to claims on the assets  of such subsidiaries. The Company may not
issue  any   Parity  Securities   or  Senior   Securities  or   any   obligation
 
                                       73
<PAGE>
or  security  convertible  into  or  evidencing  the  right  to  purchase Parity
Securities or  Senior  Securities without  the  approval  of the  holders  of  a
majority  of the outstanding shares of  Senior Preferred Stock then outstanding,
voting as a separate class, except that  without the approval of the holders  of
Senior  Preferred Stock,  the Company  may issue  or have  outstanding shares of
Parity Securities issued from time to time  in exchange for, or the proceeds  of
which  are used  to redeem  or repurchase, any  or all  of the  shares of Senior
Preferred Stock or any other Parity Securities. See "--Voting Rights".
 
DIVIDENDS
 
    Holders of Senior Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive, when, as  and
if  declared by  the board  of directors  of the  Company, out  of funds legally
available therefor, dividends on the Senior Preferred Stock, at the rate of  14%
per  annum of the Specified Amount  (as defined below). Dividend accrual periods
will end on March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year  (each,
a  "Dividend Accrual Date").  It is not  expected that the  Company will pay any
dividends in cash for any period ending on or prior to December 15, 1999, and in
any event, the Company will be restricted from paying such dividends in cash  by
the  terms of its  debt instruments. See  "Risk Factors--Restrictions Imposed by
Credit Agreement;--Limitation  on Cash  Dividends; Obligations  with Respect  to
Holdings  Preferred Stock". Cash dividends paid by the Company from time to time
will be  applied  to unpaid  dividends  in the  order  in which  such  dividends
accrued;  PROVIDED, that to the extent cash  dividends are not paid currently on
the Senior Preferred Stock for a dividend  accrual period ending on or prior  to
December 15, 1999, the Company may pay such dividends thereafter only insofar as
the  Company  repurchases  or  redeems such  Senior  Preferred  Stock. Dividends
payable for any period less than a full dividend period will be computed on  the
basis  of a 360-day year  comprised of twelve 30-day  months. Accrued and unpaid
dividends, if any, will not bear interest  or, except to the extent included  in
clause  (ii) of  the first sentence  of this paragraph,  bear dividends thereon.
Dividends will cease  to accrue  in respect of  shares of  the Senior  Preferred
Stock  on the Exchange Date  (as defined below) or on  the date of their earlier
redemption or  repurchase  by  the  Company. See  "Certain  Federal  Income  Tax
Considerations".
 
REDEMPTION OF SENIOR PREFERRED STOCK
 
    OPTIONAL.    Except as  set  forth in  the  following paragraph,  the Senior
Preferred Stock will not be redeemable at the Company's option prior to December
15, 2001. Thereafter, the Senior Preferred Stock may be redeemed, in whole or in
part, at the  option of the  Company at  the redemption prices  (expressed as  a
percent  of the Specified Amount) set forth in the table below, plus all accrued
and unpaid Liquidated Damages and dividends (excluding any Accumulated Dividends
but including  an amount  equal  to a  prorated  dividend from  the  immediately
preceding  Dividend Accrual  Date to the  redemption date), if  any, if redeemed
during the  12-month period  beginning on  December 15  of the  years  indicated
below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR                                                                     PERCENTAGE
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------
<S>                                                                      <C>
2001...................................................................    104.200%
2002...................................................................    102.800%
2003...................................................................    101.400%
2004 and thereafter....................................................    100.000%
</TABLE>
 
    "Specified  Amount" on any specific date with respect to any share of Senior
Preferred Stock means the sum of (i) the liquidation preference with respect  to
such  share  and (ii)  the dividends  that accrued  in dividend  accrual periods
ending on or prior to  December 15, 1999 and on  or prior to such specific  date
that  have not  previously been  paid in cash  (the dividends  described in this
clause (ii) being herein  called "Accumulated Dividends"). As  of July 3,  1996,
the Specified Amount was $30.97 per share.
 
    On  or prior to December 15, 1997, the  Company may from time to time redeem
Senior Preferred Stock at  a redemption price equal  to 113.0% of the  Specified
Amount  thereof plus  all accrued  and unpaid  Liquidated Damages  and dividends
(excluding any  Accumulated  Dividends but  including  an amount  equal  to  the
prorated  dividend from the  immediately preceding Dividend  Accrual Date to the
redemption date), if any, with the proceeds  of one or more public offerings  of
the  common stock of Holdings; PROVIDED that at least $50.0 million in aggregate
Specified Amount of Senior Preferred Stock remains outstanding immediately after
the occurrence of  such redemption;  and PROVIDED FURTHER  that such  redemption
shall  occur  within 45  days of  the date  of  the closing  of any  such public
offering.
 
                                       74
<PAGE>
    MANDATORY.   On December  15, 2006, the  Company will be  required to redeem
(subject to the legal availability of funds therefor) all outstanding shares  of
Senior  Preferred Stock at a price equal to the Specified Amount thereof plus an
amount in cash equal to all accrued and unpaid Liquidated Damages and  dividends
(excluding Accumulated Dividends), if any, to the date of redemption.
 
EXCHANGE
 
    On  any Dividend Payment Date, the Company  may, at its option, exchange all
but not less  than all  shares of Senior  Preferred Stock  then outstanding  for
Exchange Debentures (the date of such exchange being herein called the "Exchange
Date").  See "Description of the Exchange Debentures" for a summary of the terms
of the  Exchange Debentures.  Notwithstanding anything  to the  contrary in  the
foregoing,  the Company will not  be entitled to make  the exchange if a default
under the Exchange Debenture Indenture  would result from the exchange.  Holders
of  the outstanding  shares of  the Senior Preferred  Stock will  be entitled to
receive a principal amount of Exchange Debentures equal to the Specified  Amount
of  the Senior Preferred Stock held by such  holder at the time of exchange plus
cash in  an  amount equal  to  all accrued  and  unpaid Liquidated  Damages  and
dividends (excluding any Accumulated Dividends), if any, thereon to the Exchange
Date.
 
    The  Exchange Debentures  will be  issuable in  denominations of  $1,000 and
integral multiples thereof. An amount  in cash will be  paid to holders for  any
principal  amount of Exchange  Debentures otherwise issuable  which is less than
$1,000. Notice of the intention to exchange will be sent by or on behalf of  the
Company  not more than 60 days nor less than 30 days prior to the Exchange Date,
by first  class  mail, postage  prepaid,  to each  holder  of record  of  Senior
Preferred  Stock  at  its registered  address.  In addition  to  any information
required by law or  by the applicable  rules of any  exchange upon which  Senior
Preferred  Stock may be listed  or admitted to trading,  such notice will state:
(i) the Exchange  Date; (ii)  the place or  places where  certificates for  such
shares  are to  be surrendered  for exchange;  and (iii)  that dividends  on the
shares to be exchanged will cease to  accrue on the Exchange Date. If notice  of
any  exchange has been properly given, and if on or before the Exchange Date the
Exchange Debentures will have been duly executed and authenticated and an amount
in cash  equal  to all  accrued  and  unpaid Liquidated  Damages  and  dividends
(excluding  any Accumulated Dividends), if any, thereon to the Exchange Date has
been deposited with the transfer agent, then on and after the close of  business
on  the Exchange Date, the shares of Senior Preferred Stock to be exchanged will
no longer be deemed to be outstanding and will not have the status of shares  of
Senior Preferred Stock, and all rights of the holders thereof as shareholders of
the  Company will cease, except the right  of the holder thereof to receive upon
surrender of  their certificates  the Exchange  Debentures and  all accrued  and
unpaid  Liquidated Damages and dividends  (excluding any Accumulated Dividends),
if any, thereon to the Exchange Date.
 
    The Credit Agreement and the Indenture will contain limitations with respect
to the Company's ability to issue the Exchange Debentures, and any future credit
agreements or other agreements relating to its indebtedness to which the Company
becomes a party may contain similar limitations.
 
LIQUIDATION PREFERENCE
 
    Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up  of
the  Company, holders of Senior Preferred Stock  will be entitled to payment out
of the assets of the Company available for distribution the Specified Amount per
share of Senior  Preferred Stock held  by such holder,  plus accrued and  unpaid
Liquidated  Damages and dividends (excluding  Accumulated Dividends), if any, to
the date fixed for liquidation, dissolution  or winding up (including an  amount
equal  to a prorated dividend  from the last payment date  to the date fixed for
liquidation, dissolution or winding-up), before any distribution is made on  any
Junior  Securities, including, without limitation,  common stock of the Company.
If upon any voluntary or involuntary  liquidation, dissolution or winding up  of
the  Company, the application of all amounts available for payments with respect
to the Senior Preferred Stock and  all other Parity Securities would not  result
in  payment  in  full  of  the Senior  Preferred  Stock  and  such  other Parity
Securities, holders of the Senior Preferred Stock and the Parity Securities will
share equally  and ratably  in any  distribution  of assets  of the  Company  in
proportion  to  the  full  amount  payable upon  liquidation  to  which  each is
entitled. After  payment in  full of  all  amounts to  which holders  of  Senior
Preferred   Stock   are   entitled,   such   holders   will   not   be  entitled
 
                                       75
<PAGE>
to any  further participation  in any  distribution of  assets of  the  Company.
However, neither the voluntary sale, conveyance, exchange or transfer (for cash,
shares  of stock, securities or other consideration) of all or substantially all
of the property or assets of the Company nor the consolidation or merger of  the
Company  with  one or  more corporations  will be  deemed to  be a  voluntary or
involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding  up of the Company, unless  such
sale, conveyance, exchange or transfer shall be in connection with a dissolution
or winding up of the business of the Company.
 
    The  Certificate of  Designations does  not contain  any provision requiring
funds to be set aside to protect the liquidation preference or Specified  Amount
of  the  Senior  Preferred  Stock,  although  such  liquidation  preference  and
Specified Amount will be substantially in excess of the par value of such shares
of the Senior  Preferred Stock. In  addition, the  Company is not  aware of  any
provision  of Pennsylvania law or any controlling  decision of the courts of the
State of  Pennsylvania that  requires  a restriction  upon  the surplus  of  the
Company  solely because the liquidation preference  or other amount payable upon
liquidation of the Senior Preferred Stock will exceed the par value.
 
CHANGE OF CONTROL
 
    Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder of shares of  Senior
Preferred  Stock will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or
any part of such holder's shares of Senior Preferred Stock pursuant to the offer
described below (the "CHANGE OF CONTROL OFFER") at an offer price in cash  equal
to  101% of the Specified Amount of  the Senior Preferred Stock plus accrued and
unpaid Liquidated Damages and dividends (excluding any Accumulated Dividends but
including an amount equal to a prorated dividend from the immediately  preceding
Dividend  Accrual Date to the  Change of Control Payment  Date (as defined)), if
any, thereon to the date of  purchase (the "CHANGE OF CONTROL PAYMENT").  Within
30  days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each
holder stating: (1) that the Change of  Control Offer is being made pursuant  to
the  covenant  entitled  "Change  of  Control" and  that  all  shares  of Senior
Preferred Stock properly tendered will be accepted for payment; (2) the purchase
price and the purchase  date, which will  be no earlier than  75 days nor  later
than  105  days from  the date  such notice  is mailed  (the "CHANGE  OF CONTROL
PAYMENT DATE"); PROVIDED that the Change of Control Purchase Date will not occur
until at least 15 days after any Change of Control Purchase Date pursuant to the
covenant entitled "Change  of Control"  in the  Indenture relating  to any  such
Change  of Control; (3) that  any shares of Senior  Preferred Stock not properly
tendered will continue to accrue Liquidated  Damages and dividends, if any;  (4)
that,  unless  the Company  defaults in  the  payment of  the Change  of Control
Payment, all shares of Senior Preferred  Stock accepted for payment pursuant  to
the  Change  of  Control  Offer  will cease  to  accrue  Liquidated  Damages and
dividends after the Change of Control Payment Date; (5) that holders electing to
have any shares  of Senior  Preferred Stock purchased  pursuant to  a Change  of
Control Offer will be required to surrender the shares of Senior Preferred Stock
or  transfer the shares of  Senior Preferred Stock by  book-entry, to the Paying
Agent at the address specified in the  notice prior to the close of business  on
the  third Business Day preceding  the Change of Control  Payment Date; (6) that
holders will  be  entitled  to  withdraw their  election  if  the  Paying  Agent
receives,  not  later than  the close  of  business on  the second  Business Day
preceding the  Change of  Control  Payment Date,  a telegram,  telex,  facsimile
transmission  or letter  setting forth  the name  of the  holder, the  amount of
Senior Preferred Stock delivered for purchase, and a statement that such  holder
is  withdrawing  its election  to  have such  shares  of Senior  Preferred Stock
purchased; and (7) that holders whose shares of Senior Preferred Stock are being
purchased only in part will be issued new certificates of Senior Preferred Stock
equal in  amount  to the  unpurchased  portion  of the  Senior  Preferred  Stock
surrendered (or transferred by book-entry).
 
    On  the Change  of Control  Payment Date,  the Company  will, to  the extent
lawful: (1) accept for payment all shares of Senior Preferred Stock or  portions
thereof  properly tendered pursuant to the  Change of Control Offer, (2) deposit
with the  Paying Agent  an amount  equal to  the Change  of Control  Payment  in
respect  of all shares of Senior Preferred Stock or portions thereof so tendered
and (3) deliver  or cause to  be delivered  to the holders  of Senior  Preferred
Stock  so  accepted an  Officers' Certificate  stating  the aggregate  amount of
Senior Preferred Stock or portions thereof  being purchased by the Company.  The
Company will promptly mail to each holder of shares of Senior Preferred Stock so
tendered the Change of Control Payment for such shares of Senior Preferred Stock
and  will  promptly mail  (or cause  to  be transferred  by book-entry)  to each
 
                                       76
<PAGE>
such holder  a new  share  of Senior  Preferred Stock  equal  in amount  to  any
unpurchased  portion  of the  Senior Preferred  Stock  surrendered, if  any. The
Certificate  of  Designations  provides  that,  prior  to  complying  with   the
provisions  of this covenant, but in any event within 90 days following a Change
of Control, the Company will either repay all of its outstanding indebtedness or
obtain the  requisite  consents, if  any,  under all  agreements  governing  its
outstanding  indebtedness  to  permit the  repurchase  of the  shares  of Senior
Preferred Stock required by  this covenant. The  Company will publicly  announce
the  results of the Change  of Control Offer on or  as soon as practicable after
the Change of Control Payment Date.
 
    The Credit Agreement and the Indenture prohibit the Company from  purchasing
any  shares of Senior Preferred Stock,  except in certain circumstances, and, in
the case of the Credit  Agreement, also provide that  a Change of Control  would
constitute   a  default  thereunder.  Any  future  credit  agreements  or  other
agreements relating to its indebtedness to which the Company becomes a party may
contain similar restrictions and  provisions. In the event  a Change of  Control
occurs  at a  time when  the Company  is prohibited  from purchasing  the Senior
Preferred Stock,  the Company  could seek  the  consent of  its lenders  to  the
purchase  of  the  Senior Preferred  Stock  or  could attempt  to  refinance the
borrowings that contain such prohibition. If the Company does not obtain such  a
consent  or  repay  such borrowings,  the  Company will  remain  prohibited from
purchasing the Senior Preferred  Stock. The ability of  the Company to  purchase
the  Senior Preferred Stock upon a Change of  Control may also be limited by the
Company's then existing financial resources. See "Risk Factors--Restrictions  on
Making  a Change  of Control  Offer; Antitakeover  Effects of  Change of Control
Provisions".
 
    The Company will comply with any  tender offer rules under the Exchange  Act
which  may then  be applicable, including  Rules 13e-4 and  14e-1, in connection
with any offer  required to  be made  by the  Company to  repurchase the  Senior
Preferred  Stock as  a result  of a Change  of Control.  To the  extent that the
provisions of any  securities laws  or regulations conflict  with provisions  of
Certificate  of  Designation,  the  Company  shall  comply  with  the applicable
securities laws and  regulations and shall  not be deemed  to have breached  its
obligations under the Certificate of Designation by virtue thereof.
 
    The  provisions relative  to the  Company's obligation  to make  an offer to
repurchase the Senior Preferred Stock as a result of a Change of Control may  be
waived  or modified  with the written  consent of  the holders of  a majority in
liquidation preference of the Senior Preferred Stock.
 
VOTING RIGHTS
 
    Holders of  the Senior  Preferred  Stock will  have limited  voting  rights,
including  (i) those  required by law,  (ii) that  holders of a  majority of the
outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock,  voting as a separate class,  will
(a)  upon the failure of  the Company (1) with  respect only to dividend accrual
periods ending after December 15,  1999, to pay, in whole  or in part, for  more
than  six consecutive dividend  accrual periods, dividends in  cash equal to the
dividend that accrued during each such  dividend accrual period, (2) to  satisfy
any   mandatory   redemption  or   repurchase  obligation   (including,  without
limitation, pursuant to any  required Change of Control  Offer) with respect  to
the Senior Preferred Stock, (3) to make a Change of Control Offer within 30 days
following  any Change of Control  or (4) to comply  with the covenants set forth
below under the caption  "Certain Covenants", (each of  the events described  in
clauses  (1), (2),  (3) and  (4) being  referred to  herein as  a "VOTING RIGHTS
TRIGGERING EVENT"), be entitled to elect  two members to the Board of  Directors
of the Company and (b) have the right to approve each issuance by the Company of
any  Senior Securities or Parity Securities (other than Senior Preferred Stock),
except that without the approval of  the holders of Senior Preferred Stock,  the
Company  may issue and have outstanding  shares of Parity Securities issued from
time to time in  exchange for, or the  proceeds of which are  used to redeem  or
repurchase,  any or all of the shares  of Senior Preferred Stock or other Parity
Securities and (c) have the right  to approve any merger, consolidation or  sale
of  assets of the Company except as  permitted pursuant to the covenant entitled
"Merger, Consolidation and  Sale of  Assets" as set  forth below  and (iii)  the
holders  of  a majority  of the  outstanding shares  of Senior  Preferred Stock,
voting as a class, will be  required for modification to the Exchange  Debenture
Indenture. Voting rights arising as a result of a Voting Rights Triggering Event
will  continue  until  such time  as  all  dividends in  arrears  on  the Senior
Preferred Stock are paid  in full or such  other Voting Rights Triggering  Event
has   been   cured  or   waived.  Under   Pennsylvania   law,  holders   of  the
 
                                       77
<PAGE>
Senior Preferred Stock are entitled to vote as a class upon a proposed amendment
to the Articles of Incorporation, whether or not entitled to vote thereon by the
Articles of  Incorporation,  if the  amendment  would  make any  change  in  the
preferences,  limitations or certain special rights  of the shares of such class
adverse to such class or authorize, or increase the number of authorized  shares
of, any class or series having a preference as to dividends or assets.
 
CERTAIN COVENANTS
 
    MERGER, CONSOLIDATION AND SALE OF ASSETS.  Without the consent of holders of
a  majority of  the outstanding  shares of Senior  Preferred Stock,  voting as a
class, the Company may not consolidate or merge with or into (whether or not the
Company is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease,  convey
or  otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in
one or more related transactions, to  another Person unless: (i) the  resulting,
surviving  or  transferee  person  (the "Successor  Company")  is  a corporation
organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof  or
the  District of  Columbia; (ii) the  Senior Preferred Stock  shall be converted
into or exchanged for and shall become shares of the Successor Company having in
respect of the Successor Company substantially the same powers, preferences  and
relative   participating,   optional   or   other   special   rights,   and  the
qualifications, limitations or restrictions  thereon, that the Senior  Preferred
Stock  had immediately  prior to such  transaction; (iii)  the Successor Company
will have Consolidated  Net Worth (immediately  after the transaction  on a  pro
forma  basis but prior to any purchase accounting adjustments resulting from the
transaction) equal to or greater than the Consolidated Net Worth of the  Company
immediately preceding the transaction; and (iv) the Company shall deliver to the
transfer  agent  prior  to  the  consummation  of  the  proposed  transaction an
Officers' Certificate and an  opinion of counsel to  the effect that such  sale,
assignment,  transfer, lease, conveyance or  other disposition complies with the
terms of the Certificate  of Designations and that  all conditions precedent  to
such  sale, assignment,  transfer, lease,  conveyance or  other disposition have
been satisfied.
 
    JUNIOR PAYMENTS.   So  long as  any  shares of  Senior Preferred  Stock  are
outstanding,  the Company will not declare, pay  or set apart for payment on any
Junior Securities  or Parity  Securities any  dividends whatsoever,  whether  in
cash, property or otherwise (other than dividends payable in shares of the class
or  series upon which such dividends are  declared or paid, or payable in shares
of Common  Stock with  respect to  Junior Securities  other than  Common  Stock,
together  with cash in lieu of fractional shares), nor will the Company make any
distribution on any Junior Securities or Parity Securities, nor will any  Junior
Security  or Parity  Security be  purchased, redeemed  or otherwise  acquired or
retired for value by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, nor will
any monies be  paid or made  available for a  sinking fund for  the purchase  or
redemption of any Junior Security or Parity Security (each, a "JUNIOR PAYMENT"),
unless  all dividends (other than dividends accruing on or prior to December 15,
1999), redemption payments,  Change of  Control Payments or  other payments  and
Liquidated  Damages, if any, to which the holders of Senior Preferred Stock will
have been entitled at  the time of  such Junior Payment will  have been paid  or
declared  and a  sum of money  sufficient for  the payment thereof  has been set
apart. Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  if the  Company is  unable to  meet  its
payment  obligations with respect  to dividends, redemption  payments, Change of
Control Payments or other payments and Liquidated Damages, if any, with  respect
to  the Senior Preferred Stock and  other Parity Securities as described herein,
holders of Senior Preferred Stock and  Parity Securities will share equally  and
ratably  in  any payments  by the  Company with  respect thereto.  The foregoing
provisions will  not prohibit:  (i) the  redemption, repurchase,  retirement  or
other  acquisition of any Junior Securities  or Parity Securities of the Company
in exchange for, or  out of the proceeds  of, the substantially concurrent  sale
(other  than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of Junior Securities of the Company
(other than any Disqualified  Stock) or out of  the proceeds of a  substantially
concurrent   cash  capital  contribution  received  by  the  Company;  (ii)  the
repurchase, redemption  or other  acquisition  or retirement  for value  of  (or
payments  to  Holdings  which are  used  by  Holdings to  repurchase,  redeem or
otherwise acquire or retire for value) any Equity Interests of Holdings held  by
employees  of Holdings, the Company or its Subsidiaries pursuant to any employee
equity  subscription  agreement,  stock  option  agreement  or  stock  ownership
arrangement;  PROVIDED that the  aggregate price paid  for all such repurchased,
redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests shall not exceed $5.0 million  in
any twelve-month period plus the aggregate cash proceeds
 
                                       78
<PAGE>
received  by the Company during such  twelve-month period from any reissuance of
Equity Interests  of Holdings  to employees  of Holdings,  the Company  and  its
Subsidiaries; (iii) the payment of distributions to Holdings pursuant to the Tax
Sharing  Agreement; or  (iv) upon  exercise of  the Warrants,  a distribution to
Holdings equal to any cash payments made by Holdings in lieu of the issuance  of
fractional Warrant Shares.
 
    TRANSACTIONS   WITH  AFFILIATES.    The  provision  of  the  Certificate  of
Designations relating to transactions with Affiliates are substantially the same
as the provisions of the Indenture  relating to such matters. For a  description
thereof,  see  "Description of  the Notes--Certain  Covenants--Transactions with
Affiliates".
 
    REPORTS.  The provisions of the Certificate of Designations relating to  the
provision  of reports and information by  the Company are substantially the same
as the provisions of the Indenture  relating to such matters. For a  description
thereof, see "Description of the Notes--Certain Covenants--Reports".
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
    The  Bank of  New York is  the transfer  agent and registrar  for the Senior
Preferred Stock.
 
                                       79
<PAGE>
                     DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCHANGE DEBENTURES
 
GENERAL
 
    The  Exchange Debentures will, if and when  issued, be issued pursuant to an
Indenture (the "EXCHANGE  DEBENTURE INDENTURE") between  the Company and  United
States  Trust Company of New York, as trustee (the "EXCHANGE DEBENTURE TRUSTEE")
a copy of which is  filed as an exhibit to  the Registration Statement of  which
this Prospectus constitutes a part. The terms of the Exchange Debentures include
those  stated in  the Exchange  Debenture Indenture and  those made  part of the
Exchange Debenture  Indenture by  reference  to the  Trust Indenture  Act).  The
Exchange  Debentures will be subject to all  such terms, and Holders of Exchange
Debentures are  referred  to the  Exchange  Debenture Indenture  and  the  Trust
Indenture  Act for  a statement thereof.  The following summary  of the material
provisions of the Exchange Debenture Indenture  is qualified in its entirety  by
reference to the Exchange Debenture Indenture, including the definitions therein
of  certain terms used  below, and the  Trust Indenture Act.  The definitions of
certain terms used  in the  Exchange Debenture  Indenture and  in the  following
summary  are  substantially the  same  as those  used  in the  Indenture.  For a
description thereof, see "Description of the Notes--Certain Definitions". For  a
description  of the registration rights with respect to the Exchange Debentures,
see "Registration Rights".
 
    The Exchange Debentures will be general unsecured obligations of the Company
and will be subordinated to all existing  and future Senior Debt of the  Company
(as  defined in the Exchange Debenture  Indenture), including the obligations of
the   Company    under   the    Credit   Agreement    and   the    Notes.    See
"--Subordination".  In  addition, the  Exchange  Debentures will  be effectively
subordinated  to  all  indebtedness   and  other  liabilities  and   commitments
(including  trade payables and lease obligations) of the Company's Subsidiaries.
Any right of the Company to receive  assets of any of its Subsidiaries upon  the
latter's  liquidation or reorganization (and the consequent right of the holders
of the Exchange Debentures to participate  in those assets) will be  effectively
subordinated  to the claims of that Subsidiary's creditors, except to the extent
that the Company is itself recognized as a creditor of such Subsidiary, in which
case the claims of the Company would still be subordinate to any security in the
assets of such Subsidiary and any indebtedness of such Subsidiary senior to that
held by  the  Company.  The principal  amount  of  Senior Debt  of  the  Company
outstanding  as of July 3, 1996 (including the Indebtedness of the Company under
the Notes) was approximately $567.2 million.
 
MATURITY AND INTEREST
 
    The Exchange Debentures will be limited in aggregate principal amount to the
Specified Amount of  the Senior  Preferred Stock exchanged  therefor, plus  such
principal  amount of additional Exchange Debentures as  may be issued in lieu of
cash interest, and will  mature on December 15,  2006. Interest on the  Exchange
Debentures  will  accrue  at the  rate  of 14%  per  annum and  will  be payable
semiannually in arrears on  June 15 and December  15, commencing with the  first
such  date to  occur after  the date of  exchange, to  Holders of  record on the
immediately preceding June 1 and December 1. Interest on the Exchange Debentures
will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if  no
interest  has been paid,  from the date  of original issuance.  Interest will be
computed on  the basis  of a  360-day year  comprised of  twelve 30-day  months.
Principal,  premium, if any, and interest and Liquidated Damages on the Exchange
Debentures will be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for
such purpose within  the City and  State of New  York or, at  the option of  the
Company,  payment of  interest and  Liquidated Damages, if  any, may  be made by
check mailed  to the  Holders of  the Exchange  Debentures at  their  respective
addresses  set forth in the register of Holders of Exchange Debentures; PROVIDED
that all payments with respect  to Global Notes will be  required to be made  by
wire  transfer of immediately available same day funds to the accounts specified
by the holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Company, the Company's
office or  agency in  New York  will be  the office  of the  Exchange  Debenture
Trustee  maintained for  such purpose.  On or  prior to  December 15,  1999, the
Company may pay all or a portion of any installment of interest on the  Exchange
Debentures  by issuing  additional Exchange Debentures  valued at  100% of their
principal  amount.  See  "Certain  Federal  Income  Tax  Considerations".  After
December  15, 1999,  interest may  only be  paid in  cash. The  Company does not
expect to pay  interest on the  Exchange Debentures  in cash prior  to June  15,
2000.  The Exchange  Debentures will  be issued  in denominations  of $1,000 and
integral multiples thereof.
 
                                       80
<PAGE>
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
 
    Except as set forth in the following paragraph, the Exchange Debentures will
not  be  redeemable  at  the  Company's  option  prior  to  December  15,  2001.
Thereafter,  the Exchange Debentures will be subject to redemption at the option
of the Company, in  whole or in  part, upon not  less than 30  nor more than  60
days'  notice, at the  redemption prices (expressed  as percentages of principal
amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages
(if applicable) thereon to  the applicable redemption  date, if redeemed  during
the twelve-month period beginning on December 15 of the years indicated below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR                                                                     PERCENTAGE
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------
<S>                                                                      <C>
2001...................................................................    104.200%
2002...................................................................    102.800%
2003...................................................................    101.400%
2004 and thereafter....................................................    100.000%
</TABLE>
 
    On  or prior to December 15, 1997, the  Company may redeem from time to time
Exchange Debentures  at a  redemption price  equal to  113.0% of  the  principal
amount  thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon
to the redemption date, with the net proceeds of one or more public offerings of
common stock of  Holdings; PROVIDED  that at  least $50.0  million in  aggregate
principal  amount of  Exchange Debentures  remain outstanding  immediately after
such redemption; and PROVIDED FURTHER that such redemption shall occur within 45
days of the date of the closing of any such public offering.
 
SUBORDINATION
 
    The  provisions  of  the  Exchange  Debenture  Indenture  relating  to   the
subordination  of  the Exchange  Debentures are  substantially  the same  as the
provisions of the Indenture relating to such matters. For a description thereof,
see "Description of the Notes--Subordination".
 
CHANGE OF CONTROL
 
    Upon the  occurrence  of  a  Change of  Control,  each  Holder  of  Exchange
Debentures  will have the right to require  the Company to repurchase all or any
part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of such Holder's Exchange
Debentures at an offer price  in cash equal to  101% of the aggregate  principal
amount  thereof plus accrued and unpaid  interest and Liquidated Damages thereon
to the date  of purchase.  The provisions  of the  Exchange Debenture  Indenture
relating to the procedures, definitions and limitations on the Company's ability
to satisfy its obligations with respect to a Change of Control are substantially
the  same as  the provisions of  the Indenture  relating to such  matters. For a
description thereof, see "Description of the Notes--Repurchase at the Option  of
the Holders--Change of Control".
 
    Except  as described above with respect to a Change of Control, the Exchange
Debenture Indenture does not contain provisions  that permit the Holders of  the
Exchange  Debentures  to  require  that the  Company  repurchase  or  redeem the
Exchange Debentures  in the  event of  a takeover,  recapitalization or  similar
restructuring.
 
    The  Credit Agreement and the Indenture prohibit the Company from purchasing
any Exchange Debentures, except in certain circumstances and, in the case of the
Credit Agreement,  also provide  that  a Change  of  Control will  constitute  a
default thereunder. Any future credit agreements or other agreements relating to
Senior   Debt  to  which  the  Company  becomes  a  party  may  contain  similar
restrictions and provisions. In the event a  Change of Control occurs at a  time
when  the Company is prohibited from purchasing Exchange Debentures, the Company
could seek the consent of its lenders to the purchase of Exchange Debentures  or
could  attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If the
Company does not  obtain such a  consent or repay  such borrowings, the  Company
will  remain prohibited from  purchasing Exchange Debentures.  In such case, the
Company's failure to purchase tendered  Exchange Debentures would constitute  an
Event  of Default under  the Exchange Debenture Indenture  which would, in turn,
constitute a  default under  the Credit  Agreement. In  such circumstances,  the
subordination  provisions  in  the  Exchange  Debenture  Indenture  would likely
restrict  payments   to  the   Holders  of   Exchange  Debentures.   See   "Risk
Factors--Restrictions  on Making a Change of Control Offer, Antitakeover Effects
of Change of Control Provisions".
 
                                       81
<PAGE>
    The Company will comply with any  tender offer rules under the Exchange  Act
which may then be applicable, including Rule 14e-1, in connection with any offer
required  to be made by  the Company to repurchase  the Exchange Debentures as a
result of  a  Change of  Control.  To the  extent  that the  provisions  of  any
securities  laws  or  regulations  conflict  with  provisions  of  the  Exchange
Debenture Indenture, the  Company shall  comply with  the applicable  securities
laws  and regulations and shall  not be deemed to  have breached its obligations
under the Exchange Debenture Indenture by virtue thereof.
 
    The provisions relative  to the  Company's obligation  to make  an offer  to
repurchase  the Exchange Debentures  as a result  of a Change  of Control may be
waived or modified  with the written  consent of  the Holders of  a majority  in
principal amount of the Exchange Debentures.
 
CERTAIN COVENANTS
 
  RESTRICTED PAYMENTS
 
    The  provisions of the Exchange  Debenture Indenture relating to limitations
on Restricted  Payments are  substantially the  same as  the provisions  of  the
Indenture relating to such matters, except that the Exchange Debenture Indenture
(i)  permits the  purchase, redemption  or other  acquisition or  retirement for
value of any Indebtedness  that is PARI PASSU  with the Exchange Debentures  and
(ii)   does  not  limit   Restricted  Investments  other   than  Investments  in
Unrestricted Subsidiaries.  For a  description of  the provisions  thereof,  see
"Description of the Notes--Certain Covenants--Restricted Payments".
 
  INCURRENCE OF INDEBTEDNESS AND ISSUANCE OF PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The  provisions of the Exchange  Debenture Indenture relating to limitations
on the incurrence of Indebtedness and issuance of preferred stock by the Company
and its  subsidiaries  are substantially  the  same  as the  provisions  of  the
Indenture  relating  to  such  matters; PROVIDED,  that  the  Exchange Debenture
Indenture provides that  the Company  or any Subsidiary  may Incur  Indebtedness
(including  Acquired Debt)  or the Company  may issue Disqualified  Stock if the
Fixed Charge Coverage  Ratio for  the Company's  most recently  ended four  full
fiscal   quarters  for   which  internal  financial   statements  are  available
immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred
or such Disqualified Stock is issued would have  been at least 1.75 to 1. For  a
description   thereof,  see  "Description   of  the  Notes--Certain  Covenants--
Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock".
 
  MERGER, CONSOLIDATION, OR SALE OF ASSETS
 
    The provisions  of the  Exchange Debenture  Indenture relating  to  mergers,
consolidations,  or sale of assets of the  Company are substantially the same as
the provisions  of  the Indenture  relating  to  such matters  except  that  the
Successor  Corporation will not  be required to  be able to  incur an additional
$1.00 of  Indebtedness.  For a  description  thereof, see  "Description  of  the
Notes--Certain Covenants--Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets".
 
  TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES
 
    The  provisions of the Exchange Debenture Indenture relating to transactions
with Affiliates are substantially  the same as the  provisions of the  Indenture
relating  to such  matters. For a  description thereof, see  "Description of the
Notes--Certain Covenants--Transactions with Affiliates".
 
  REPORTS
 
    The provisions of the Exchange Debenture Indenture relating to the provision
of reports and  information by  the Company are  substantially the  same as  the
provisions of the Indenture relating to such matters. For a description thereof,
see "Description of the Notes--Certain Covenants--Reports".
 
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
 
    The  provisions of  the Exchange Debenture  Indenture relating  to events of
defaults and  remedies are  substantially  the same  as  the provisions  of  the
Indenture  relating to such matters. For a description thereof, see "Description
of the Notes--Certain Covenants--Events of Default and Remedies".
 
                                       82
<PAGE>
NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND STOCKHOLDERS
 
    No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the  Company,
as  such, shall have any liability for  any obligations of the Company under the
Exchange Debentures and the Exchange Debenture Indenture or for any claim  based
on,  in respect of,  or by reason  of, such obligations  or their creation. Each
Holder of  Exchange Debentures  by accepting  an Exchange  Debenture waives  and
releases   all  such  liability.  The  waiver   and  release  are  part  of  the
consideration for issuance of  the Exchange Debentures. Such  waiver may not  be
effective  to waive liabilities  under the federal securities  laws and does not
affect any Holder's right  to sue under federal  securities laws for  violations
thereof.
 
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
 
    The  provisions  of  the  Exchange  Debenture  Indenture  relating  to legal
defeasance and covenant defeasance are substantially the same as the  provisions
of  the  Indenture relating  to  such matters.  For  a description  thereof, see
"Description of the Notes--Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance".
 
TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE
 
    A Holder may transfer or exchange Exchange Debentures in accordance with the
Exchange Debenture Indenture. The Registrar  and the Exchange Debenture  Trustee
may  require a Holder,  among other things,  to furnish appropriate endorsements
and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and
fees required  by law  or permitted  by the  Exchange Debenture  Indenture.  The
Company  is not required to transfer or exchange any Exchange Debenture selected
for redemption. Also, the  Company is not required  to transfer or exchange  any
Exchange  Debenture  for a  period of  15  days before  a selection  of Exchange
Debentures to be redeemed.
 
    The registered Holder of an Exchange Debenture will be treated as the  owner
of it for all purposes.
 
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
 
    The  provisions of the  Exchange Debenture Indenture  relating to amendment,
supplement and  waiver are  substantially  the same  as  the provisions  of  the
Indenture  relating to such matters. For a description thereof, see "Description
of the Notes--Amendment, Supplement and Waiver".
 
CONCERNING THE EXCHANGE DEBENTURE TRUSTEE
 
    The Exchange Debenture Indenture contains certain limitations on the  rights
of  the Exchange Debenture Trustee, should it  become a creditor of the Company,
to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain  property
received  in respect of  any such claim  as security or  otherwise. The Exchange
Debenture Trustee will  be permitted to  engage in other  transactions with  the
Company  and its Affiliates; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it
must eliminate  such  conflict within  90  days,  apply to  the  Commission  for
permission to continue or resign.
 
    The  Holders  of a  majority  in principal  amount  of the  then outstanding
Exchange Debentures will have the right to direct the time, method and place  of
conducting  any proceeding for  exercising any remedy  available to the Exchange
Debenture  Trustee,  subject  to  certain  exceptions.  The  Exchange  Debenture
Indenture provides that in the case an Event of Default shall occur (which shall
not  be cured), the Exchange Debenture Trustee will be required, in the exercise
of its power, to use the degree of care  of a prudent man in the conduct of  his
own  affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Exchange Debenture Trustee will be
under no obligation to exercise any of  its rights or powers under the  Exchange
Debenture  Indenture at the request of any Holder of Exchange Debentures, unless
such Holder shall have  offered to the Exchange  Debenture Trustee security  and
indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.
 
                                       83
<PAGE>
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
CAPITAL STOCK OF THE COMPANY
 
    The  following  description of  the  capital stock  of  the Company  and the
description of the  Company's Articles of  Incorporation and By-laws  containing
all material provisions thereof is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
Articles  of Incorporation and By-laws of the Company, copies of which are filed
as exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus constitutes a
part.
 
    The Company  was  incorporated  in  1985  under  the  Pennsylvania  Business
Corporation  Law  (the  "PBCL"). The  authorized  capital stock  of  the Company
currently consists  of (i)  1,000 shares  of Common  Stock, par  value $.01  per
share,  of which 100 shares are issued  and outstanding and held by Holdings and
(ii) 10,000,000 shares of  Preferred Stock, par value  $.01 per share, of  which
3,000,000 shares are issued and outstanding as Senior Preferred Stock.
 
    The  Company's  Articles  of Incorporation  and  By-laws  contain provisions
relating to  the limitation  of liability  of directors  and indemnification  of
directors  and  officers. The  Company's Articles  of Incorporation  and By-laws
provide that directors  shall not be  personally liable, as  such, for  monetary
damages  for any action taken,  to the fullest extent  permitted by the PBCL. In
addition, the Company's Articles of  Incorporation and By-laws provide that  the
Company  shall  indemnify  its  directors and  officers  to  the  fullest extent
authorized by applicable law,  including circumstances in which  indemnification
is otherwise discretionary.
 
    In  addition, in  the future,  the Board  of Directors  of the  Company may,
solely by action of the Board of  Directors, issue shares of preferred stock  in
one or more series and determine the designation and fix the number of shares of
each  series. The Board of Directors of the Company is further authorized to fix
and determine, solely by  action of the Board  of Directors, the dividend  rate,
premium  or  redemption  rate, conversion  rights,  voting  rights, preferences,
privileges, restrictions  and other  variations  granted to  or imposed  on  any
unissued series of such preferred stock.
            DESCRIPTION OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT AND THE A/R FACILITY
 
    On September 30, 1994, SDW Acquisition, the Investor Group and Chemical Bank
(now known as The Chase Manhattan Bank), and Chemical Securities Inc. (now known
as Chase Securities Inc.) (together "Chase") signed a commitment letter pursuant
to  which, on  December 20,  1994, the  aforementioned parties  entered into the
Credit Agreement pursuant to which the Company  was entitled to borrow up to  an
aggregate principal amount of $1.1 billion. The loan facilities were arranged by
Chase  and consist of (i)  the Term Loan Facilities,  consisting of a seven-year
senior secured term loan facility originally in an aggregate principal amount of
$305.0 million (the  "Tranche A Term  Loan"), and an  eight-year senior  secured
term loan facility originally in an aggregate principal amount of $325.0 million
(the  "Tranche B Term Loan"),  (ii) the Revolving Credit  Facility and (iii) the
Letter of  Credit Facility.  At July  3, 1996,  the aggregate  principal  amount
outstanding  of Tranche A Term Loans was $268.7 million, the aggregate principal
amount outstanding of Tranche B Term Loans was $185.0 million and the Letter  of
Credit  Facility utilization was  $170.5 million. The  Term Loan Facilities, the
Revolving Credit Facility  and the  Letter of Credit  Facility are  collectively
referred  to herein as the  "Credit Facilities". On April  26, 1996, the Company
amended its Credit Agreement to  include changes to certain provisions  relating
to  restrictive covenants  including, among other  things, the  ability to incur
debt, pay dividends  and sell  certain assets. In  addition, certain  provisions
relating  to  interest  rates,  fees,  collateral,  prepayments  and affirmative
covenants also have been  amended. Concurrently with the  above, the Company,  a
newly  established subsidiary,  S.D. Warren  Finance Co.  ("SDWF"), the  Bank of
Montreal ("BOM") and its securities unit, Nesbitt Burns Securities  ("Nesbitt"),
as  agent, entered  into a  receivables purchase  agreement whereby  BOM through
Nesbitt has agreed  to provide  a five-year, $110.0  million revolving  accounts
receivable securitization facility (the "A/R Facility"). Under this facility the
Company sells to SDWF, pursuant to a purchase and contribution agreement between
the  Company and SDWF, on  a nonrecourse basis, all  its rights and interests in
its accounts receivable. SDWF  in turn sells certain  accounts receivable to  an
unrelated  financial institution under similar terms.  The proceeds from the A/R
Facility were used  to prepay  $100.0 million of  the final  installment of  the
Tranche B Term Loan under
 
                                       84
<PAGE>
the  Credit  Agreement.  The  following  summary  containing  all  the  material
provisions of the  Credit Agreement  and the A/R  Facility is  qualified in  its
entirety  by reference  to the  complete text of  the documents  entered into in
connection therewith, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the  Registration
Statement  of which  this Prospectus constitutes  a part.  Certain defined terms
used herein have the meaning ascribed thereto in such documents.
 
  AMOUNT AND MATURITY OF FACILITIES
 
    The Tranche  A  Term  Loan  will mature  in  twelve  consecutive  semiannual
installments  commencing June 30,  1996 with a final  maturity in December 2001.
The  Tranche  B  Term  Loan  will  mature  in  fourteen  consecutive  semiannual
installments commencing June 30, 1996 with a final maturity in December 2002.
 
    The  installments of the Tranche A Term Loan and the Tranche B Term Loan due
in each calendar year will be  the following respective aggregate amounts as  of
July 3, 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            TRANCHE A TERM  TRANCHE B TERM
                                                             LOAN ANNUAL     LOAN ANNUAL
YEAR                                                            AMOUNT          AMOUNT
- ----------------------------------------------------------  --------------  --------------
<S>                                                         <C>             <C>
1996......................................................   $ 16,357,777    $  1,231,647
1997......................................................     46,736,505       2,643,294
1998......................................................     51,410,155       2,643,294
1999......................................................     51,410,155       2,643,294
2000......................................................     51,410,155      13,216,471
2001......................................................     51,410,155      35,243,922
2002......................................................             --     127,323,295
</TABLE>
 
    Loans under the Revolving Credit Facility ("Revolving Credit Loans)" will be
made,  and letters of  credit ("Letters of  Credit") will be  issued at any time
during the period from and including the Closing Date until the Revolving Credit
Facility matures in December 2001 (the "Revolving Credit Termination Date").  No
Letter  of Credit shall have an expiration  date later than the Revolving Credit
Termination Date.
 
    Standby letters of credit ("Facility  Letters of Credit") were issued  under
the  Letter of Credit Facility on the Closing Date to support an existing letter
of credit  arranged by  Scott  and to  support  the Company's  obligations  with
respect to certain indebtedness and capital and operating leases existing at the
time  of the Acquisition including certain  obligations of Scott with respect to
Warren's business that continue after  the consummation of the Acquisition.  The
amount  available under  the Letter  of Credit Facility  will be  reduced as the
Company's obligations in respect  of such indebtedness  and leases reduce  until
such  Facility matures  on the Revolving  Credit Termination  Date. The Facility
Letters of Credit may be drawn upon  from time to time in accordance with  their
terms.  If any such Facility Letter  of Credit is drawn upon  as a result of the
bankruptcy or insolvency  of Scott,  the Company's obligations  with respect  to
such  amount of  indebtedness may  be shortened  as to  maturity (from  up to 20
years, in the case of certain tax  exempt obligations, to the remaining term  of
the  Letter  of Credit  Facility)  and increased  as  to interest  rate  (from a
tax-exempt rate to the rate provided for borrowings under the Credit Agreement).
 
    The Company is required to prepay the Term Loan Facilities with (i) 100%  of
the  net  proceeds of  certain asset  sales, (ii)  100% of  the net  proceeds of
incurrences of indebtedness and (iii) 50% of the net proceeds from issuances  of
equity  after  the Closing  Date by  Holdings  or any  of its  subsidiaries. The
Company is  also required  to prepay  the Term  Loan Facilities  annually in  an
amount  equal to 75% of the Excess Cash Flow (as defined therein) of the Company
and its subsidiaries for the prior  fiscal year; PROVIDED that the Company  will
be  required to prepay annually an amount equal  to only 50% of such Excess Cash
Flow if  (a)  the  aggregate  outstanding principal  amount  of  the  Term  Loan
Facilities is less than $250.0 million and (b) the Consolidated Interest Expense
Ratio  (as defined therein) as of the last day of the fiscal quarter immediately
preceding the date  of such  prepayment (calculated  on a  rolling four  quarter
basis)  exceeds 3.00  to 1.00.  The Company  may also  make optional prepayments
without premium or penalty at any  time (subject to payment of certain  breakage
costs  if  other  than on  the  last day  of  an interest  period  under certain
circumstances). Optional prepayments shall be applied pro rata to the Tranche  A
Term  Loan  and  the  Tranche  B  Term  Loan  based  on  the  respective amounts
outstanding and shall be applied to installments
 
                                       85
<PAGE>
thereof on a pro rata basis, and  may not be reborrowed, except that the  amount
of any optional prepayments funded with the portion of Excess Cash Flow which is
not  otherwise required  to be used  to prepay  Term Loans and/or  the Letter of
Credit Facility Loans  may, at the  Company's option, be  applied to prepay  the
Tranche  A Term  Loan and/or  the Tranche  B Term  Loan in  such amounts  as the
Company may  determine with  any such  prepayment  to be  applied first  to  any
scheduled  installment due within six months of  the date of prepayment and then
to the remaining installments of  the Tranche A Term  Loan and/or the Tranche  B
Term Loan, as the case may be, on a pro rata basis.
 
  INTEREST RATE
    The  loans under the Credit  Agreement bear interest at  a rate equal to, at
the Company's option, (i) the Base  Rate plus the Applicable Margin ("Base  Rate
Loans")  or (ii)  the Eurodollar Rate  (adjusted for reserves)  as determined by
Chase for the respective interest period plus the Applicable Margin ("Eurodollar
Loans"). "Applicable Margin"  means a percentage  per annum ranging  (a) in  the
case  of Base Rate  Loans, from 1.50% to  0.00% (2.00% in the  case of Tranche B
Term Loans), and (b) in the case of Eurodollar Loans, from 2.50% to 1.00% (3.00%
in the case  of Tranche B  Term Loans), in  each case based  upon the  Company's
ability  to maintain  certain financial ratios  determined from  the most recent
financial statements of the Company calculated as of the last day of each fiscal
quarter on a rolling four  quarter basis. "Base Rate"  means the highest of  (1)
the  rate of interest publicly announced by Chase as its prime rate in effect at
its principal office in New York City,  (2) the secondary market rate for  three
month  certificates  of deposit  (adjusted  for reserves)  plus  1% and  (3) the
federal funds rate in effect from time to time plus 0.5%.
 
    The loans  under the  A/R Facility  bear interest  at a  rate equal  to  the
commercial  paper rate (the "CP  Rate"). CP Rate is defined  as a rate per annum
equal to the rate at  which the purchaser of  the accounts receivable can  issue
commercial  paper plus any commissions and  charges charged by a placement agent
or commercial paper dealer.  If the rate  agreed to by  such placement agent  or
commercial  paper dealer is a discount rate then the CP Rate shall mean the rate
resulting from converting such discount  rate to an interest-bearing  equivalent
rate.
 
    Overdue loans payable under the Credit Agreement bear interest at a rate per
annum  equal  to the  rate which  is 2%  in  excess of  the rate  then otherwise
applicable to such borrowings. Such interest is payable on demand.
 
  FEES
 
    The Company is required to pay commitment fees from 0.5% to 0.375% per annum
based  upon  the  Company's  ability  to  maintain  a  certain  financial  ratio
determined  from the most recent financial  statements of the Company calculated
as of the last day of each fiscal quarter on a rolling four-quarter basis on the
average daily  unused commitments  available  to be  drawn under  the  Revolving
Credit Facility, as in effect from time to time, to Chase for the account of the
arranged  syndicate of lenders (the "Lenders")  for the period commencing on the
Closing Date through  the maturity date  of the Revolving  Credit Facility.  The
Company  is also  required to  pay letter  of credit  fees with  respect to each
letter of credit  equal to  the Eurodollar  Rate Applicable  Margin (as  defined
therein)  in effect from time to time, plus an issuance fee of between 0.20% and
0.25%, in the case of both such fees, based on the Company's ability to maintain
a certain financial ratio. Chase and  the Lenders shall receive such other  fees
as  have been separately agreed upon with Chase and the Lenders. With respect to
the A/R Facility, S.D.  Warren is required to  pay certain fees associated  with
such  facility. Such fees  include an annual  Program Fee based  upon the unused
portion of the A/R Facility and an annual Facility Fee based on the size of  the
A/R Facility.
 
  GUARANTEES AND COLLATERAL SECURITY
 
    The  Credit Facilities are guaranteed by  Holdings and each of the Company's
U.S. subsidiaries.  The Credit  Facilities and  such guarantees  are secured  by
security  interests (subject to other liens permitted by the terms of the Credit
Facilities), to the extent permissible under applicable laws and regulations, in
(a) all of the capital  stock of the Company and  each of its U.S.  subsidiaries
and  65% of  the common stock  and 100% of  the preferred stock  of each foreign
subsidiary and (b) all assets  (subject to certain limitations), except  certain
accounts receivable, owned by the Company and its subsidiaries.
 
                                       86
<PAGE>
  COVENANTS
 
    The Credit Agreement contains restrictive covenants which limit Holdings and
the  Company and  its subsidiaries  with respect  to certain  matters including,
among other things, the ability to incur debt, pay dividends, make acquisitions,
sell  assets,  merge,  grant  or   incur  liens,  guarantee  obligations,   make
investments  or loans, make capital  expenditures, create subsidiaries or change
its line  of business.  The Credit  Agreement also  restricts the  Company  from
prepaying  certain of its indebtedness. Under  the Credit Agreement, the Company
is required to satisfy certain financial covenants which require the Company  to
maintain  specified financial  ratios and  comply with  certain financial tests,
including a minimum interest coverage ratio, a minimum debt service ratio and  a
net worth test.
 
    The  A/R  Facility  contains  restrictive covenants  which  limit  SDWF with
respect to certain matters including, among  other things, the maintenance of  a
certain  net worth and  its ability to  incur liens, extend  credit terms beyond
their stated maturity, change its  credit policy, create subsidiaries or  change
its  line  of business.  The  A/R Facility  also  limits SDWF's  ability  to pay
dividends, incur  indebtedness or  amend  other agreements  related to  the  A/R
Facility  without  the  consent of  the  Agent.  In addition,  the  A/R Facility
requires that SDWF  maintain certain ratios  related to the  performance of  the
underlying  accounts receivable, including a  delinquency ratio, a default ratio
and a loss-to-liquidation ratio.
 
  EVENTS OF DEFAULT; TERMINATION EVENTS
 
    The Credit Agreement contains customary Events of Default as well as  Events
of  Default particular  to the  ownership of  the Company  and the Transactions,
including (i)  if Sappi  or any  of  its majority  owned subsidiaries  fails  to
beneficially own at least a majority of the issued and outstanding capital stock
of the Company (on a fully diluted basis) and fails to have the right to appoint
a  majority  of the  members  of the  board of  directors  of Holdings,  (ii) if
Holdings ceases  to own  all  the capital  stock of  the  Company or  (iii)  the
occurrence of a Change in Control under the Indenture.
 
    The  A/R Facility contains certain  events ("Termination Events") particular
to SDWF  including (1)  any event  under the  Credit Agreement  which causes  an
acceleration  of the  maturity of  the debt  under the  Credit Agreement  or any
redemption, defeasance, purchase or repayment of debt under the Credit Agreement
other than those required to be made  in each case prior to the stated  maturity
thereof,  (2) any  bankruptcy proceeding or  declaration by the  Company or SDWF
that it is unable to pay its  debts generally, (3) the inability, or any  action
that  would  cease,  to  create a  valid  and  enforceable  undivided percentage
ownership interest  in  any  receivable  and  (4) a  violation  of  any  of  the
performance ratios set forth above relating to SDWF's accounts receivable.
 
                                       87
<PAGE>
                   CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
NOTES
 
  INTEREST
 
    Interest  on the Notes  will ordinarily be  taxable to a  holder as ordinary
income in accordance with a holder's regular method of tax accounting.
 
  SALE, REDEMPTION OR OTHER TAXABLE DISPOSITION OF NOTES
 
    Generally, any sale, redemption or other  taxable disposition of Notes by  a
holder  will result in taxable gain or  loss equal to the difference between (1)
the sum of the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received
with respect to such  sale, redemption or other  taxable disposition (except  to
the  extent such cash or other property is attributable to accrued interest) and
(2) the holder's tax  basis in such  Notes. A holder's tax  basis in such  Notes
will equal their purchase price. Such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss,
and  will be long-term  capital gain or loss  if the Notes had  been held by the
holder for more  than one  year at  the time of  the sale,  redemption or  other
taxable disposition.
 
SENIOR PREFERRED STOCK
 
  DISTRIBUTIONS IN GENERAL
 
    Dividends  on the Senior Preferred Stock  will be taxable for Federal income
tax purposes as ordinary dividend income to  the extent paid out of the  current
or  accumulated earnings  and profits of  the Company as  determined for Federal
income tax  purposes. To  the extent  that  the amount  of such  a  distribution
exceeds  the current and  accumulated earnings and profits  of the Company, such
excess will be treated as  a non-taxable recovery of  the holder's basis in  the
stock in respect of which the distribution is made (to the extent thereof), with
any remaining excess treated as gain from the sale or exchange of such stock.
 
    Although  it is  possible that cash  dividends will  be paid on  or prior to
December 15, 1999, it is not expected that the Company will pay any dividends on
the Senior Preferred Stock in cash for any period ending on or prior to December
15, 1999. Any unpaid dividends will accrue and compound and will be payable upon
the optional or mandatory  redemption of the Stock  or the exchange of  Exchange
Debentures  for Senior Preferred  Stock. The tax treatment  of such accruing and
compounding dividends  ("Accrued  Dividends")  is not  free  from  doubt.  Under
current  law, it  would appear  that Accrued Dividends  would not  be treated as
having been received by holders of the Senior Preferred Stock until such Accrued
Dividends were actually  paid in  cash (and would  then be  taxable for  Federal
income  tax purposes as  a dividend to  the extent of  the Company's current and
accumulated earnings and profits at such  time). The legislative history to  the
1990  amendments to  Section 305(c)  of the  Internal Revenue  Code of  1986, as
amended (the "Code"), however, grants the Service authority to issue regulations
(possibly with retroactive effect) which  would treat such Accrued Dividends  as
part of the redemption price of the stock. If Accrued Dividends were included in
the  redemption price of the Senior Preferred  Stock, a holder would be required
to take  such Accrued  Dividends into  account in  determining the  amount  that
constitutes  an excessive redemption price for purposes of Section 305(c) of the
Code, as described below under "Excessive Redemption Price". The effect of  such
treatment  would  be  to  treat  such holder  as  having  received  such Accrued
Dividends as constructive distributions at the time they accrue, rather than  at
the  time they are paid in cash. Until regulations requiring such treatment with
respect to Accrued Dividends  are issued, however, the  Company intends to  take
the  position that Accrued Dividends  on the Senior Preferred  Stock need not be
treated as received by a  holder until such time  as such Accrued Dividends  are
actually  paid to  such holder in  cash and will  report to the  Service on that
basis.
 
    Payments of Liquidated Damages with  respect to Senior Preferred Stock  will
be taxable to holders thereof as ordinary income according to their usual method
of   tax  accounting.   A  corporate  holder   will  not  be   entitled  to  the
dividends-received deduction (discussed below)  with respect to such  Liquidated
Damages.
 
    PROSPECTIVE  PURCHASERS OF SENIOR PREFERRED STOCK ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR
OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE TAX TREATMENT OF ACCRUED DIVIDENDS.
 
                                       88
<PAGE>
  EXCESSIVE REDEMPTION PRICE
 
    Under  Section  305  of  the   Code  and  Treasury  Regulations   authorized
thereunder,  if  the redemption  price  of preferred  stock  that is  subject to
mandatory redemption,  such as  the Senior  Preferred Stock,  exceeds its  issue
price  (I.E., its  fair market value  at its  date of issue)  by more  than a DE
MINIMIS amount, such excess  will be taxable as  a constructive distribution  to
the  holder (treated as  a dividend to  the extent of  the Company's current and
accumulated  earnings  and  profits  and  otherwise  subject  to  the  treatment
described  above for distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings
and profits). Such excess will be considered  DE MINIMIS if it is less than  the
product  of  (x) 0.25%,  (y) the  number of  complete years  to maturity  of the
preferred stock, and (z)  the redemption price of  the preferred stock. If  such
excess  is greater than  a DE MINIMIS  amount, a holder  of such preferred stock
would be required to treat such  excess as a constructive distribution  received
by  the holder over  the life of  the preferred stock  under a constant interest
(economic yield) method that takes into account the compounding of yield.
 
    Because the Senior  Preferred Stock was  sold with  a Warrant as  part of  a
Unit, the two instruments will likely be treated by the Internal Revenue Service
(the  "Service") as  constituting an  "investment unit"  for Federal  income tax
purposes. In such case, the  offering price of a Unit  will be allocated to  the
Senior  Preferred Stock  and associated  Warrant comprising  such Unit  based on
their relative fair  market values. The  Company has allocated  $22.6042 of  the
offering  price for  a Unit to  the Senior  Preferred Stock and  $2.3958 of such
offering price to the associated Warrant. That allocation by the Company will be
binding on each holder, unless the  holder explicitly discloses (on a  statement
attached  to the holder's  timely filed Federal  income tax return  for the year
that includes the acquisition date of the Unit) that his allocation of a  Unit's
issue price between the Senior Preferred Stock and the Warrant is different from
the  Company's allocation.  Accordingly, the  mandatory redemption  price of the
Senior Preferred Stock will exceed  such Stock's issue price  by more than a  DE
MINIMIS  amount  and  holders  will  be  required  to  treat  such  excess  as a
constructive distribution received over the life of the Senior Preferred  Stock,
as described above.
 
  DIVIDENDS TO CORPORATE SHAREHOLDERS
 
    In  general, an  actual or  constructive distribution  that is  treated as a
dividend for  Federal  income tax  purposes  and that  is  made to  a  corporate
shareholder  with respect to the Senior Preferred Stock will qualify for the 70%
dividends-received deduction.
 
    Under Section 1059 of the Code, the tax basis of Senior Preferred Stock that
has been held by a  corporate shareholder for two years  or less (ending on  the
earliest  of the date on which the  Company declares, announces or agrees to the
payment of such actual or constructive dividend) is reduced (but not below zero)
by  the  non-taxed  portion   of  an  "extraordinary   dividend"  for  which   a
dividends-received  deduction is allowed. To the extent a corporate holder's tax
basis would have been reduced below zero but for the foregoing limitation,  such
holder  must increase  the amount  of gain  recognized on  the ultimate  sale or
exchange of such Senior Preferred Stock. Generally, an "extraordinary  dividend"
is  a dividend that (1)  equals or exceeds 5% of  the holder's adjusted basis in
the Senior  Preferred Stock  (treating all  dividends having  ex-dividend  dates
within an 85-day period as a single dividend) or (2) exceeds 20% of the holder's
adjusted  basis in  the Senior  Preferred Stock  (treating all  dividends having
ex-dividend dates within a 365-day period as a single dividend). If an  election
is  made by the holder, under certain circumstances the fair market value of the
Senior Preferred  Stock  as  of the  day  before  the ex-dividend  date  may  be
substituted for the holder's basis in applying these tests.
 
    CORPORATE  STOCKHOLDERS ARE  URGED TO  CONSULT THEIR  OWN TAX  ADVISORS WITH
RESPECT TO  THE POSSIBLE  APPLICATION OF  SECTION 1059  TO THEIR  OWNERSHIP  AND
DISPOSITION OF THE SENIOR PREFERRED STOCK.
 
    A  corporate  stockholder's liability  for  alternative minimum  tax  may be
affected by the portion of  dividends received which such corporate  stockholder
deducts  (pursuant  to the  dividends-received  deduction) in  computing taxable
income. This results from the fact  that corporate stockholders are required  to
increase  alternative minimum  taxable income  by 75%  of the  excess of current
earnings and profits (with certain adjustments, but determined without regard to
the dividends-received  deduction),  over  alternative  minimum  taxable  income
(determined  without  regard  to this  earnings  and profits  adjustment  or the
alternative tax  net  operating loss  deduction,  but taking  into  account  the
dividends-received deduction).
 
                                       89
<PAGE>
  SALE, REDEMPTION OR OTHER TAXABLE DISPOSITION
 
    Upon  a sale,  redemption or other  taxable disposition  of Senior Preferred
Stock (including an exchange of Exchange Debentures for Senior Preferred Stock),
a holder generally will  recognize capital gain or  loss for Federal income  tax
purposes (except to the extent of cash payments received on the disposition that
are attributable to declared dividends, which will be treated in the same manner
as  distributions described above under "Distributions in General") in an amount
equal to the difference between (1) the sum  of the amount of cash and the  fair
market  value  of any  property  received upon  such  sale, redemption  or other
taxable disposition (the "amount  realized") and (2)  the holder's adjusted  tax
basis  in  the  stock being  disposed  of. Such  capital  gain or  loss  will be
long-term capital gain or loss if the stock had been held by the holder for more
than one year at the time of the disposition. Notwithstanding the foregoing,  it
is possible that the Service may require a holder to treat amounts received upon
the  redemption of Senior Preferred Stock or the exchange of Exchange Debentures
for Senior Preferred Stock that are  attributable to Accrued Dividends (and  not
previously  treated as  received by a  holder as a  constructive distribution as
described  above   under  "Distributions   in   General")  as   a   constructive
distribution,  regardless of  whether the  Company declares  a dividend  of such
Accrued Dividends in connection with such redemption or exchange. In such  case,
such  amounts  would be  taxable  for Federal  income  tax purposes  as ordinary
dividend income to the extent of the Company's current and accumulated  earnings
and  profits for Federal  income tax purposes  at such time  (and any amounts in
excess thereof  would be  taxable  as described  above under  "Distributions  in
General".)
 
    A  holder's initial tax basis  in the Senior Preferred  Stock will equal the
portion of the  offering price  of the Unit  allocable to  the Senior  Preferred
Stock,  as described above under  "Excessive Redemption Price". Thereafter, such
initial tax  basis  will  be  (i)  increased by  the  amount  (if  any)  of  any
constructive  distributions the holder is treated as having received pursuant to
the rules  described  above  under "Distributions  in  General"  and  "Excessive
Redemption  Price",  and  (ii)  decreased  by  the  portion  of  any  (actual or
constructive) distribution that is  treated as a tax-free  recovery of basis  as
described above under "Distributions in General".
 
    If  the Company elects to exchange  Exchange Debentures for Senior Preferred
Stock on a dividend  date, the amount  realized on the  exchange will depend  on
whether  the Exchange Debentures and/or the  Senior Preferred Stock is traded on
an established market  (as defined  in applicable Treasury  Regulations) at  the
time  of the exchange. The amount realized  will equal (i) the fair market value
of the Exchange Debentures  as of the exchange  date if the Exchange  Debentures
are  traded on an established market at such  time or (ii) the fair market value
of the Senior Preferred Stock as of  the exchange date if such Senior  Preferred
Stock  is  traded  on  an  established market  at  such  time  but  the Exchange
Debentures are  not. If  neither the  Senior Preferred  Stock nor  the  Exchange
Debentures  are so traded,  the amount realized will  equal the stated principal
amount of  the Exchange  Debentures  provided that  the  yield on  the  Exchange
Debentures  is equal to or greater  than the relevant "applicable Federal rate".
(The applicable Federal rate is a rate announced monthly by the Treasury that is
intended to reflect the average yield of United States government  obligations.)
If  neither the Exchange Debentures nor the  Senior Preferred Stock is so traded
and the yield  on the Exchange  Debentures is less  than the applicable  Federal
rate,  the amount realized will equal the  present value as of the exchange date
of all  payments  to be  made  on the  Exchange  Debentures, discounted  at  the
applicable Federal rate. It cannot be determined at the present time whether the
Senior Preferred Stock or the Exchange Debentures will be, at the relevant time,
traded on an established market within the meaning of the Treasury Regulations.
 
    Depending  upon a holder's particular circumstances, the tax consequences of
holding Exchange Debentures (described below) may be less advantageous than  the
tax  consequences  of  holding  Senior  Preferred  Stock  because,  for example,
payments of interest  on the Exchange  Debentures will not  be eligible for  any
dividends-received  deduction  that may  be available  to corporate  holders and
because, as discussed below, the Exchange Debentures permit the distribution  of
Additional  Exchange Debentures in lieu of the payment of interest in cash, such
Exchange Debentures will be issued with OID.
 
    HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE LIKELIHOOD
OF CAPITAL  GAIN  TREATMENT (IN  WHOLE  OR PART)  ON  THE REDEMPTION  OF  SENIOR
PREFERRED STOCK OR ITS EXCHANGE FOR EXCHANGE DEBENTURES.
 
                                       90
<PAGE>
EXCHANGE DEBENTURES
 
  CONSEQUENCES OF OWNING EXCHANGE DEBENTURES
 
    The  consequences of owning Exchange Debentures will depend in part upon the
facts existing at  the time of  issuance, as described  below. Accordingly,  the
ultimate  Federal  income  tax  treatment  of  the  ownership  of  the  Exchange
Debentures may differ substantially from  that described below. If any  Exchange
Debentures  are issued, the Company will report to holders on a timely basis the
reportable amount of original  issue discount ("OID")  and interest income  with
respect  to  the  Exchange  Debentures,  based  on  its  understanding  of  then
applicable law.
 
    STOCKHOLDERS ARE  URGED  TO  CONSULT  THEIR  OWN  TAX  ADVISORS  AS  TO  THE
CONSEQUENCES OF OWNING EXCHANGE DEBENTURES.
 
  ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT
 
    Because  interest  on the  Exchange  Debentures can,  at  the option  of the
Company, be paid  in cash  or in  additional Exchange  Debentures, the  Exchange
Debentures  will be  treated, for  Federal income  tax purposes,  as having been
issued with OID. Under the provisions  of the Treasury Regulations dealing  with
OID  (the  "OID  Regulations")  (i)  the  distribution  of  additional  Exchange
Debentures in lieu  of the  payment of  interest in  cash ("Additional  Exchange
Debentures")  will not  be treated as  the payment of  interest and accordingly,
(ii) an Exchange Debenture and all Additional Exchange Debentures that could  be
issued with respect thereto (if all interest payments that could be satisfied in
Additional Exchange Debentures were satisfied in Additional Exchange Debentures)
will  be treated as single OID  obligation. Accordingly, under the provisions of
the OID Regulations (i) the stated  redemption price at maturity of an  Exchange
Debenture  will be equal  to the sum of  all cash payments  due on such Exchange
Debentures and on all Additional Exchange  Debentures that could be issued  with
respect  to such  Exchange Debenture or  Additional Exchange  Debentures (if all
interest payments that could be satisfied in Additional Exchange Debentures were
satisfied in Additional Exchange Debentures), (ii) each Exchange Debenture  will
be  issued with OID in  an amount equal to the  excess of such stated redemption
price at maturity over the issue price  of such Exchange Debenture and (iii)  no
interest  payment  on  the Exchange  Debentures  or on  any  Additional Exchange
Debentures distributed with respect thereto will be treated as qualified  stated
interest  and therefore no  such interest will  be included in  income when paid
(because equivalent amounts will be included in income as OID).
 
    The holder of  an Exchange  Debenture issued with  OID will  be required  to
include  such OID in income as interest over the term of the Exchange Debenture,
in advance of  the receipt  of the  cash attributable  to such  income, under  a
constant  interest  rate  method  described  below  that  takes  account  of the
compounding of interest.
 
    The amount of OID  accruing with respect to  any Exchange Debenture will  be
the  sum of the "daily portions" of  OID with respect to such Exchange Debenture
for each  day  during the  taxable  year in  which  a holder  owns  an  Exchange
Debenture ("accrued OID"). The daily portion is determined by allocating to each
day  in any  "accrual period" a  pro rata portion  of the OID  allocable to that
accrual period. An accrual period  may be of any length  and may vary in  length
over  the term of an Exchange Debenture  provided that each accrual period is no
longer than one year and each scheduled payment of principal or interest  occurs
either  on the final day of an accrual period  or on the first day of an accrual
period. The amount of OID accruing during any accrual period with respect to  an
Exchange  Debenture will  be equal  to the  following amount:  (i) the "adjusted
issue price" of such Exchange Debenture at the beginning of that accrual period,
MULTIPLIED BY  (ii)  the yield  to  maturity  of such  Exchange  Debenture.  OID
allocable to a final accrual period is the difference between the amount payable
at  maturity and the adjusted issue price  at the beginning of the final accrual
period. If all accrual periods are of equal length, except for an initial  short
accrual  period, the amount of OID allocable to the initial short accrual period
may be computed  under any  reasonable method. The  adjusted issue  price of  an
Exchange Debenture at the beginning of its first accrual period will be equal to
its  issue  price. An  Exchange Debenture's  issue price  will equal  the amount
realized upon the exchange of Exchange Debentures for Senior Preferred Stock, as
described above  under "Sale  or  Exchange". The  adjusted  issue price  at  the
beginning  of any subsequent  accrual period will  be equal to  (i) the adjusted
issue
 
                                       91
<PAGE>
price at the beginning of the preceding accrual period, PLUS (ii) the amount  of
OID   allocable  to  the  preceding  accrual  period,  MINUS(iii)  any  payments
(including payments of cash interest)  made during the preceding accrual  period
and on the first day of such subsequent accrual period.
 
  APPLICABLE HIGH YIELD DISCOUNT OBLIGATIONS
 
    Pursuant  to  Section 163  of the  Code, a  portion of  the OID  accruing on
certain debt  instruments  will  be  treated as  a  dividend  eligible  for  the
dividends-received  deduction, and the corporation  issuing such debt instrument
will not be entitled to  deduct such portion of the  OID and will be allowed  to
deduct the remainder of the OID only when paid.
 
    This  treatment would apply to  "applicable high yield discount obligations"
("AHYDO"), that is, debt instruments that have  a term of more than five  years,
have  a yield to maturity that equals or exceeds five percentage points over the
"applicable Federal  rate" and  have  "significant" OID.  A debt  instrument  is
treated  as  having "significant"  OID  if the  aggregate  amount that  would be
includible in gross  income with  respect to  such debt  instrument for  periods
before  the close of any  accrual period ending after  the date five years after
the date of issue exceeds the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of interest to  be
paid  in cash under the debt instrument  before the close of such accrual period
and (ii) the product of the initial issue price of such debt instrument and  its
yield  to  maturity. Because  the  amount of  OID  attributable to  the Exchange
Debentures will be determined  at the time such  Exchange Debentures are  issued
and  the applicable Federal rate at the  time the Exchange Debentures are issued
is not predictable, it  is impossible to determine  at the present time  whether
the Exchange Debentures will be treated as an AHYDO.
 
    If the Exchange Debentures are treated as AHYDO's, a holder would be treated
as  receiving  dividend  income (to  the  extent  of the  Company's  current and
accumulated earnings and profits) solely for purposes of the  dividends-received
deduction  in an amount equal  to the "disqualified portion"  of the OID of such
AHYDO. The "disqualified portion" of the OID  is equal to the lesser of (i)  the
amount  of the OID or (ii) the portion  of the "total return" (the excess of all
payments to be made with respect  to the Exchange Debenture obligation over  its
issue price) on the Exchange Debenture that bears the same ratio to the Exchange
Debenture's  total return as  the "disqualified yield" (the  extent to which the
yield exceeds  the  applicable Federal  rate  plus  6%) bears  to  the  Exchange
Debenture's  yield to maturity. To the extent the Company's earnings and profits
are insufficient,  any  portion  of  the OID  that  otherwise  would  have  been
recharacterized  as a dividend for  purposes of the dividends-received deduction
will continue to be taxed  as ordinary OID income  in accordance with the  rules
described  above. The Company's deduction for OID will be substantially deferred
with respect to an Exchange Debenture that is treated as an AHYDO. In  addition,
such  deduction will be  disallowed to the  extent that the  yield on such AHYDO
exceeds the applicable Federal rate by more than 6%.
 
  SALE, REDEMPTION OR OTHER TAXABLE DISPOSITION OF EXCHANGE DEBENTURES
 
    Generally, any  sale,  redemption  other  taxable  disposition  of  Exchange
Debentures  by  a  holder will  result  in taxable  gain  or loss  equal  to the
difference between (1) the sum of the  amount of cash and the fair market  value
of  any property received upon such sale,  redemption or disposition and (2) the
holder's adjusted tax basis in such Exchange Debentures. The adjusted tax  basis
of  a holder  in such  Exchange Debentures  will equal  the issue  price of such
Exchange Debentures, increased by any OID on the Exchange Debentures  previously
included  in  such  holder's  income, and  reduced  by  any  payments (including
payments of cash interest) previously made on the Exchange Debentures. Such gain
or loss will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss
if the Exchange Debentures had been held by the holder for more than one year at
the time of the sale, redemption or disposition.
 
BACKUP WITHHOLDING
 
    In general, a noncorporate  holder of Securities will  be subject to  backup
withholding at the rate of 31% with respect to reportable payments of dividends,
interest, or OID accrued with respect to, or the proceeds of a sale, exchange or
redemption  of, Securities, as the case may be, if the holder fails to provide a
taxpayer identification  number  or certification  of  foreign or  other  exempt
status  or fails to report in full dividend and interest income. Amounts paid as
backup withholding do  not constitute  an additional  tax and  will be  credited
against the holder's Federal income tax liabilities.
 
                                       92
<PAGE>
    THE  FOREGOING  SUMMARY IS  INCLUDED  HEREIN FOR  GENERAL  INFORMATION ONLY.
ACCORDINGLY, EACH HOLDER OF SECURITIES SHOULD  CONSULT WITH ITS OWN TAX  ADVISOR
AS  TO  THE  SPECIFIC TAX  CONSEQUENCES  TO  SUCH HOLDER  OF  THE  OWNERSHIP AND
DISPOSITION OF SUCH SECURITIES, INCLUDING  THE APPLICATION AND EFFECT OF  STATE,
LOCAL AND FOREIGN INCOME AND OTHER TAX LAWS.
 
                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
 
    This Prospectus has been prepared for use by DLJSC in connection with offers
and  sales of  the Securities  in market making  transactions. DLJSC  may act as
principal or agent in such transactions.  DLJSC has advised the Company that  it
currently makes a market in the Securities, but it is not obligated to do so and
may  discontinue any such market making at any time without notice. Accordingly,
there can be no assurance that an  active trading market will be maintained  for
the Securities.
 
    DLJSC  is an  affiliate of certain  stockholders of Holdings,  of which S.D.
Warren is a wholly owned  subsidiary. As of the  date of this Prospectus,  these
affiliates  owned an  aggregate of 6,593,749  shares of  Common Stock (including
3,468,749 shares  subject to  Class B  Warrants) or  18.35% of  the  outstanding
Common  Stock  on a  fully  diluted basis.  In  addition, John  S.  Chalsty, the
president and chief executive officer of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette, Inc.,  an
affiliate of DLJSC, and Peter T. Grauer, Managing Director of DLJMB an affiliate
of  DLJSC, are  members of  the board  of directors  of Holdings.  See "Security
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management".
    Pursuant to  the Shareholders  Agreement, certain  affiliates of  DLJSC  are
entitled  to designate one of Holdings' directors and have certain other rights.
See "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
Management--Shareholders Agreement". Certain  benefits to each  party under  the
Shareholders  Agreement  terminate,  however,  if  such  party  no  longer  owns
specified minimum amounts of Common Stock.
 
PRIOR RELATIONSHIPS
 
    In connection with the Acquisition the Company sold to DLJSC $375 million of
the SDW Acquisition Notes, $75 million of SDW Acquisition Senior Preferred Stock
and  898,440  Class  A  Warrants,  less  the  aggregate  discount  to  DLJSC  of
$13,950,000.  DLJSC  was  also  reimbursed  for  certain  out-of-pocket expenses
incurred by DLJSC in connection therewith.
 
    Pursuant to a  letter agreement dated  October 6, 1994,  DLJ Bridge  Funding
Inc., an affiliate of DLJSC made a commitment to purchase $375 million of senior
subordinated  bridge notes in connection with  the Acquisition, in the event the
Note Offering did not  occur. DLJ Bridge Funding  Inc., received customary  fees
for making such commitment
 
    The  Company also  agreed to  pay certain  fees, reimburse  expenses for and
provide indemnification to members of the Investor Group and transferees,  which
group  includes certain affiliates of DLJSC,  in connection with the Acquisition
and related  transactions including  various registration  rights. See  "Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions".
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The balance sheet data as of September 24, 1994, and September 27, 1995, the
statements  of operations,  changes in  parent's equity  and cash  flows for the
twelve months ended December 25, 1993, the nine months ended September 24,  1994
and  the three months ended December 20, 1994, and the statements of operations,
changes in  stockholder's  equity and  cash  flows  for the  nine  months  ended
September  27,  1995  included  in this  Prospectus  and  the  related Financial
Statement Schedule included elsewhere in  this Registration Statement have  been
so  included  herein in  reliance  upon the  report  of Deloitte  &  Touche LLP,
independent accountants, which expresses an unqualified opinion and includes  an
explanatory   paragraph  relating  to  the   comparability  of  the  Predecessor
Corporation's Financial  Statements given  upon the  authority of  that firm  as
experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                                       93
<PAGE>
                              S.D. WARREN COMPANY
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGES
                                                                                                                -----
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Independent Auditors' Report...............................................................................         F-2
Financial Statements of S.D. Warren Company
  Statements of Operations for the twelve months ended December 25, 1993, the nine months ended September
   24, 1994, the period September 25, 1994 through December 20, 1994 and the period December 21, 1994
   through September 27, 1995..............................................................................         F-3
  Balance Sheets as of September 24, 1994 and September 27, 1995...........................................         F-4
  Statements of Cash Flows for the twelve months ended December 25, 1993, the nine months ended September
   24, 1994, the period September 25, 1994 through December 20, 1994 and the period December 21, 1994
   through September 27, 1995..............................................................................         F-5
  Statements of Changes in Parent's Equity for the twelve months ended December 25, 1993, the nine months
   ended September 24, 1994 and the period September 25, 1994 through December 20, 1994....................         F-6
  Statement of Changes in Stockholder's Equity for the period December 21, 1994 through September 27,
   1995....................................................................................................         F-7
  Notes to Financial Statements............................................................................         F-8
Financial Statement Schedule
  II--Valuation and Qualifying Accounts....................................................................        F-31
Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements of S.D. Warren Company
  Unaudited Condensed Statements of Operations for the period September 25, 1994 through December 20, 1994,
   the period December 21, 1994 through June 28, 1995 and the nine months ended July 3, 1996...............        F-32
  Unaudited Condensed Balance Sheets as of September 27, 1995 and July 3, 1996.............................        F-33
  Unaudited Condensed Statements of Cash Flows for the period September 25, 1994 through December 20, 1994,
   the period December 21, 1994 through June 28, 1995 and the nine months ended July 3, 1996...............        F-34
  Notes to Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements........................................................        F-35
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
To the Board of Directors of
 S.D. Warren Company and subsidiaries:
    We  have audited the  consolidated balance sheet of  S.D. Warren Company and
subsidiaries  (the  "Company")  as  of  September  27,  1995  and  the   related
consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholder's equity, and cash
flows for the period December 21, 1994 (commencing with the acquisition) through
September  27, 1995.  We have  also audited the  combined balance  sheet of S.D.
Warren Company and certain related affiliates (the "Predecessor Corporation") as
of September 24, 1994 and the related combined statements of operations, changes
in parent's equity, and  cash flows for the  twelve month period ended  December
25,  1993, the  nine month period  ended September  24, 1994 and  for the period
September 25,  1994 through  December 20,  1994. Our  audits also  included  the
financial statement schedule listed in the Index. These financial statements and
financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management.
Our  responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based
on our audits.
 
    We conducted  our  audits in  accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles used  and  significant estimates  made  by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
    As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, S.D. Warren Company  and
certain  related  affiliates  were  acquired effective  December  20,  1994. The
transaction was accounted for  using the purchase  method of accounting  whereby
the  purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed
based on their respective  fair values. Accordingly, the  balance sheet and  the
statements  of  operations, changes  in parent's  equity and  cash flows  of the
Predecessor Corporation for the  periods referred to in  the first paragraph  of
this report are not comparable with those presented for the Company.
    In  our opinion, such  consolidated financial statements  present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of September 27,
1995 and the results  of their operations  and their cash  flows for the  period
December  21, 1994 (commencing with the  acquisition) through September 27, 1995
in conformity  with  generally  accepted accounting  principles.  Also,  in  our
opinion,  the  combined  financial  statements  of  the  Predecessor Corporation
present fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of  the
Predecessor  Corporation  at  September  24,  1994  and  the  results  of  their
operations, and their cash flows for the twelve month period ended December  25,
1993,  the  nine  month period  ended  September  24, 1994  and  for  the period
September 25,  1994  through December  20,  1994 in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting principles. Also, in  our opinion, such financial statement
schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as
a whole, presents  fairly in  all material  respects the  information set  forth
therein.
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
September 11, 1996
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                              S.D. WARREN COMPANY
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                        (in millions, except share data)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PERIOD            PERIOD
                                    TWELVE MONTHS                        SEPTEMBER 25,     DECEMBER 21,
                                        ENDED       NINE MONTHS ENDED        1994              1994
                                     DECEMBER25,      SEPTEMBER 24,         THROUGH           THROUGH
                                        1993              1994         DECEMBER20, 1994    SEPTEMBER27,
                                   ---------------  -----------------  -----------------       1995
                                     S.D. WARREN       S.D. WARREN        S.D. WARREN     ---------------
                                     COMPANY AND       COMPANY AND        COMPANY AND       S.D. WARREN
                                   CERTAIN RELATED   CERTAIN RELATED    CERTAIN RELATED     COMPANY AND
                                     AFFILIATES        AFFILIATES         AFFILIATES       SUBSIDIARIES
                                    (PREDECESSOR)     (PREDECESSOR)      (PREDECESSOR)      (SUCCESSOR)
                                   ---------------  -----------------  -----------------  ---------------
Sales............................     $ 1,143.6         $   828.8          $   313.6         $ 1,155.8
<S>                                <C>              <C>                <C>                <C>
Cost of goods sold...............         975.5             722.4              263.7             886.0
                                   ---------------         ------             ------      ---------------
Gross profit.....................         168.1             106.4               49.9             269.8
Selling, general and
  administrative expense.........          91.7              72.1               22.2              96.7
Restructuring....................          66.1            --                 --                --
                                   ---------------         ------             ------      ---------------
Income from operations...........          10.3              34.3               27.7             173.1
Other income (expense), net......           0.1               0.1               (0.5)              3.2
Interest expense.................           8.5               6.4                2.3             106.0
                                   ---------------         ------             ------      ---------------
Income before income taxes.......           1.9              28.0               24.9              70.3
Income tax expense...............           6.5              11.2                9.9              28.2
                                   ---------------         ------             ------      ---------------
Net income (loss)................          (4.6)             16.8               15.0              42.1
Dividends and accretion on
  preferred stock................        --                --                 --                   9.1
                                   ---------------         ------             ------      ---------------
Net income (loss) applicable to
  common stockholder.............     $    (4.6)        $    16.8          $    15.0         $    33.0
                                   ---------------         ------             ------      ---------------
                                   ---------------         ------             ------      ---------------
Net earnings per common share (in
  millions)......................                                                            $    0.33
                                                                                          ---------------
                                                                                          ---------------
Weighted average number of shares
  outstanding....................                                                                  100
                                                                                          ---------------
                                                                                          ---------------
</TABLE>
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                              S.D. WARREN COMPANY
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                        (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               SEPTEMBER 24,
                                                                   1994         SEPTEMBER 27,
                                                              ---------------       1995
                                                                S.D. WARREN    ---------------
                                                                COMPANY AND      S.D. WARREN
                                                              CERTAIN RELATED    COMPANY AND
                                                                AFFILIATES      SUBSIDIARIES
                                                               (PREDECESSOR)     (SUCCESSOR)
                                                              ---------------  ---------------
Current Assets:
<S>                                                           <C>              <C>
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................     $     4.7        $    62.2
  Trade accounts receivable, net............................          69.8            129.4
  Other receivables.........................................          21.7             24.5
  Inventories...............................................         135.7            226.5
  Deferred income taxes.....................................          38.5              8.9
  Other current assets......................................           3.6             11.1
                                                              ---------------  ---------------
      Total current assets..................................         274.0            462.6
Plant assets, net...........................................       1,341.7          1,150.7
Timber resources, at cost less timber harvested.............          28.1             98.4
Goodwill, net...............................................        --                 98.1
Deferred financing fees, net................................        --                 53.1
Other assets, net...........................................          33.1             24.7
                                                              ---------------  ---------------
      Total assets..........................................     $ 1,676.9        $ 1,887.6
                                                              ---------------  ---------------
                                                              ---------------  ---------------
                             LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Current maturities of long term debt......................     $     3.0        $    78.6
  Accounts payable..........................................          73.0            112.2
  Accrued and other current liabilities.....................          41.8             94.2
                                                              ---------------  ---------------
      Total current liabilities.............................         117.8            285.0
                                                              ---------------  ---------------
Long term debt:
  Term loans................................................        --                553.8
  Senior subordinated notes.................................        --                375.0
  Other.....................................................         116.8            120.0
                                                              ---------------  ---------------
                                                                     116.8          1,048.8
                                                              ---------------  ---------------
Deferred income taxes.......................................         211.9             21.2
                                                              ---------------  ---------------
Other liabilities...........................................          93.9             93.3
                                                              ---------------  ---------------
      Total liabilities.....................................         540.4          1,448.3
                                                              ---------------  ---------------
Commitments and contingencies (Note 15)
Series B redeemable exchangeable preferred stock
  (liquidation value, $83.5 million)........................        --                 74.5
                                                              ---------------  ---------------
Stockholder's equity:
  Common stock ($.01 par value; 1,000 shares authorized; 100
   shares issued and outstanding at September 27, 1995).....        --               --
  Capital in excess of par value............................        --                331.8
  Retained earnings.........................................        --                 33.0
  Parent's equity...........................................       1,136.5           --
                                                              ---------------  ---------------
      Total stockholder's equity............................       1,136.5            364.8
                                                              ---------------  ---------------
      Total liabilities and stockholder's equity............     $ 1,676.9        $ 1,887.6
                                                              ---------------  ---------------
                                                              ---------------  ---------------
</TABLE>
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                              S.D. WARREN COMPANY
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              PERIOD            PERIOD
                                                         NINE MONTHS       SEPTEMBER 25,     DECEMBER 21,
                                     TWELVE MONTHS          ENDED              1994              1994
                                         ENDED          SEPTEMBER 24,         THROUGH           THROUGH
                                   DECEMBER 25, 1993        1994         DECEMBER 20, 1994   SEPTEMBER 27,
                                   -----------------  -----------------  -----------------       1995
                                      S.D. WARREN        S.D. WARREN        S.D. WARREN     ---------------
                                      COMPANY AND        COMPANY AND        COMPANY AND       S.D. WARREN
                                    CERTAIN RELATED    CERTAIN RELATED    CERTAIN RELATED     COMPANY AND
                                      AFFILIATES         AFFILIATES         AFFILIATES       SUBSIDIARIES
                                     (PREDECESSOR)      (PREDECESSOR)      (PREDECESSOR)      (SUCCESSOR)
                                   -----------------  -----------------  -----------------  ---------------
Cash Flows from Operating
  Activities:
<S>                                <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>
  Net income (loss)..............      $    (4.6)         $    16.8          $    15.0         $    42.1
  Adjustments to reconcile net
   income (loss) to net cash
   provided by operating
   activities:
    Depreciation, cost of timber
     harvested and
     amortization................           93.1               71.6               28.8              89.8
    Deferred income taxes........            1.0                8.4               15.8              12.3
    Gains on asset sales.........           (4.6)                --                 --                --
  Changes in assets and
   liabilities net of the effect
   of the Acquisition:
    Trade accounts receivable,
     net.........................            2.8               (9.8)              (1.7)            (23.0)
    Inventories..................          (13.4)             (13.0)               5.4             (57.6)
    Accounts payable, accrued and
     other current liabilities...          (17.7)             (19.3)              18.6              66.3
    Accruals for restructuring
     programs....................           65.3              (28.4)             (12.7)               --
    Other assets and
     liabilities.................            8.4                1.5              (15.5)              6.1
                                          ------             ------             ------      ---------------
      Net cash provided by
       operating activities......          130.3               27.8               53.7             136.0
                                          ------             ------             ------      ---------------
Cash Flows from Investing
  Activities:
  Acquisition, net of related
   costs.........................             --                 --                 --          (1,455.9)
  Investments in plant assets and
   timber resources..............          (68.9)             (32.3)             (14.5)            (33.7)
  Proceeds from asset sales......            4.7                 --                 --                --
  Other investing activities.....           (9.5)             (14.1)                --                --
                                          ------             ------             ------      ---------------
      Net cash used in investing
       activities................          (73.7)             (46.4)             (14.5)         (1,489.6)
                                          ------             ------             ------      ---------------
Cash Flows from Financing
  Activities:
  Proceeds from long-term debt...           29.8                0.9                 --           1,105.7
  Repayments of long-term debt...          (31.2)              (5.4)              (0.5)           (162.1)
  Proceeds from equity
   contribution..................             --                 --                 --             331.8
  Proceeds from issuance of
   preferred stock, net of
   expenses......................             --                 --                 --              65.4
  Predecessor Corporation's
   parent company capital
   (withdrawals) infusions,
   net...........................          (54.1)              25.4               31.6                --
  Other financing activities.....           (0.3)               0.3                 --                --
                                          ------             ------             ------      ---------------
      Net cash provided by (used
       in) financing
       activities................          (55.8)              21.2               31.1           1,340.8
                                          ------             ------             ------      ---------------
Net change in cash and cash
  equivalents....................            0.8                2.6               70.3             (12.8)
Cash and cash equivalents, at
  beginning of period............            1.3                2.1                4.7              75.0
                                          ------             ------             ------      ---------------
Cash and cash equivalents, at end
  of period......................      $     2.1          $     4.7          $    75.0         $    62.2
                                          ------             ------             ------      ---------------
                                          ------             ------             ------      ---------------
</TABLE>
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                              S.D. WARREN COMPANY
                    STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN PARENT'S EQUITY
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         PARENT'S
                                                                                                          EQUITY
                                                                                                         ---------
<S>                                                                                                      <C>
Balance, December 27, 1992.............................................................................  $ 1,152.3
Net loss...............................................................................................       (4.6)
Foreign currency translation adjustment................................................................       (2.1)
Capital withdrawal, net................................................................................      (54.1)
Minimum pension liability adjustment...................................................................       (3.4)
                                                                                                         ---------
Balance, December 25, 1993.............................................................................    1,088.1
Net income.............................................................................................       16.8
Foreign currency translation adjustment................................................................        1.2
Capital infusion, net..................................................................................       25.4
Minimum pension liability adjustment...................................................................        5.0
                                                                                                         ---------
Balance, September 24, 1994............................................................................    1,136.5
Net income.............................................................................................       15.0
Foreign currency translation adjustment................................................................        1.0
Capital infusion, net..................................................................................       66.6
                                                                                                         ---------
Balance, December 20, 1994 (Prior to Acquisition)......................................................  $ 1,219.1
                                                                                                         ---------
                                                                                                         ---------
</TABLE>
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                              S.D. WARREN COMPANY
                  STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
                        (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               COMMON STOCK        CAPITAL IN
                                                                         ------------------------   EXCESS OF    RETAINED
                                                                           SHARES      PAR VALUE    PAR VALUE    EARNINGS
                                                                         -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                      <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Balance, December 21, 1994.............................................         100    $      --    $      --    $      --
Equity contribution from SDW Holdings Corporation......................          --           --        331.8           --
Net income.............................................................          --           --           --         42.1
Dividends accrued on Senior preferred stock............................          --           --           --         (8.5)
Accretion to liquidation preference value on Senior preferred stock....          --           --           --         (0.6)
                                                                                ---        -----   -----------       -----
Balance, September 27, 1995............................................         100    $      --    $   331.8    $    33.0
                                                                                ---        -----   -----------       -----
                                                                                ---        -----   -----------       -----
</TABLE>
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                              S.D. WARREN COMPANY
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1--BUSINESS, FORMATION AND ACQUISITION
 
  BUSINESS
 
    S.D.  Warren Company ("S.D. Warren", "Warren" or the "Company") manufactures
printing, publishing and specialty papers and has pulp and timberland operations
vertically integrated with certain of its manufacturing facilities. The  Company
currently  operates four paper  mills, a sheeting  and distribution facility and
owns approximately 911,000 acres of timberlands in the State of Maine.
 
  FORMATION AND ACQUISITION
 
    As of October8,  1994, SDW  Acquisition Corporation  ("SDW Acquisition"),  a
direct wholly owned subsidiary of SDW Holdings Corporation ("Holdings"), entered
into  a definitive agreement (the "Stock Purchase Agreement") pursuant to which,
on December 20, 1994,  SDW Acquisition acquired  (the "Acquisition") from  Scott
Paper  Company ("Scott") all of the outstanding  capital stock of Warren, then a
wholly owned  subsidiary  of Scott,  and  certain related  affiliates  of  Scott
(referred to herein as the "Predecessor Corporation"). Immediately following the
Acquisition,  SDW Acquisition merged  with and into  Warren (the "Merger"), with
Warren (the "Successor Corporation") surviving. Scott has since been acquired by
Kimberly-Clark Corporation.
 
    The Acquisition was accounted for as a purchase, applying the provisions  of
Accounting  Principles Board Opinion ("APB") No.  16. The final purchase cost is
subject to ongoing  negotiations with  Scott in accordance  with procedures  set
forth  in the agreement  pursuant to which  the Acquisition was  effected and is
expected to be finalized either through negotiated agreement or arbitration. The
final purchase  cost  is  not  expected to  be  materially  different  from  the
estimates  currently  included  in  the  Company's  financial  statements.  On a
preliminary basis,  the  total estimated  purchase  cost of  approximately  $1.9
billion,  including  the effect  of liabilities  assumed,  was allocated  to the
assets acquired based on their respective fair values as follows (in millions):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
Plant assets......................................................  $ 1,186.0
Timber resources..................................................       98.6
Intangible assets:
  Patents.........................................................       23.0
  Goodwill........................................................      100.6
Financing fees and other assets...................................       62.8
Current assets, net realizable value in the case of inventories,
  receivables and prepaid expenses................................      436.7
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    $ 1,907.7
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Liabilities assumed  in  the Acquisition,  based  on their  respective  fair
market  values,  were  treated  as non-cash  activity  for  presentation  in the
Statement of Cash Flows. Liabilities assumed are as follows (in millions):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                   <C>
Current liabilities.................................................  $   142.6
Long term debt......................................................      121.9
Other long term liabilities.........................................       80.9
                                                                      ---------
                                                                      $   345.4
                                                                      ---------
                                                                      ---------
</TABLE>
 
    To effect  the Acquisition,  SDW  Acquisition issued  $75.0 million  of  14%
Series  A Senior  Exchangeable Preferred  Stock due  2006 (the  "SDW Acquisition
Senior Preferred Stock") and $375.0 million of 12% Series A Senior  Subordinated
Notes  due 2004 (the  "SDW Acquisition Notes") and  received $331.8 million from
Holdings as a  contribution to capital.  Immediately following the  Acquisition,
all indebtedness under the SDW Acquisition Notes was assumed by the Company (the
"Series  A Notes") and SDW Acquisition Senior Preferred Stock was converted into
an   equivalent    amount   of    the   Company's    14%   Series    A    Senior
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                              S.D. WARREN COMPANY
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 1--BUSINESS, FORMATION AND ACQUISITION (CONTINUED)
Exchangeable  Preferred Stock due  2006 (the "Old  Senior Preferred Stock"). The
Old Senior Preferred Stock and  the Series A Notes  were subject to an  exchange
offer  discussed in Notes 11 and 19.  The remaining purchase price was financed,
in part, through the credit facilities discussed in Note 11.
 
    Subsequent to the Acquisition, Warren and Scott jointly elected to treat the
stock purchase as an  asset purchase pursuant to  Internal Revenue Code  Section
338(h)(10).
 
  PRO FORMA INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
 
    The  following table sets forth pro  forma information on the Acquisition of
the Predecessor Corporation as though it  had occurred on December 26, 1993  and
September  25, 1994, and presents consolidated statements of operations data for
the nine months ended September  24, 1994 and for  the year ended September  27,
1995.
 
    Unaudited Pro Forma Statements of Operations Data (in millions):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                NINE MONTHS
                                                                   ENDED       YEAR ENDED
                                                               SEPTEMBER 24,  SEPTEMBER27,
                                                                   1994           1995
                                                               -------------  -------------
<S>                                                            <C>            <C>
Net revenues.................................................    $   828.8     $   1,469.4
                                                                    ------    -------------
                                                                    ------    -------------
Operating income.............................................         28.6           202.4
                                                                    ------    -------------
                                                                    ------    -------------
Net income (loss)............................................        (44.4)           41.0
                                                                    ------    -------------
                                                                    ------    -------------
Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholder...........        (53.0)           28.9
                                                                    ------    -------------
                                                                    ------    -------------
Net income (loss) per common share...........................        (0.53)           0.29
                                                                    ------    -------------
                                                                    ------    -------------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 2--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
    The  accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company have been
prepared on the  accrual basis  of accounting and  include the  accounts of  the
Company  and its various subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and
transactions have been eliminated.
 
    As the Acquisition resulted in a new basis of accounting and the adoption of
certain accounting  policies which  differ  from the  Predecessor  Corporation's
accounting   policies,  the  Company's  financial  statements  for  the  periods
subsequent to  the  Acquisition  date  are not  comparable  to  the  Predecessor
Corporation's financial statements for the periods prior to the Acquisition.
 
    The  following presents the significant  accounting policies of the Company.
Except as  discussed in  Note  3, the  significant  accounting policies  of  the
Predecessor Corporation are comparable to the Company.
 
  FISCAL YEAR
 
    The  Company and its subsidiaries' fiscal year ends on the last Wednesday in
September, until otherwise determined by the Company's Board of Directors.
 
  CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    Cash and cash  equivalents consist  primarily of  highly liquid  investments
with insignificant interest rate risk and original maturities of three months or
less  at the date  of acquisition. Similar  investments with original maturities
beyond  three  months  are  considered  short-term  marketable  securities.   At
September  24,  1994  and  September  27, 1995  the  Company  had  no short-term
marketable securities.
 
  OTHER RECEIVABLES
 
    Other receivables primarily represent  amounts due from  the sale of  energy
produced by the Company's cogeneration facilities.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                              S.D. WARREN COMPANY
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 2--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
  INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories at September 27, 1995 are valued at the lower of cost or market,
using  the first-in,  first-out (FIFO)  cost method.  Inventories of maintenance
parts and other supplies are based on purchase cost.
 
  PLANT ASSETS
 
    Plant assets are recorded  at cost. As  of the date  of the Acquisition,  in
accordance with APB No. 16, the Company revalued the plant assets of the Company
to  fair market  value and  revised the estimated  average useful  lives used to
compute depreciation for most of its plant  and equipment to a range from  three
to  twenty years. For financial accounting purposes, depreciation is principally
calculated by the straight-line  method over the estimated  useful lives of  the
assets.
 
    Expenditures  for renewals and betterments which increase the useful life or
capacity of plant  assets are  capitalized. On  retirements or  sales of  assets
which  have not been fully depreciated, the cost of plant assets is removed from
the asset account.  The Company records  gains and losses  on the retirement  or
sale of plant assets when realized.
 
    Interest  expense is  capitalized on major  construction projects, including
timber resources to the  extent that such  timber has not  yet matured. For  the
nine  months ended September 24,  1994 and the period  December 21, 1994 through
September 27, 1995  (the "nine months  ended September 27,  1995"), the  Company
capitalized   interest  of   approximately  $1.4   million  and   $0.9  million,
respectively. No interest was capitalized  for the twelve months ended  December
25,  1993 or the period September 25, 1994 through December 20, 1994 (the "three
months ended December 20, 1994").
 
  TIMBER RESOURCES
 
    Timber resources are recorded at  cost, which includes original costs,  road
construction  costs,  and  reforestation  costs, such  as  site  preparation and
planting costs. As of the  date of the Acquisition,  in accordance with APB  No.
16,  the Company  revalued its timber  resources to fair  market value. Property
taxes, surveying, fire control and other forest management expenses are  charged
to expense as incurred.
 
  GOODWILL
 
    Goodwill,  which  resulted  from  the Acquisition,  is  being  amortized for
financial statement purposes on a straight-line basis over 25 years. Pursuant to
Statement of  Financial Accounting  Standards  ("FAS") No.  121, on  an  ongoing
basis,  the carrying value of goodwill at the balance sheet date is evaluated on
the basis of whether anticipated operating cash flows generated by the  acquired
businesses  will recover  the recorded asset  balance over  the estimated useful
life. The  goodwill  balance  at  September 27,  1995  was  approximately  $98.1
million, net of approximately $3.1 million of accumulated amortization.
 
  DEFERRED FINANCING FEES
 
    Deferred  financing  fees, primarily  resulting  from the  financing  of the
Acquisition are being amortized  over the average life  of the related debt  and
are  recorded net of  accumulated amortization of  approximately $7.2 million at
September 27, 1995.
 
  OTHER ASSETS
 
    Other assets include intangible assets,  primarily patents, arising as  part
of  the purchase price allocation, of $21.5 million at September 27, 1995. These
intangible assets  are being  amortized  over their  estimated useful  lives  of
approximately   eleven  years.   Intangibles  are  stated   net  of  accumulated
amortization of approximately $1.5 million at September 27, 1995.
 
  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
    The Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued FAS No. 119, "Disclosure
about Derivative Financial Instruments and Fair Value of Financial Instruments."
This statement requires the disclosure of
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                              S.D. WARREN COMPANY
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 2--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
the fair value of most derivative financial instruments and amends FAS No.  107.
The  Company uses interest rate swap  agreements ("Swaps") and interest rate cap
agreements ("Caps") as a  means of managing  interest-rate risk associated  with
debt  balances. These instruments are matched with either fixed or variable rate
debt and  are  recorded on  a  settlement basis  as  an adjustment  to  interest
expense.  Premiums  paid to  purchase  Caps are  amortized  as an  adjustment to
interest expense over the life of the  contract. Cash flows from Swaps and  Caps
are classified in the Statements of Cash Flows in the same category as the items
being  hedged  or on  a  basis consistent  with  the nature  of  the investment.
Derivative financial instruments are not held for trading purposes. The  Company
adopted FAS No. 119 during 1995.
 
  INCOME TAXES
 
    The  tax provisions reflect the application  of FAS No. 109, "Accounting for
Income Taxes", for  all periods presented.  The standard requires  an asset  and
liability  approach to computing  deferred income taxes.  This approach requires
recognition of deferred tax liabilities and  assets for the expected future  tax
consequences  of events that  have been included in  the financial statements or
tax returns. Under this approach, deferred income taxes are determined based  on
the  difference  between the  financial statement  and tax  basis of  assets and
liabilities using  enacted  tax  rates in  effect  for  the year  in  which  the
differences  are expected to reverse.  Valuation allowances are established when
necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.
 
  WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE
 
    The Company is primarily  self-insured for workers' compensation  insurance.
The  self-insurance claim liability for workers' compensation is based on claims
reported and actuarial estimates of adverse developments and claims incurred but
not reported. The Company's workers' compensation liability is discounted as  it
is  several years  before the claims  related to  a particular year  are paid in
full. The liability has been actuarially determined as the Company's  obligation
and  the timing of  payments associated therewith  are reasonably estimable. The
present value of such claims was determined using discount rates of 7.0%, 8.25%,
5.5% and 5.5%  for the  twelve months ended  December25, 1993,  the nine  months
ended  September 24, 1994, the three months ended December 20, 1994 and the nine
months ended  September  27, 1995,  respectively.  The current  portion  of  the
liability  of $9.0 million and $5.6 million  at September 24, 1994 and September
27, 1995, respectively, is  included in accrued  and other current  liabilities.
The  noncurrent portion of $23.3 million and $35.0 million at September 24, 1994
and September 27, 1995, respectively, is included in other liabilities.
 
  ENVIRONMENTAL EXPENDITURES
 
    Environmental expenditures that pertain to  current operations or relate  to
future  revenues  are  expensed  or capitalized  consistent  with  the Company's
capitalization policy.  Expenditures  that result  from  the remediation  of  an
existing  condition caused by past operations, that do not contribute to current
or future revenues, are expensed.  Environmental accruals are recorded based  on
current  interpretations  of  environmental  laws  and  regulations  when  it is
probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of such liability can
be reasonably estimated. Amounts accrued are  not discounted and do not  include
third-party  recoveries. Liabilities are recognized for remedial activities when
the cleanup is probable and the cost can be reasonably estimated. All  available
information  is  considered  including the  results  of  remedial investigation/
feasibility studies  (RI/FS).  In  evaluating any  disposal  site  environmental
exposure,  an  assessment  is  made  of the  Company's  potential  share  of the
remediation costs by reference to the known or estimated volume of the Company's
waste that was sent to the site and the range of costs to treat similar waste at
other sites if a RI/FS is not available.
 
  OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE), NET
 
    Other income (expense),  net, represents  interest income on  cash and  cash
equivalents and other nonoperating income and expense items.
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                              S.D. WARREN COMPANY
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 2--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
  EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE
 
    Earnings  per common share is computed  using the weighted average number of
common shares outstanding during the period.  The Company's net income has  been
reduced by Series B preferred stock dividends to arrive at net income applicable
to the common stockholder.
 
  CASH PAID FOR INCOME TAXES
 
    Cash  paid for income taxes for the nine months ended September 27, 1995 was
$20.6  million.  In  periods  prior   to  December  21,  1994  the   Predecessor
Corporation's income taxes were paid by Scott.
 
  CASH PAID FOR INTEREST
 
    Cash paid for interest during the twelve months ended December 25, 1993, the
nine  months ended September 24, 1994, the  three months ended December 20, 1994
and the nine  months ended September  27, 1995 was  $9.9 million, $5.0  million,
$2.9 million and $75.6 million, respectively.
 
NOTE 3--BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES--PREDECESSOR CORPORATION
 
  BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
    The  combined financial statements of the Predecessor Corporation consist of
Scott's wholly  owned  subsidiary  S.D.  Warren Company  and  its  wholly  owned
subsidiaries,  as  well as  the  net assets  and  results of  operations  of the
printing, publishing, and  specialty papers businesses  in Bornem, Belgium  (the
"Belgium  Affiliate") and a  mill facility located in  Mobile, Alabama that were
owned by Scott. All significant transactions between combined entities have been
eliminated.
 
    To facilitate prompt  reporting of the  Predecessor Corporation's  financial
results,  the financial statements of the  international operation were based on
the twelve months ended November 30, 1993 for fiscal year 1993, August 31,  1994
for the nine months ended September 24, 1994 and December 20, 1994 for the three
months ended December 20, 1994.
 
    The combined financial statements include allocations of costs for services,
including  accounting and  tax, treasury  and cash  management, data processing,
legal and environmental, facility and risk management, human resources and labor
relations, and government and  public affairs. These  costs are allocated  based
upon  a  variety  of  methods,  including:  specific  identification,  based  on
estimates of  time  and services  provided;  relative identification,  based  on
relevant criteria that establishes the Predecessor Corporation's relationship to
the   entire  pool  of  beneficiaries   and  formula  driven,  not  specifically
identifiable to the Predecessor Corporation but incurred for the benefit of  all
Scott affiliates.
 
    Management   believes  the  allocations  reflected   in  the  Statements  of
Operations, while reasonable, may not  represent the cost of similar  activities
on a separate entity basis.
 
    The  Mobile,  Alabama  facility  is  located  adjacent  to  a  Scott  tissue
manufacturing facility and  as such had  historically purchased pulp,  utilities
and  other  services  from  Scott based  on  shared  cost  arrangements. Amounts
purchased were $101.5 million,  $71.0 million and $18.4  million for the  twelve
months ended December 25, 1993, the nine months ended September 24, 1994 and the
three months ended December 20, 1994, respectively.
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                              S.D. WARREN COMPANY
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 3--BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES--PREDECESSOR
CORPORATION (CONTINUED)
  PREDECESSOR CORPORATION ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    The  Predecessor Corporation had accounting policies similar to those of the
Company with the following significant exceptions:
 
    Inventory cost was determined using the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method.
 
    For certain  major capital  assets, the  Predecessor Corporation  calculated
depreciation  on the units-of-production method  during the learning curve phase
of the project. On retirements or sales of plant assets which had not been fully
depreciated, the Predecessor Corporation charged gains and losses to the related
depreciation reserve account.  The Predecessor  Corporation capitalized  certain
pre-operating  costs on  any single  capital project  for which  such costs were
expected to exceed  $3.0 million. The  capitalized costs were  amortized over  a
five year period.
 
    Income taxes for the Predecessor Corporation, through December 20, 1994 were
included  in the U.S. consolidated  federal income tax return  of Scott and on a
separate company basis for state tax purposes. For periods prior to December 21,
1994 the financial statements include a charge in lieu of tax which approximates
the federal tax provision assuming the Predecessor Corporation filed a  separate
tax return.
 
    Assets  and liabilities of the  Predecessor Corporation's foreign operations
were translated into U.S.  dollars using year-end  exchange rates. Revenues  and
expenses  of foreign operations were translated at the average exchange rates in
effect  during  the  year.   Adjustments  resulting  from  financial   statement
translations were included as a separate component of parent's equity. Gains and
losses resulting from foreign currency transactions were included in net income.
 
NOTE 4--ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                            <C>              <C>
                                                                SEPTEMBER 24,   SEPTEMBER 27,
                                                                    1994            1995
                                                               ---------------  -------------
<S>                                                            <C>              <C>
Trade accounts receivable....................................     $    76.1       $   135.0
Allowance for doubtful accounts..............................          (6.3)           (5.6)
                                                                      -----          ------
                                                                  $    69.8       $   129.4
                                                                      -----          ------
                                                                      -----          ------
</TABLE>
 
    The  Company had  sales to customers  outside of the  United States ("Export
Sales") of $67.2 million, $60.0 million, $24.7 million and $90.5 million for the
twelve months ended December 25, 1993, the nine months ended September 24, 1994,
the three months ended December 20, 1994 and the nine months ended September 27,
1995, respectively. Export  sales are primarily  to Canada, Europe  and the  Far
East.  Export  Sales  prior  to  the Acquisition  were  handled  by  the Belgium
Affiliate. During 1995, the  Belgium Affiliate was closed  and its property  and
equipment  sold.  Effective  with  the closure  of  the  Belgium  Affiliate, the
Company's sales outside  North America  are primarily handled  by Sappi  Limited
("Sappi") (see Note 20). Sappi is the largest investor in Holdings.
 
    Sales  to four customers approximated 60.3%, 58.1%, 59.1% and 61.7% of sales
for the twelve months ended December  25, 1993, the nine months ended  September
24,  1994, the three  months ended December  20, 1994 and  the nine months ended
September 27, 1995, respectively. Sales  to such customers, which  individually,
except  as indicated, exceeded 10% of total sales, are indicated as a percentage
of total sales below (in millions):
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                              S.D. WARREN COMPANY
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 4--ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  TWELVE MONTHS        NINE MONTHS         THREE MONTHS          NINE MONTHS
                      ENDED               ENDED                ENDED                ENDED
                DECEMBER 25, 1993  SEPTEMBER 24, 1994    DECEMBER 20, 1994   SEPTEMBER 27, 1995
                -----------------  -------------------  -------------------  -------------------
<S>             <C>                <C>                  <C>                  <C>
1                        21.8%               19.4%                25.9%                25.3%
2                        14.2                15.5                    *                 14.1
3                        13.2                12.9                 12.9                 14.6
4                        11.1                10.3                 12.3                    *
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
*   Less than 10% of total sales.
 
    Aggregate trade receivables from  these customers, which individually,  with
one  exception in 1995, exceed 10% of  total receivables, were $58.3 million and
$65.8 million as of September 24, 1994 and September 27, 1995, respectively.  No
other  trade receivables  were in excess  of 10%.  Each of these  customers is a
merchant that resells the Company's paper products to a wide range of end users.
The loss of any of these customers  could have a material adverse effect on  the
Company's business and results of operations.
 
    Prior  to  the Acquisition,  the  Predecessor Corporation  participated with
Scott in an agreement to sell a percentage ownership interest in a defined  pool
of   customer  receivables.  Under  terms  of  the  agreement,  the  Predecessor
Corporation retained  substantially the  same  risk of  credit  loss as  if  the
receivables  had  not  been  sold. Generally,  collections  on  receivables were
automatically reinvested in new receivables  unless either party terminated  the
agreement.  Proceeds from  the initial  sale of  receivables in  1991 were $35.0
million and this level was maintained for each period through December 7,  1994.
The  third party  financing agreement  was canceled on  December 7,  1994 and is
reflected as a  $35.0 million non-cash  financing activity in  the Statement  of
Cash  Flows. Fees for factored receivables were recorded as interest expense and
were based on the  purchaser's level of investment  and borrowing costs.  During
the  twelve months ended December 25, 1993,  the nine months ended September 24,
1994 and  the  three  months  ended December  20,  1994,  such  fees  aggregated
approximately $1.6 million, $1.2 million and $0.4 million, respectively.
 
NOTE 5--INVENTORY (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   SEPTEMBER 24,  SEPTEMBER 27,
                                                       1994           1995
                                                   -------------  -------------
Finished products................................    $    41.5      $    89.8
<S>                                                <C>            <C>
Work in Process..................................         31.3           51.0
Pulp, logs and pulpwood..........................         13.2           33.2
Maintenance parts and other supplies.............         49.7           52.5
                                                        ------         ------
                                                     $   135.7      $   226.5
                                                        ------         ------
                                                        ------         ------
Excess of replacement cost over LIFO valued
  inventories....................................    $    48.7      $  --
                                                        ------         ------
                                                        ------         ------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                              S.D. WARREN COMPANY
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
NOTE 6--PLANT ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                            <C>            <C>
 
                                                               SEPTEMBER 24,  SEPTEMBER 27,
                                                                   1994           1995
                                                               -------------  -------------
<S>                                                            <C>            <C>
Plant assets, at cost:
  Land and buildings.........................................   $     288.5    $     170.1
  Plant and equipment........................................       2,202.6        1,045.6
                                                               -------------  -------------
                                                                    2,491.1        1,215.7
Accumulated depreciation.....................................      (1,149.4)         (65.0)
                                                               -------------  -------------
                                                                $   1,341.7    $   1,150.7
                                                               -------------  -------------
                                                               -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
    As  of the  Acquisition, the  Company revalued  plant assets  to fair market
value, based upon independent appraisals, and revised the estimated useful lives
used to  calculate depreciation  for most  plant assets,  and as  a result,  the
Company's  plant asset balances as  of September 27, 1995  are not comparable to
September 24, 1994.
 
    Plant and equipment includes  assets acquired under  capital leases of  $8.0
million  and  $2.0  million  at  September  24,  1994  and  September  27, 1995,
respectively. Related allowances  for depreciation  were $5.7  million and  $1.0
million, respectively.
 
    Expenditures  for  research  and  development  are  charged  to  expense  as
incurred. Research and development costs were $15.3 million, $9.5 million,  $3.0
million  and $10.7 million  for the twelve  months ended December  25, 1993, the
nine months ended September 24, 1994,  the three months ended December 20,  1994
and the nine months ended September 27, 1995, respectively.
 
NOTE 7--DEPRECIATION AND COST OF TIMBER HARVESTED (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            TWELVE MONTHS   NINE MONTHS   THREE MONTHS    NINE MONTHS
                                                ENDED          ENDED          ENDED          ENDED
                                            DECEMBER 25,   SEPTEMBER 24,  DECEMBER 20,   SEPTEMBER 27,
                                                1993           1994           1994           1995
                                            -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Depreciation of plant assets..............    $    91.9      $    69.9      $    27.3      $    65.0
<S>                                         <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Cost of timber harvested and amortization
  of logging roads........................          0.8            0.5            0.2            1.8
                                                  -----          -----          -----          -----
                                              $    92.7      $    70.4      $    27.5      $    66.8
                                                  -----          -----          -----          -----
                                                  -----          -----          -----          -----
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 8--INCOME TAXES
    The  domestic and foreign components of income (loss) before taxes on income
are as follows
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in million):
 
<S>                                         <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
                                            TWELVE MONTHS   NINE MONTHS   THREE MONTHS    NINE MONTHS
                                                ENDED          ENDED          ENDED          ENDED
                                            DECEMBER 25,   SEPTEMBER 24,  DECEMBER 20,   SEPTEMBER 27,
                                                1993           1994           1994           1995
                                            -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Domestic..................................    $     5.1      $    24.8      $    22.4      $    67.9
Foreign...................................         (3.2)           3.2            2.5            2.4
                                                 ------          -----          -----          -----
                                              $     1.9      $    28.0      $    24.9      $    70.3
                                                 ------          -----          -----          -----
                                                 ------          -----          -----          -----
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                              S.D. WARREN COMPANY
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 8--INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    The components of the tax provisions are as follows (in millions):
 
<S>                                        <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
                                           TWELVE MONTHS   NINE MONTHS   THREE MONTHS    NINE MONTHS
                                               ENDED          ENDED          ENDED          ENDED
                                           DECEMBER 25,   SEPTEMBER 24,  DECEMBER 20,   SEPTEMBER 27,
                                               1993           1994           1994           1995
                                           -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Current:
  Federal................................    $     6.7      $     2.6      $    (5.7)     $    14.9
  Foreign................................         (1.2)           1.2            1.0            0.1
  State and Local........................       --               (1.0)          (1.2)           0.9
                                                ------          -----          -----          -----
      Total current......................          5.5            2.8           (5.9)          15.9
                                                ------          -----          -----          -----
Deferred:
  Federal................................          0.8            5.8           13.0            8.1
  Foreign................................         (0.2)        --             --             --
  State and Local........................          0.4            2.6            2.8            4.2
                                                ------          -----          -----          -----
      Total deferred.....................          1.0            8.4           15.8           12.3
                                                ------          -----          -----          -----
                                             $     6.5      $    11.2      $     9.9      $    28.2
                                                ------          -----          -----          -----
                                                ------          -----          -----          -----
</TABLE>
 
    The components of the deferred tax provision are comprised of the  following
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in millions):
 
<S>                                        <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
                                           TWELVE MONTHS   NINE MONTHS   THREE MONTHS    NINE MONTHS
                                               ENDED          ENDED          ENDED          ENDED
                                           DECEMBER 25,   SEPTEMBER 24,  DECEMBER 20,   SEPTEMBER 27,
                                               1993           1994           1994           1995
                                           -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Restructuring reserve....................    $   (22.5)     $    22.9      $     9.9      $    (0.3)
Inventory................................          0.1         --                0.1            5.3
Plant assets.............................         30.2            9.3          (17.0)          16.4
General reserves.........................         (3.6)         (16.6)          28.6            0.2
AMT credit carryforwards.................         (8.4)          (2.5)          (0.8)          (9.3)
Tax loss carryforwards...................         (0.2)          (4.7)          (5.0)        --
Effect of tax rate change................          5.4         --             --             --
Valuation allowance......................       --             --             --             --
                                                ------         ------          -----          -----
Deferred tax provision...................    $     1.0      $     8.4      $    15.8      $    12.3
                                                ------         ------          -----          -----
                                                ------         ------          -----          -----
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                              S.D. WARREN COMPANY
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 8--INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    The components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
millions):
 
<S>                                                                  <C>          <C>
                                                                      SEPTEMBER   SEPTEMBER 27,
                                                                      24, 1994        1995
                                                                     -----------  -------------
Current:
Deferred tax assets:
  Restructuring reserves...........................................   $    17.5     $     0.3
  General reserves.................................................        19.5           7.9
  Inventory........................................................         1.5           1.3
                                                                     -----------       ------
      Total current deferred tax assets............................        38.5           9.5
                                                                     -----------       ------
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Inventory........................................................      --            --
  General reserves.................................................      --               0.6
                                                                     -----------       ------
      Total current deferred tax liabilities.......................      --               0.6
                                                                     -----------       ------
Net current deferred tax asset.....................................        38.5           8.9
                                                                     -----------       ------
Noncurrent:
Deferred tax assets:
  Alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards.....................        52.4           9.3
  Tax loss carryforwards...........................................         2.4        --
  General reserves.................................................        36.5          21.3
  Valuation allowance..............................................        (0.3)       --
                                                                     -----------       ------
      Total non-current deferred tax assets........................        91.0          30.6
                                                                     -----------       ------
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Property, plant and equipment....................................      (296.6)        (13.4)
  Other............................................................        (6.3)        (38.4)
                                                                     -----------       ------
      Total non-current deferred tax liability.....................      (302.9)        (51.8)
                                                                     -----------       ------
Net noncurrent deferred tax liability..............................      (211.9)        (21.2)
                                                                     -----------       ------
      Net deferred tax liability...................................   $  (173.4)    $   (12.3)
                                                                     -----------       ------
                                                                     -----------       ------
</TABLE>
 
    The differences between the U.S. statutory income tax rate and the Company's
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
effective income tax rate are:
 
<S>                                          <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
                                             TWELVE MONTHS   NINE MONTHS   THREE MONTHS    NINE MONTHS
                                                 ENDED          ENDED          ENDED          ENDED
                                             DECEMBER 25,   SEPTEMBER 24,  DECEMBER 20,   SEPTEMBER 27,
                                                 1993           1994           1994           1995
                                             -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
U.S. statutory income tax rate.............         35.0%          35.0%          35.0%          35.0%
State income taxes, net of federal
  benefit..................................         14.4            3.8            4.2            4.9
International..............................          3.6            0.4            0.3            0.1
Effect of tax rate increase on deferred
  taxes....................................        292.3         --             --             --
Other factors..............................         (3.2)           0.8            0.3            0.1
                                                  ------          -----          -----          -----
Effective tax rate.........................        342.1           40.0           39.8%          40.1%
                                                  ------          -----          -----          -----
                                                  ------          -----          -----          -----
</TABLE>
 
    As  of September 27, 1995, the  Company had available an alternative minimum
tax credit carryforward  for tax return  purposes of $9.3  million. This  credit
carries forward to future taxable years indefinitely.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                              S.D. WARREN COMPANY
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 9--ACCRUED AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                  <C>            <C>
                                                     SEPTEMBER 24,  SEPTEMBER 27,
                                                         1994           1995
                                                     -------------  -------------
Accrued salaries, wages and employee benefits......    $    17.8      $    49.9
Accrued interest...................................       --               23.8
Accrued workers' compensation......................          9.0            5.6
Restructuring reserve..............................         12.7         --
Other accrued expenses.............................          2.3           14.9
                                                           -----         ------
                                                       $    41.8      $    94.2
                                                           -----         ------
                                                           -----         ------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 10--RESTRUCTURING
    During  the fourth quarter of fiscal  year 1993, the Predecessor Corporation
recorded a charge of $66.1 million, primarily for restructuring and productivity
improvement programs.  The  charge  included  the  estimated  effect  of  future
workforce  reductions,  as  well  as actions  to  consolidate  and  simplify the
Predecessor Corporation's coated papers business. The remaining reserve  balance
of  approximately $12.7 million as  of September 24, 1994  was fully utilized by
the Predecessor Corporation prior to the date of the Acquisition.
 
NOTE 11--LONG-TERM DEBT
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                               <C>            <C>
                                                                  SEPTEMBER 24,  SEPTEMBER 27,
                                                                      1994           1995
                                                                  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                               <C>            <C>
Credit Agreement:
  Term Loan, Tranche A..........................................    $  --         $     305.0
  Term Loan, Tranche B..........................................       --               325.0
Series B Senior Subordinated Notes..............................       --               375.0
Revenue Bonds...................................................        116.7           121.3
Capital Leases..................................................          3.1             1.1
                                                                       ------    -------------
                                                                        119.8         1,127.4
Current maturities of long term debt............................          3.0            78.6
                                                                       ------    -------------
Long term debt..................................................    $   116.8     $   1,048.8
                                                                       ------    -------------
                                                                       ------    -------------
</TABLE>
 
  CREDIT AGREEMENT
 
    In connection with the  Acquisition, the Company  entered into an  agreement
(the   "Credit  Agreement")  with  Chemical  Bank  and  43  other  domestic  and
international lenders on December  20, 1994, which provided  for a $1.1  billion
senior  secured  credit  facility  consisting of  $630.0  million  in  term loan
facilities, a  $250.0  million  revolving  credit  facility  ("Revolving  Credit
Facility")  and a  $220.0 million letter  of credit facility  ("Letter of Credit
Facility") to  support  certain debt  assumed  by the  Company  as part  of  the
Acquisition.  The term  loan facilities  consist of a  Tranche A  facility and a
Tranche B facility. The Credit Agreement extends through December 2002.
 
    The interest  rates  under  the  Credit Agreement  are  determined,  at  the
election  of the Company, at either (a) a reference rate (the highest of (i) the
prime rate announced by Chemical Bank, (ii) the secondary market rate for  three
month  certificates of  deposit (adjusted  for reserves)  plus 1%  and (iii) the
federal funds rate in effect from time to  time plus 0.5%) plus 1.5% to 2.0%  or
(b)  LIBOR plus 2.5%  to 3.0%. The  applicable interest rates  for the Revolving
Credit Facility and Tranche  A term loans are  tied to certain financial  ratios
and  can be reduced if specified ratios are achieved. At September 27, 1995, the
interest rates on the Tranche A and  Tranche B term loans were 8.38% and  8.82%,
respectively.
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                              S.D. WARREN COMPANY
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 11--LONG-TERM DEBT (CONTINUED)
    Borrowings under the Credit Agreement are guaranteed by Holdings and each of
its  U.S.  subsidiaries,  and  such borrowings  and  guarantees  are  secured by
security interests (subject  to certain other  permitted liens) in  (a) all  the
capital  stock of the Company  and each of its U.S.  subsidiaries and 65% of the
common stock and 100% of the preferred stock of each foreign subsidiary (if any)
and (b) all assets (subject to certain limitations) owned by the Company and its
subsidiaries.
 
    The Company's long-term  debt agreements contain  covenants which limit  the
Company  with  respect to  certain matters  including,  among other  things, the
ability to incur  debt, pay  dividends, make acquisitions,  sell assets,  merge,
grant  or incur  liens, guarantee obligations,  make investments  or loans, make
capital expenditures,  create  subsidiaries  or change  its  line  of  business.
Dividend  payments are limited to those  amounts necessary to enable Holdings to
pay certain obligations and maintain minimum cash balances. The Company is  also
restricted from prepaying certain of its indebtedness and is required to satisfy
certain  financial  covenants which  require the  Company to  maintain specified
financial ratios and comply  with certain financial  tests, including a  minimum
interest coverage ratio, a minimum debt service ratio and a net worth test. Such
covenants  are not considered  by the Company  to be of  a restrictive nature in
conducting its business activities. As a result of extending the filing date  of
the  Annual Report on Form 10-K from December  26, 1995 to January 10, 1996, the
Company was unable to satisfy  specific financial reporting covenants under  the
Credit  Agreement. As a result,  the Company obtained a  waiver from the lenders
which extended the requirement to distribute such financial information  through
January  17,  1996,  at  which  time  management  was  in  compliance  with such
covenants.
 
    Under the terms of  the Credit Agreement, the  Company is required to  enter
into interest rate protection agreements. At September 27, 1995, the Company had
entered  into two swap agreements, under which  the interest rate has been fixed
with respect to  $75.0 million  of notional  principal amount  at rates  between
7.43% to 9.95%, and two cap agreements, pursuant to which another $130.0 million
of  notional principal amount has been capped at rates between 8.0% to 9.5%. Net
receipts or  payments under  the  agreements are  recognized as  adjustments  to
interest  expense. The swap  and cap agreements expire  at varying dates between
December 1997  and  January  2000.  At  September  27,  1995,  the  Company  has
unrealized gains of $0.2 million on its interest rate caps and unrealized losses
of $3.2 million on its interest rate swaps.
 
  TERM LOANS
 
    On  the  Acquisition date,  the Company  borrowed  $305.0 million  under the
Tranche A term loan facility  and $325.0 million under  the Tranche B term  loan
facility.  The term loan facilities continued to be fully drawn at September 27,
1995.
 
    The Tranche A loan  is payable in  semi-annual installments commencing  June
30,  1996 with the last installment payable  on December 31, 2001. The Tranche B
Loan is payable  in semi-annual  installments commencing  June 30,  1996 with  a
balloon payment of $258.0 million in the year 2002.
 
    The  Company is required to prepay the term loan facilities with (i) 100% of
the net  proceeds of  certain asset  sales, (ii)  100% of  the net  proceeds  of
certain  incurrences  of indebtedness  and (iii)  50% of  the net  proceeds from
issuances of  equity  after  December  20,  1994  by  Holdings  or  any  of  its
subsidiaries.  The Company is  also required to prepay  the term loan facilities
annually in an amount equal to 75% of  the Excess Cash Flow (as defined) of  the
Company  and its subsidiaries for the prior fiscal year, except that the Company
will only be required to prepay an amount equal to 50% of such Excess Cash  Flow
if (a) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the term loan facilities is
less  than  $250.0  million  and  (b)  certain  financial  ratios  are achieved.
Subsequent to September 27,  1995, the Company made  a payment of  approximately
$74.9  million in compliance with this  Excess Cash Flow prepayment requirement.
Amounts paid in Compliance with the Excess Cash Flow requirement fulfill 100% of
the payment otherwise required to be paid in June, 1996. In addition, additional
amounts reduce future semi-annual installments on a pro rata basis.
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                              S.D. WARREN COMPANY
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 11--LONG-TERM DEBT (CONTINUED)
  REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY
 
    Under the Revolving Credit  Facility, the Company has  a borrowing limit  in
the  amount of $250.0 million. A portion  of the revolving credit commitments is
available to the  Company as  a swing  line commitment  in the  amount of  $25.0
million  and a letter  of credit commitment  in the amount  of $75.0 million. At
September 27, 1995, $20.6 million of  the available credit line was utilized  to
guarantee  the issuance of letters of credit  and $229.4 million of the facility
remained available. The Company  pays a quarterly commitment  fee equal to  0.5%
per annum on the unused portion of the Revolving Credit Facility.
 
  LETTER OF CREDIT FACILITY
 
    In  accordance  with the  agreement pursuant  to  which the  Acquisition was
effected, letters of credit in an  aggregate face amount of $220.0 million  were
issued  in favor of  Scott for its  ongoing obligations under  nine separate tax
exempt bond financings and the financing of the Biomass Cogeneration Facility in
Westbrook, Maine.  The Company  assumed responsibility  for Scott's  obligations
under  the assumed  financings. At  September 27,  1995, such  letters of credit
outstanding aggregated  approximately $170.5  million.  The decrease  to  $170.5
million  at September 27,  1995 is primarily  due to the  remarketing of certain
obligations which had previously  been guaranteed by  Scott (see REVENUE  BONDS,
below).
 
    The  Company pays a commission  of 2.5% per annum  on outstanding letters of
credit. After December 20, 1995, the commission will be equal to the  Applicable
Margin  for LIBOR loans  (2.5%, subject to reduction).  In addition, the Company
also pays an issuance fee of 0.25% per annum on letters of credit issued.
 
  NOTES AND SENIOR PREFERRED STOCK
 
    In connection  with  the Acquisition,  the  Company issued  Series  A  Notes
bearing  interest at a rate of 12% payable semiannually. The Series A Notes were
redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at any time on  or
after December 15, 1999 at a premium declining to par in 2002.
 
    On May 31, 1995, the Company consummated an exchange offer pursuant to which
it  offered to (1) exchange  the Series A Notes for  an equivalent amount of 12%
Series B Senior Subordinated Notes  due 2004 (the "Notes") having  substantially
identical  terms  and  (2)  exchange  the  Old  Senior  Preferred  Stock  for an
equivalent amount of  its existing  14% Series B  Senior Exchangeable  Preferred
Stock  due 2006  (the "Senior  Preferred Stock")  having substantially identical
terms. Such exchange transactions  were contemplated in  the original issues  of
the  Series  A  Notes and  the  Old  Senior Preferred  Stock  (collectively, the
"Exchanged Securities"), and accordingly, the  deferred financing costs for  the
Exchanged  Securities were not written  off upon exchange. Capitalized financing
costs related to the exchange offer were not material.
 
    The Notes are unsecured,  subordinated obligations of  the Company and  rank
(i)  junior  in right  of payment  to all  existing and  future Senior  Debt (as
defined for purposes of the Notes),  including obligations of the Company  under
the  Credit Agreement and  (ii) senior in right  of payment to  or pari passu in
right of payment with all existing and future subordinated indebtedness.
 
  REVENUE BONDS
 
    The Company assumed $119.3 million of revenue bonds from Scott. Such debt is
comprised of  nine  separate tax-exempt  municipal  bond issues  (the  "Issues")
relating  to certain environmental and solid waste disposal projects. The issues
have various  maturities ranging  from 1996  through 2022.  The Company  assumed
responsibility for Scott's obligations under the Issues but with respect to each
Issue  (other  than  the Issue  which  was  remarketed on  August  21,  1995, as
described below) Scott  remains either  contingently liable as  a guarantor,  or
directly  liable  as the  original obligor.  Interest rates  on these  issues at
September 24, 1994 and September 27, 1995 ranged from 3.3% to 9.4% and 5.75%  to
9.375%,  respectively.  Bonds in  an amount  of  $44.0 million  bearing variable
interest rates were re-marketed on August 21, 1995 as fixed interest rate bonds.
The Company became the sole obligor under  the bonds and a $49.5 million  letter
of credit issued in
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                              S.D. WARREN COMPANY
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 11--LONG-TERM DEBT (CONTINUED)
favor  of Scott  was canceled. The  trustee for  each Issue has  been granted or
assigned the issuer's rights under a sale, lease purchase or loan agreement,  as
the  case may be, between  the relevant issuer and  the Company relating to each
respective project and, in respect of two of the Issues, a security interest  in
the project financed thereby.
 
  FUTURE MATURITIES OF LONG TERM DEBT
 
    Scheduled maturities of long-term debt, including capital leases and sinking
fund payments, at September 27, 1995 are as follows (in millions):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                         <C>
1996......................................................  $    78.6
1997......................................................       46.4
1998......................................................       59.0
1999......................................................       54.3
2000......................................................       60.6
Thereafter................................................      828.5
                                                            ---------
                                                            $ 1,127.4
                                                            ---------
                                                            ---------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 12--FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
    The  Company's  financial  instruments  consist  mainly  of  cash  and  cash
equivalents, receivables, accounts payable, and  debt. In addition, the  Company
uses  interest rate caps and  swaps, which were required  under the terms of the
Credit Agreement, as  a means  of managing  interest rate  risk associated  with
outstanding  debt. Summarized below  are the carrying values  and fair values of
the Company's  financial  instruments.  The  carrying  amounts  for  cash,  cash
equivalents,  receivables  and  payables  approximate  fair  value  due  to  the
short-term nature  of  these instruments.  Accordingly,  these items  have  been
excluded from the table below.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>
                                                         SEPTEMBER 24, 1994      SEPTEMBER 27, 1995
                                                       ----------------------  ----------------------
                                                        CARRYING      FAIR      CARRYING      FAIR
                                                         AMOUNT       VALUE      AMOUNT       VALUE
                                                       -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>
Balance Sheet Financial Instruments:
  Term Loans, Tranche A and B........................   $  --       $  --       $   630.0   $   630.0
  Notes..............................................      --          --           375.0       414.9
  Revenue Bonds and Capital Leases...................       119.8       126.0       122.4       119.1
</TABLE>
 
    The  fair value of the Notes, Revenue Bonds and Capital Leases was estimated
by the Company based upon discussions with its investment bankers. The principal
amount of the  Tranche A  and B  Term Loans  approximate market  since they  are
variable rate instruments which reprice monthly.
 
    The  Company's off-balance sheet financial instruments include the Revolving
Credit Facility, the Letter of Credit Facility and interest rate caps and swaps.
At September 27, 1995, the total carrying amount of these financial  instruments
was $1.6 million and unrealized losses thereon approximated $3.0 million.
 
    The  fair value of interest rate swaps and caps is the estimated amount that
the Company  would  pay  or receive  to  terminate  the swap  agreement  at  the
reporting  date,  taking into  account current  interest  rates and  the current
credit-worthiness of the swap  counterparties. The fair  value of the  Revolving
Credit  Facility and the Letter of Credit Facility are based upon fees currently
charged for  similar  agreements or  on  the  estimated cost  to  terminate  the
obligation at the reporting date.
 
    As  of September 24, 1994, the  Predecessor Corporation entered into forward
foreign exchange  contracts  with  a  Scott owned  affiliate  to  hedge  foreign
currency intercompany transactions and balances for
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                              S.D. WARREN COMPANY
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 12--FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)
periods  consistent with its committed  exposures. The Predecessor Corporation's
forward exchange contracts, which  had a gross  notional value of  approximately
$7.5  million  at September  24,  1994, matured  during  1994 and  1995  with no
material gain or loss recorded.
 
    A significant portion  of the  Company's sales and  accounts receivable  are
from  four major  customers. None of  the Company's  other financial instruments
represent a concentration of credit risk because the Company has dealings with a
variety of  major banks  and customers  worldwide. None  of the  Company's  off-
balance  sheet financial instruments  would result in a  significant loss to the
Company if the  other party  failed to  perform according  to the  terms of  its
agreement, as any such loss would generally be limited to the unrealized gain in
any contract.
 
NOTE 13--LEASES
    The  Company  leases  office  and warehouse  space  and  various  office and
manufacturing equipment  under  operating  leases.  Unexpired  lease  terms  for
operating  leases  range from  one  to six  years.  Most leases  contain renewal
options and options  to purchase  such equipment  at fair  market value.  Rental
expense  relating to these  leases was $9.0 million,  $4.9 million, $0.8 million
and $2.4 million for the twelve months ended December 25, 1993, the nine  months
ended  September 24, 1994, the three months ended December 20, 1994 and the nine
months ended September 27, 1995, respectively.
 
    Additionally, the Company has  other commitments, which  expire in 2008,  to
operate  a biomass cogeneration  facility adjacent to its  Westbrook mill and to
purchase  its  steam  and  electricity  output  on  a  take-or-pay  basis   (the
"Cogeneration  Obligation"). Under the Cogeneration Obligation, the Company paid
approximately $7.0 million each for the  twelve months ended December 25,  1993,
the nine months ended September 24, 1994 and the nine months ended September 27,
1995. No payments were made during the three months ended December 20, 1994.
 
    The  future minimum obligations under leases and other commitments having an
initial or remaining noncancelable  term in excess of  one year as of  September
27, 1995 are as follows (in millions):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING
SEPTEMBER,                                                OPERATING LEASES     OTHER COMMITMENTS
- -------------------------------------------------------  -------------------  -------------------
<S>                                                      <C>                  <C>
1996...................................................       $     3.3            $     7.0
1997...................................................             2.0                  7.5
1998...................................................             1.5                  7.8
1999...................................................             1.3                  7.3
2000...................................................             1.3                  7.4
Thereafter.............................................             0.4                 71.2
                                                                    ---               ------
                                                              $     9.8            $   108.2
                                                                    ---               ------
                                                                    ---               ------
</TABLE>
 
    Certain  lease obligations and the Cogeneration Obligation contain scheduled
payment increases. The  Company is  recognizing expenses  associated with  these
contracts on a straight-line basis over the related contract's terms.
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
NOTE 14--ENVIRONMENTAL AND SAFETY MATTERS
    The  Company  is  subject  to  a  wide  variety  of  increasingly  stringent
environmental laws  and  regulations  relating  to,  among  other  matters,  air
emissions,  wastewater  discharges,  past and  present  landfill  operations and
hazardous waste management. These  laws include the Federal  Clean Air Act,  the
Clean Water Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act and their respective
state  counterparts. The Company will continue  to incur significant capital and
operating expenditures to maintain compliance with applicable federal and  state
environmental  laws. These expenditures include costs of compliance with federal
worker  safety  laws,  landfill  expansions  and  wastewater  treatment   system
upgrades.
 
    In  addition to  conventional pollutants,  minute quantities  of dioxins and
other chlorinated organic compounds may be contained in the wastewater  effluent
of  the Company's bleached kraft pulp mills in Somerset and Westbrook, Maine and
Muskegon, Michigan.  The most  recent National  Pollutant Discharge  Elimination
System ("NPDES") wastewater permit limits proposed by the EPA would limit dioxin
discharges  from the  Company's Somerset  and Westbrook  mills to  less than the
level of  detectability. The  Company is  presently meeting  the EPA's  proposed
dioxin  limits but it  is not meeting  the proposed limits  for other parameters
(e.g., temperature and  color) and  is pursuing  efforts to  revise these  other
wastewater  permit limits  for its facilities.  While the  permit limitations at
these two  facilities are  being challenged,  the Company  continues to  operate
under  existing EPA permits, which have  technically expired, in accordance with
accepted administrative practice. In addition, the Muskegon mill is involved, as
one of various industrial plaintiffs, in litigation with the County of  Muskegon
regarding  the mill's  wastewater treatment  permit. The  lawsuit challenges the
permit's  effluent  limits   imposed  by  local   ordinance  as  arbitrary   and
unreasonable.  In  the  meantime,  the mill  also  has  applied  for alternative
effluent limits. Although the Company believes that it will be successful in its
various administrative  and  judicial challenges  to  those limits  and  in  any
negotiations  of  such  limits with  environmental  regulatory  authorities, the
imposition of  currently proposed  limits could  require substantial  additional
expenditures,  including short-term  expenditures, and  may lead  to substantial
fines for any noncompliance.
 
    In November 1993, the EPA  announced proposed regulations that would  impose
new  air and water  quality standards aimed at  further reductions of pollutants
from pulp and  paper mills, particularly  those conducting bleaching  operations
(generally  referred to as the  "cluster rules"). Although the  EPA has not made
any commitments, final promulgation of the  cluster rules may occur in 1996  and
compliance  with  the  rules may  be  required  beginning in  1998.  The Company
believes that  compliance  with the  cluster  rules, as  proposed,  may  require
aggregate  capital expenditures of approximately $76.0 million through 1999. The
ultimate financial impact to  the Company of compliance  with the cluster  rules
will  depend upon the  nature of the  final regulations, the  timing of required
implementation and the cost and availability of new technology. The Company also
anticipates that it will  incur an estimated $10.0  million to $20.0 million  of
capital expenditures through 1999 related to environmental compliance other than
as a result of the cluster rules.
 
    The  Company's  mills generate  substantial quantities  of solid  wastes and
by-products that  are  disposed  of  at  permitted  landfills  and  solid  waste
management  units at the mills. The Company  is currently planning to expand the
landfill at the Somerset mill at  a projected total cost of approximately  $12.0
million,  of which  approximately $5.0  million will  be spent  between 1996 and
1997.
 
    The Muskegon  mill  has had  discussions  with the  Michigan  Department  of
Natural  Resources ("DNR")  regarding a  wastewater surge  pond adjacent  to the
Muskegon Lake. The  DNR presently is  considering whether the  surge pond is  in
compliance  with  Michigan Act  245 (Water  Resources Commission  Act) regarding
potential discharges from that pond. The matter is now subject to the results of
a pending engineering investigation. There is a possibility that, as a result of
DNR requirements,  the surge  pond may  be  closed in  the future.  The  Company
estimates  the cost of closure will  be approximately $2.0 million. In addition,
if it is necessary  to replace the  functional capacity of  the surge pond  with
above-grade  structures,  the  Company  preliminarily estimates  that  up  to an
additional $8.0 million may be required for such construction costs.
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
NOTE 14--ENVIRONMENTAL AND SAFETY MATTERS (CONTINUED)
    The Company has been identified as a potentially responsible party under the
Federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act  of
1980,  as amended ("CERCLA" or "Superfund"), or analogous state law, for cleanup
of contamination at seven sites. Based  upon the Company's understanding of  the
total  amount of liability at each site, its calculation of its percentage share
in each proceeding, and  the number of potentially  responsible parties at  each
site,  the  Company presently  believes that  its  aggregate exposure  for these
matters is not material. Moreover, as a result of the Acquisition, Scott  agreed
to  indemnify and defend  the Company for  and against, among  other things, the
full amount of  any damages  or costs resulting  from the  off-site disposal  of
hazardous  substances  occurring prior  to the  date  of closing,  including all
damages and costs related to these seven sites. Since the date of closing of the
Acquisition, Scott has  been performing  under the terms  of this  environmental
indemnity and defense provision and, therefore, the Company has not expended any
funds with respect to these seven sites.
 
    The  Company must comply with a number of federal and state regulations that
govern health and safety in the workplace, the most significant of which is  the
Federal  Occupational Safety  and Health Act  ("OSHA"). Pursuant  to a voluntary
OSHA program piloted in the State of Maine, in 1993, the Predecessor Corporation
performed a self-assessment audit with respect to OSHA mandates at its  Somerset
and  Westbrook mills and  submitted a compliance plan  to address certain health
and safety matters. The Company anticipates that the total cost of  implementing
the  compliance plan  will be approximately  $19.0 million. As  of September 27,
1995, approximately $14.4 million of the total estimated $19.0 million had  been
expended.  The Company expects that the majority  of the remaining costs will be
expended during fiscal years 1996 and  1997. The Company recognizes these  costs
as they are incurred.
 
    The  Company currently has a five-year demolition project in progress at its
Westbrook facility for health and safety reasons. Total costs of the project are
estimated to be approximately $9.0 million, of which approximately $4.5  million
had  been spent as of September 27,  1995. The Company recognizes these costs as
they are incurred.
 
    The Company does not  believe that it will  have any liability under  recent
emergency  legislation  enacted by  the State  of Maine  to cover  a significant
shortfall in  the  Maine workers'  compensation  system through  assessments  of
employers  and insurers;  however, there can  be no assurance  that the existing
legislation will fully address the shortfall.
 
    None of these matters, individually or in the aggregate, is expected to have
a material  adverse  effect on  the  Company's financial  position,  results  of
operations or cash flows.
 
NOTE 15--COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
    The Mobile, Alabama paper mill was historically operated by Scott as part of
an  integrated  facility  (including  a  tissue mill,  a  pulp  mill  and energy
facility).  In  connection  with  the  Acquisition,  the  Company  entered  into
long-term  (25  years  initially, subject  to  mill closures  and  certain FORCE
MAJEURE events) supply agreements  with Scott for the  supply of pulp and  water
and  the treatment of  effluent at the  Mobile Mill. Wood  pulp will be supplied
generally at market prices. Pulp prices will be discounted, primarily because of
the lower delivery costs due to the elimination of freight costs associated with
delivering pulp to Warren's Mobile paper mill and pulp qualities will be subject
to minimum (170,000 to  182,400 tons per year)  and maximum (220,000 to  233,400
tons  per year) limits. Prices  for other services to  be provided by Scott will
generally be based upon  cost. Prior to the  Acquisition, Scott sold its  energy
facility at Mobile to Mobile Energy Services Corporation ("MESC"). In connection
with  the sale of the  energy facility, MESC entered  into a long-term agreement
with the Company to provide electric power and steam to the paper mill at  rates
generally comparable to market tariffs, including fuel cost and capital recovery
components.  Scott,  MESC and  the Company  have also  entered into  a long-term
shared facilities  and services  agreement (the  "Shared Facilities  Agreement")
with  respect to medical and security  services, common roads and parking areas,
office space and similar  items and a  comprehensive master operating  agreement
providing  for the coordination of services  and integration of operations among
the   energy   facility,   the   paper    mill,   the   pulp   mill   and    the
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
NOTE 15--COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
tissue  mill. Annual fees under the  Shared Facilities Agreement are expected to
be approximately  $1.5  million  per  year  through the  25  year  term  of  the
agreement.  The Company has the option  to cancel certain non-essential services
covered by the Shared Services Agreement at any time prior to the end of the  25
year term.
 
    A   substantial  portion  of  the  Company's  electricity  requirements  are
satisfied  through  cogeneration  agreements  ("Power  Purchase  Agreements"  or
"Agreements")   whereby  the  Somerset  and   Westbrook  mills  each  cogenerate
electricity and sell  the output  to Central  Maine Power  Company ("CMP").  The
Westbrook  and Somerset Agreements require CMP  to purchase such energy produced
by these cogeneration  facilities at above  market rates which  has reduced  the
Company's  historical cost of electrical energy. The Westbrook Agreement expires
October 31,  1997 and  the Somerset  Agreement  expires in  the year  2012.  The
favorable  pricing element  of the Somerset  Agreement will end  on November 30,
1997. The agreements also require the mills to purchase electricity from CMP  at
the standard industrial tariff rate.
 
    To  properly reflect  the fair market  value of the  acquired Power Purchase
Agreements as of the Acquisition date, the Company established a deferred  asset
of  approximately $32.3  million, in accordance  with APB No.  16. This deferred
asset is recorded with other contracts valued  at the Acquisition date as a  net
long-term  liability. This deferred asset is  being amortized over the remaining
life of  the favorable  Power Purchase  Agreements. For  the nine  months  ended
September  27,  1995, amortization  expense related  to this  asset approximated
$10.8 million.
 
    The Company is also  involved in various  other lawsuits and  administrative
proceedings.  The  relief  sought  in  such  lawsuits  and  proceedings  include
injunctions, damages and penalties.  Although the final  results in these  suits
and proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, it is the present opinion of
the  Company, after  consulting with  legal counsel, that  they will  not have a
material effect on the  Company's financial position,  results of operations  or
cash flows.
 
NOTE 16--RETIREMENT BENEFITS
 
  PENSION PLANS
 
    Prior  to the Acquisition, employees participated in two (Company sponsored)
hourly pension plans and a salaried pension plan and two Scott sponsored  hourly
pension  plans. The assets and related benefit obligations of employees electing
retirement prior to the Acquisition were transferred from the Company  sponsored
plans  to  Scott  plans  prior  to  December  20,  1994  and  remain  assets and
obligations of Scott. During  1994 the assets and  obligations relating to  S.D.
Warren's  active employees  were allocated  to four  newly formed  pension plans
based on the requirements of Section 414(l) of the Internal Revenue Code and the
regulations  thereunder.  Management  and  the  Plan's  trustees  believe   such
allocation is reasonable.
 
    The four defined-benefit, trusteed pension plans provide retirement benefits
for  substantially  all  employees.  Benefits provided  are  primarily  based on
employees' years  of  service and  compensation.  The Company's  funding  policy
complies  with  the requirements  of Federal  law  and regulations.  Plan assets
consist of equity securities, bonds and short-term investments.
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>
NOTE 16--RETIREMENT BENEFITS (CONTINUED)
    The funded status of the company-sponsored pension plans is shown below  (in
millions):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     SEPTEMBER 24,  SEPTEMBER 27,
                                                                         1994           1995
                                                                     -------------  -------------
Actuarial present value of benefit obligation:
<S>                                                                  <C>            <C>
  Vested...........................................................    $   115.2      $    71.3
  Nonvested........................................................          5.3           18.0
                                                                          ------         ------
    Accumulated benefit obligation.................................        120.5           89.3
Additional obligation for future salary increases..................          2.0           27.2
                                                                          ------         ------
Projected benefit obligation.......................................        122.5          116.5
Plan assets at fair value..........................................        105.3          102.5
                                                                          ------         ------
Projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets..............        (17.2)         (14.0)
Unrecognized amounts
  Transition obligation............................................          5.0         --
  Prior service cost...............................................          8.1        --
  Unrecognized net gain............................................         (1.7  )        (8.5  )
                                                                          ------         ------
Accrued pension cost...............................................         (5.8  )       (22.5  )
Adjustment for minimum liability...................................        (10.4  )     --
                                                                          ------         ------
Net pension liability (amount is included in other long-term
  liabilities).....................................................  $     (16.2  ) $     (22.5  )
                                                                          ------         ------
                                                                          ------         ------
</TABLE>
 
    The  net pension cost for the  Company sponsored plans include the following
components (in millions):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             NINE MONTHS   THREE MONTHS    NINE MONTHS
                                              YEAR ENDED        ENDED          ENDED          ENDED
                                             DECEMBER 25,   SEPTEMBER 24,  DECEMBER 20,   SEPTEMBER 27,
                                                 1993           1994           1994           1995
                                             -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Service cost-benefits earned during the
  period...................................    $     1.5      $     1.5      $     0.4      $     4.5
<S>                                          <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Interest cost on projected benefit
  obligation...............................          8.4            6.5            2.1            6.9
Actual return on plan assets...............        (18.9)          (0.8)           2.7          (10.4)
Net deferral...............................         10.7           (5.4)          (4.7)           4.2
                                                  ------          -----          -----         ------
Net pension cost...........................    $     1.7      $     1.8      $     0.5      $     5.2
                                                  ------          -----          -----         ------
                                                  ------          -----          -----         ------
</TABLE>
 
    Pension expense allocated to  the Company relating  to its participation  in
the  Scott plans was  $5.5 million, $5.7  million and $1.9  million for the year
ended December 25, 1993, the nine months ended September 24, 1994 and the  three
months ended December 20, 1994, respectively.
 
    The  projected benefit  obligation at September  24, 1994  and September 27,
1995  was  determined  using  an  assumed  discount  rate  of  8.25%  and  8.0%,
respectively, and an assumed long-term rate of compensation increase of 5.5% and
5.25%  respectively. The assumed rate of return on plan assets (on an annualized
basis) was 10.5%, 10.5%, 10.5% and 9.0% for the twelve months ended December 25,
1993, the nine months ended September 24, 1994, the three months ended  December
20, 1994 and the nine months ended September 27, 1995, respectively.
 
  SAVINGS PLAN
 
    The  Predecessor Corporation's  contributions to various  savings plans were
based on employee contributions and compensation and totaled $5.5 million,  $3.8
million and $0.6 million for the twelve months ended December 25, 1993, the nine
months  ended September 24, 1994  and the three months  ended December 20, 1994,
respectively. The Company  currently sponsors two  401(k) deferred  contribution
plans covering substantially all Company employees pursuant to which the Company
is  obligated to match, up to specified amounts, employee contributions. Company
contributions to these  plans totaled  $3.8 million  for the  nine months  ended
September 27, 1995.
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>
NOTE 17--POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS
    FAS  No. 106, "Employers' Accounting  for Postretirement Benefits Other than
Pensions" requires the  accrual of postretirement  benefits other than  pensions
(such as health care benefits) during the years of employee service. The Company
sponsors  a defined  benefit postretirement plan  that provides  health care and
life insurance benefits to eligible  retired employees. Employees are  generally
eligible  for benefits upon  retirement and completion of  a specified number of
years of service. Obligations relating to employees electing retirement prior to
December 20,  1994  were  not  assumed  by  the  Company  at  Acquisition.  Such
obligations remain the obligations of Scott.
 
    The following schedule provides the plan's funded status and obligations (in
millions):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      SEPTEMBER   SEPTEMBER 27,
                                                      24, 1994        1995
                                                     -----------  -------------
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligations
  (APBO):
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>
  Retirees.........................................   $    65.3     $  --
  Active Participants..............................        38.6          25.7
                                                     -----------       ------
  Total APBO.......................................       103.9          25.7
Plan assets at fair value..........................      --            --
                                                     -----------       ------
APBO in excess of plan assets......................      (103.9)        (25.7)
  Unrecognized transition obligation...............        63.9        --
  Unrecognized net actuarial gain..................       (13.1)         (1.8)
                                                     -----------       ------
Net postretirement liability.......................   $   (53.1)    $   (27.5)
                                                     -----------       ------
                                                     -----------       ------
</TABLE>
 
    Components of the net periodic postretirement benefit expense are as follows
(in millions):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             NINE MONTHS   THREE MONTHS
                              YEAR ENDED        ENDED          ENDED        NINE MONTHS
                             DECEMBER 25,   SEPTEMBER 24,  DECEMBER 20,   ENDED SEPTEMBER
                                 1993           1994           1994          27, 1995
                             -------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------
 Service cost..............    $     3.2      $     2.7      $     0.9       $     2.0
<S>                          <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
  Interest cost on APBO....          7.9            5.0            1.7             1.6
  Net amortization and
   deferral................          6.0            4.0            1.3          --
                                   -----          -----            ---             ---
  Net postretirement
   benefit cost............    $    17.1      $    11.7      $     3.9       $     3.6
                                   -----          -----            ---             ---
                                   -----          -----            ---             ---
</TABLE>
 
    The  discount rates used to estimate  the accumulated benefit obligations as
of September 24, 1994 and September  27, 1995 were 8.25% and 8.0%  respectively.
The health care cost trend rates used to value APBO were 12.4%, 10.5%, 10.5% and
9.0%  at December 25, 1993, September 24,  1994, December 20, 1994 and September
27, 1995, respectively, decreasing gradually to an ultimate rate of 5.0% in  the
year 2007. A one-percentage point increase in the assumed health care trend rate
for  each future year would increase the APBO by approximately 8.7% at September
27, 1995 and would  increase the sum  of the benefits  earned and interest  cost
components of net postretirement benefit cost for 1995 by approximately 14.7%.
 
    Effective  December  26,  1993,  Scott  adopted  FAS  No.  112,  "Employers'
Accounting for  Postemployment Benefits."  This standard  requires employers  to
recognize and when necessary, accrue for the estimated cost of benefits provided
to  former or  inactive employees  after employment  but before  retirement. The
effect on the Company of adopting this statement was not material.
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>
NOTE 18--OTHER LIABILITIES (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     SEPTEMBER 24,  SEPTEMBER 27,
                                                         1994           1995
                                                     -------------  -------------
Accrued workers' compensation......................    $    23.3      $    35.0
<S>                                                  <C>            <C>
Accrued pension & other postretirement benefits....         62.3           50.0
Other accrued liabilities..........................          8.3            8.3
                                                           -----          -----
                                                       $    93.9      $    93.3
                                                           -----          -----
                                                           -----          -----
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 19--SENIOR PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The Company has  authorized 10.0 million  shares of redeemable  exchangeable
preferred  stock from which the Company's Board of Directors designated a series
consisting of 3.0 million shares of  Old Senior Preferred Stock. The Old  Senior
Preferred  Stock was issued in connection with the financing of the Acquisition.
The Old Senior Preferred Stock was  exchanged for Senior Preferred Stock on  May
31, 1995.
 
    The  Senior Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference of $25.00 per share
(aggregate liquidation preference is $75.0 million, plus accumulated dividends).
The Senior Preferred  Stock was recorded  at the net  proceeds of $65.4  million
received   from  the   issuance  after   deducting  stock   issuance  costs  and
approximately $6.9 million  paid to  Holdings for  Class A  Warrants which  were
issued  in conjunction with  the Old Senior  Preferred Stock. The  excess of the
liquidation preference over  the carrying  value is being  accreted by  periodic
charges to retained earnings over the life of the issue.
 
    Dividends  are cumulative and accrue quarterly at a rate of 14% per annum of
(a) the liquidation preference amount and  (b) the amount of accrued but  unpaid
dividends from prior dividend accrual periods ending on or prior to December 15,
1999  ("Accumulated Dividends"). The Company does not expect to pay dividends on
the Senior Preferred Stock in cash for any period ending on or prior to December
15, 1999. Cumulative dividends on Senior Preferred Stock that have not been paid
at September 27, 1995 are $8.5 million  and are included in the carrying  amount
of the Senior Preferred Stock as indicated below (in millions):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                            <C>
Issuance on December 21, 1994 for cash (at fair value on date
 of issuance)................................................  $    65.4
Accretion to redemption value................................        0.6
Dividends on Senior Preferred Stock..........................        8.5
                                                               ---------
Balance, September 27, 1995..................................  $    74.5
                                                               ---------
                                                               ---------
</TABLE>
 
  REDEMPTION
 
    The  Senior Preferred Stock is  redeemable at the option  of the Company, in
whole or in part, at  any time on or after  December 15, 2001 at the  redemption
prices  (expressed as a percentage of the  Specified Amount) with respect to the
Senior Preferred Stock set  forth below plus all  accrued and unpaid  liquidated
damages  and  dividends (excluding  any Accumulated  Dividends but  including an
amount equal to  a pro rated  dividend from the  immediately preceding  dividend
accrual   date  to  the  redemption  date),  if  any,  if  redeemed  during  the
twelve-month period beginning on December 15 of the years indicated below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR                                                                       PERCENTAGE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------
<S>                                                                       <C>
2001....................................................................       104.2%
2002....................................................................       102.8%
2003....................................................................       101.4%
2004....................................................................       100.0%
</TABLE>
 
    "Specified Amount" on any specific date with respect to any share of  Senior
Preferred  Stock means the sum of (i) the liquidation preference with respect to
such share and (ii) the Accumulated Dividends with respect to such share.
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>
NOTE 19--SENIOR PREFERRED STOCK (CONTINUED)
    In the event that Holdings consummates  one or more public offerings of  its
common  stock on or  before December 15,  1997, the Company  may, at its option,
redeem the Senior Preferred  Stock with the proceeds  therefrom at a  redemption
price  equal  to 113%  of  the Specified  Amount,  plus all  accrued  and unpaid
liquidated damages  and  dividends  (excluding  any  Accumulated  Dividends  but
including an amount equal to a pro rated dividend from the immediately preceding
dividend  accrual date to  the redemption date), if  any, through the redemption
date; PROVIDED that  at least  $50.0 million  in aggregate  specified amount  of
Senior   Preferred   Stock  remains   outstanding  immediately   following  such
redemption.
 
    The Company is required to redeem the Senior Preferred Stock on December 15,
2006 at the Specified Amount plus  all accrued and unpaid damages and  dividends
(excluding  any Accumulated  Dividends but  including an  amount equal  to a pro
rated dividend  from the  immediately  preceding dividend  accrual date  to  the
redemption date).
 
    At  any scheduled  dividend payment  date, the  Company may,  at its option,
exchange all of the  shares of the Senior  Preferred Stock then outstanding  for
the Company's 14% Series B Subordinated Exchange Debentures due 2006.
 
    In  the event  of a  Change of  Control, as  defined, the  holders of Senior
Preferred Stock will have the right to require the Company to redeem such Senior
Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 101% of the  Specified
Amount  thereof,  plus  accrued  and  unpaid  liquidated  damages  and dividends
(excluding any Accumulated  Dividends but  including an  amount equal  to a  pro
rated  dividend  from the  immediately preceding  dividend  accrual date  to the
redemption date).
 
    Holders of the Senior Preferred Stock have limited voting rights,  customary
for  preferred  stock, and  the  right to  elect  two additional  directors upon
certain events such as  the Company failing  to pay dividends  in cash for  more
than six consecutive dividend accrual periods ending after December 15, 1999.
 
NOTE 20--RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
    Pursuant  to the limitations  on restricted payments  outlined in the Credit
Agreement, the indenture relating to the  Notes and the Senior Preferred  Stock,
the  Company may make cash payments  to Holdings, including, among other things,
(i) amounts under a tax sharing agreement to be entered into between the Company
and Holdings necessary to  enable Holdings to pay  the Company's taxes and  (ii)
administrative fees to Holdings and amounts to cover various specified costs and
expenses of Holdings. The associated administrative fee expensed during the nine
months ended September 27, 1995 was approximately $0.8 million.
 
    The  Company  has contracted  through a  management services  agreement (the
"Management Services  Agreement") and  central  cost allocation  agreement  (the
"Central  Cost  Allocation Agreement")  with  two subsidiaries  of  Sappi, Sappi
Trading AG (referred to as  "SIM" as the company is  in the process of  changing
its  name to  Sappi International Management  AG) and  Sappi Management Services
Limited ("SMS") to provide management advisory services. The aggregate fee to be
charged to the Company  by SIM and SMS  is limited to an  annual amount of  $1.0
million.  For the nine months  ended September 27, 1995,  the Company incurred a
related management fee expense of approximately $0.8 million.
 
    The Management Services Agreement with SIM establishes an agreement  whereby
SIM  provides  strategic  and  corporate planning  advice,  financial  and legal
services and  services  relating to  public  affairs and  human  resources.  The
Company  agrees to pay a  service fee to SIM which  is determined based upon the
Company's proportionate share in the aggregate amount of costs which SIM  incurs
in providing services to the entire number of group companies which have entered
into  agreements of  this nature  with SIM,  plus a  profit mark-up  of 10%. The
Company's proportionate share is based upon  the time spent on Company  services
divided  by  total time  spent  by SIM  on  total group  company  services. This
agreement commenced on  January 1,  1995 and  is effective  until terminated  by
either party with six months' written notice.
 
    The  Central  Cost  Allocation  Agreement  with  SMS  provides  for  general
technical  and  administrative  support  services  to  supplement  the  services
provided  by SIM. The  Company has agreed to  pay a service fee  to SMS which is
determined based upon the Company's proportionate share in the aggregate  amount
of
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>
NOTE 20--RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)
costs  which SMS  incurs in  providing services  to the  entire number  of group
companies which have  entered into agreements  of this nature  with SMS, plus  a
profit  mark-up  of 10%.  The Company's  proportionate share  is based  upon the
Company's inventory turnover divided  by total inventory  turnover of SMS  group
companies.  This agreement commenced on January 1, 1995 and is effective for one
year unless terminated by either party with six months' written notice.
 
    Warren has  also  entered  into  a  cross  licensing  agreement  with  Sappi
Deutschland,  the worldwide holding  company for all  European and U.S. business
operations of the Sappi group, and Hannover Papier AG ("Hannover"), a subsidiary
of Sappi. Pursuant to  this agreement, the Company  and Hannover have agreed  to
enter  into specific written agreements to share paper processing techniques and
have also  agreed to  enter into  specific distribution  agreements whereby  the
Company  has agreed  to use  its distribution  network in  the United  States to
facilitate and increase  Hannover's exports. Sappi  Deutschland will  facilitate
the  licensing  process.  No  specific  agreements  have  been  entered  into in
connection with this cross licensing agreement as of September 27, 1995.
 
    During fiscal 1995, the Company sold products to certain Sappi  subsidiaries
(Sappi   Europe,  SA  and  Specialty  Pulp  Services)  at  market  rates.  These
subsidiaries then sold the Company's product to external customers and  remitted
the  proceeds from such sales to Warren,  net of a sales commission. The Company
sold $33.0 million to Sappi subsidiaries and expensed fees of approximately $1.1
million relating to these  sales for the nine  months ended September 27,  1995.
Trade  accounts receivable  at September  27, 1995  includes approximately $12.4
million due  from  subsidiaries of  Sappi.  The Company  is  in the  process  of
formalizing a written agreement for this relationship.
 
                                      F-30
<PAGE>
                                                                     SCHEDULE II
 
                              S.D. WARREN COMPANY
                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 BALANCE AT     CHARGED TO     DEDUCTIONS    BALANCE AT
                                                                BEGINNING OF     COSTS AND    (PRINCIPALLY     END OF
                                                                   PERIOD        EXPENSES      WRITE-OFFS)     PERIOD
                                                                -------------  -------------  -------------  -----------
<S>                                                             <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
  Nine months ended September 27, 1995........................    $     5.4      $     0.2      $      --     $     5.6
  Three months ended December 20, 1994........................          6.3             --            0.9           5.4
  Nine months ended September 24, 1994........................          5.4            0.9             --           6.3
  Twelve months ended December 25, 1993.......................          4.7            0.7             --           5.4
 
Allowance for inventory obsolescence:
  Nine months ended September 27, 1995........................    $      --      $     4.1      $      --     $     4.1
  Three months ended December 20, 1994........................          2.1            0.5             --           2.6
  Nine months ended September 24, 1994........................          2.3            0.6            0.8           2.1
  Twelve months ended December 25, 1993.......................          2.6             --            0.3           2.3
 
Reserve for restructuring:
  Three months ended December 20, 1994........................    $    12.7      $      --      $    12.7     $      --
  Nine months ended September 24, 1994........................         91.7             --           79.0          12.7
  Twelve months ended December 25, 1993.......................         26.4           66.1            0.8          91.7
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-31
<PAGE>
                              S.D. WARREN COMPANY
                  UNAUDITED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                        (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        PERIOD            RESTATED        RESTATED
                                                     SEPTEMBER 25,         PERIOD        NINE MONTHS
                                                     1994 THROUGH     DECEMBER 21, 1994     ENDED
                                                   DECEMBER 20, 1994       THROUGH         JULY 3,
                                                   -----------------    JUNE 28, 1995       1996
                                                      S.D. WARREN     -----------------  -----------
                                                      COMPANY AND        S.D. WARREN     S.D. WARREN
                                                    CERTAIN RELATED      COMPANY AND     COMPANY AND
                                                      AFFILIATES        SUBSIDIARIES     SUBSIDIARIES
                                                     (PREDECESSOR)       (SUCCESSOR)     (SUCCESSOR)
                                                   -----------------  -----------------  -----------
Sales............................................      $   313.6          $   764.3       $ 1,066.8
<S>                                                <C>                <C>                <C>
Cost of goods sold...............................          263.7              590.0           874.1
                                                          ------             ------      -----------
Gross profit.....................................           49.9              174.3           192.7
Selling, general and administrative expense......           22.2               59.4            98.1
                                                          ------             ------      -----------
Income from operations...........................           27.7              114.9            94.6
Other income (expense), net......................           (0.5)               2.2            (1.3)
Interest expense.................................            2.3               74.0            84.3
                                                          ------             ------      -----------
Income before income taxes and extraordinary
 item............................................           24.9               43.1             9.0
Income tax expense...............................            9.9               17.2             3.6
                                                          ------             ------      -----------
Income before extraordinary item.................      $    15.0               25.9             5.4
                                                          ------
                                                          ------
Extraordinary item, net of tax (Note 6)..........                                --            (2.0)
                                                                             ------      -----------
Net income.......................................                              25.9             3.4
Dividends and accretion on Series B preferred
 stock...........................................                               5.7            10.0
                                                                             ------      -----------
Net income (loss) applicable to common
 stockholder.....................................                         $    20.2       $    (6.6)
                                                                             ------      -----------
                                                                             ------      -----------
Earnings (loss) per common share (in millions):
  Income before extraordinary item...............                         $    0.26       $    0.05
                                                                             ------      -----------
                                                                             ------      -----------
  Net income.....................................                         $    0.26       $    0.03
                                                                             ------      -----------
                                                                             ------      -----------
  Net income (loss) applicable to common
    stockholder..................................                         $    0.20       $   (0.07)
                                                                             ------      -----------
                                                                             ------      -----------
Weighted average number of shares outstanding....                               100             100
                                                                             ------      -----------
                                                                             ------      -----------
</TABLE>
 
      See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed financial statements.
 
                                      F-32
<PAGE>
                              S.D. WARREN COMPANY
                       UNAUDITED CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   RESTATED          RESTATED
                                                                              SEPTEMBER27, 1995     JULY3, 1996
                                                                              ------------------  ---------------
                                                                                 S.D. WARREN        S.D. WARREN
                                                                                 COMPANY AND        COMPANY AND
                                                                                 SUBSIDIARIES      SUBSIDIARIES
                                                                                 (SUCCESSOR)        (SUCCESSOR)
                                                                              ------------------  ---------------
<S>                                                                           <C>                 <C>
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................................      $     62.2         $     1.8
  Trade accounts receivable, net............................................           129.4              37.8
  Other receivables.........................................................            24.5              21.0
  Inventories...............................................................           226.5             220.6
  Deferred income taxes.....................................................             8.9               8.9
  Other current assets......................................................            11.1              13.7
                                                                                    --------      ---------------
    Total current assets....................................................           462.6             303.8
Plant assets, net...........................................................         1,150.7           1,115.7
Timber resources, net.......................................................            98.4              98.3
Goodwill, net...............................................................            98.1              95.1
Deferred financing fees, net................................................            53.1              46.3
Other assets, net...........................................................            24.7              21.8
                                                                                    --------      ---------------
    Total assets............................................................      $  1,887.6         $ 1,681.0
                                                                                    --------      ---------------
                                                                                    --------      ---------------
 
                                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
 
Current liabilities:
  Current maturities of long-term debt......................................      $     78.6         $    46.6
  Accounts payable..........................................................           112.2              88.3
  Accrued and other current liabilities.....................................            94.2              80.2
                                                                                    --------      ---------------
    Total current liabilities...............................................           285.0             215.1
                                                                                    --------      ---------------
Long-term debt:
  Term loans................................................................           553.8             411.4
  Senior subordinated notes.................................................           375.0             375.0
  Other.....................................................................           120.0             116.4
                                                                                    --------      ---------------
                                                                                     1,048.8             902.8
                                                                                    --------      ---------------
Deferred income taxes.......................................................            21.2              22.3
                                                                                    --------      ---------------
Other liabilities...........................................................            93.3              98.1
                                                                                    --------      ---------------
    Total liabilities.......................................................         1,448.3           1,238.3
                                                                                    --------      ---------------
Commitments and contingencies (Note7).......................................
SeriesB redeemable exchangeable preferred stock (liquidation value, $83.5
 and $92.9, respectively)...................................................            74.5              84.5
                                                                                    --------      ---------------
Stockholder's equity:
  Common stock..............................................................          --                --
  Capital in excess of par value............................................           331.8             331.8
  Retained earnings.........................................................            33.0              26.4
                                                                                    --------      ---------------
    Total stockholder's equity..............................................           364.8             358.2
                                                                                    --------      ---------------
    Total liabilities and stockholder's equity..............................      $  1,887.6         $ 1,681.0
                                                                                    --------      ---------------
                                                                                    --------      ---------------
</TABLE>
 
      See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed financial statements.
 
                                      F-33
<PAGE>
                              S.D. WARREN COMPANY
                  UNAUDITED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       RESTATED
                                                      PERIOD            PERIOD       RESTATED
                                                 SEPTEMBER25, 1994   DECEMBER 21,   NINE MONTHS
                                                      THROUGH            1994          ENDED
                                                 DECEMBER20, 1994      THROUGH        JULY 3,
                                                 -----------------  JUNE 28, 1995      1996
                                                    S.D. WARREN     --------------  -----------
                                                    COMPANY AND      S.D. WARREN    S.D. WARREN
                                                  CERTAIN RELATED    COMPANY AND    COMPANY AND
                                                    AFFILIATES       SUBSIDIARIES   SUBSIDIARIES
                                                   (PREDECESSOR)     (SUCCESSOR)    (SUCCESSOR)
                                                 -----------------  --------------  -----------
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
<S>                                              <C>                <C>             <C>
  Net income...................................      $    15.0        $     25.9     $     3.4
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
   cash provided by operating activities:
    Depreciation, cost of timber harvested and
     amortization..............................           28.8              56.3          86.4
    Inventory market value adjustments.........         --                --              10.5
    Deferred income taxes......................           15.8            --            --
    Other......................................         --                   3.6           2.0
  Changes in assets and liabilities:
    Trade accounts receivable, net.............           (1.7)            (22.0)         91.6
    Inventories................................            5.4             (48.7)         (4.6)
    Accounts payable, accrued and other
     current liabilities.......................           18.6              37.5         (41.6)
    Accruals for restructuring programs........          (12.7)           --            --
    Other assets and liabilities...............          (15.5)              1.8          (0.3)
                                                        ------      --------------  -----------
      Net cash provided by operating
       activities..............................           53.7              54.4         147.4
                                                        ------      --------------  -----------
 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
  Acquisition, net of related costs............         --              (1,493.7)       --
  Proceeds from disposals of plant assets......         --                   0.6           2.2
  Investments in plant assets and timber
   resources...................................          (14.5)            (14.9)        (32.2)
                                                        ------      --------------  -----------
      Net cash used in investing activities....          (14.5)         (1,508.0)        (30.0)
                                                        ------      --------------  -----------
 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
  Proceeds from debt...........................         --               1,130.1        --
  Repayments of debt...........................           (0.5)           (161.7)       (177.8)
  Proceeds from equity contribution............         --                 331.8        --
  Proceeds from issuances of preferred stock,
   net of expenses.............................         --                  65.4        --
  Bank overdraft...............................         --                  13.0        --
  Predecessor Corporation's parent company
   capital infusions, net......................           31.6            --            --
                                                        ------      --------------  -----------
      Net cash provided by (used in) financing
       activities..............................           31.1           1,378.6        (177.8)
                                                        ------      --------------  -----------
Net change in cash and cash equivalents........           70.3             (75.0)        (60.4)
Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of
 period........................................            4.7              75.0          62.2
                                                        ------      --------------  -----------
Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period....      $    75.0        $   --         $     1.8
                                                        ------      --------------  -----------
                                                        ------      --------------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
      See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed financial statements.
 
                                      F-34
<PAGE>
                              S.D. WARREN COMPANY
 
               NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1--BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
  BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
    The  accompanying  unaudited  condensed  financial  statements  include  the
accounts of S. D. Warren Company and its subsidiaries ("S. D. Warren",  "Warren"
or  the "Company"). Intercompany balances  and transactions have been eliminated
in the preparation of the accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements.
 
    The Company manufactures printing, publishing  and specialty papers and  has
pulp  and  timberland  operations  vertically  integrated  with  certain  of its
manufacturing facilities. The  Company currently  operates four  paper mills,  a
sheeting  and  distribution facility  and  owns approximately  911,000  acres of
timberlands in the state of Maine.
 
  FORMATION AND ACQUISITION
 
    On October  8,  1994, SDW  Acquisition  Corporation ("SDW  Acquisition"),  a
direct wholly owned subsidiary of SDW Holdings Corporation ("Holdings"), entered
into  a  definitive  agreement pursuant  to  which,  on December  20,  1994, SDW
Acquisition acquired (the "Acquisition") from Scott Paper Company ("Scott")  all
of  the outstanding capital stock  of Warren, then a  wholly owned subsidiary of
Scott, and certain related affiliates of  Scott (referred to hereinafter as  the
"Predecessor   Corporation").   Immediately  following   the   Acquisition,  SDW
Acquisition  merged  with   and  into  Warren,   with  Warren  (the   "Successor
Corporation")  surviving. The Company is wholly  owned by Holdings which in turn
is majority owned by Sappi Limited ("Sappi").
 
    The Acquisition has resulted in a  new basis of accounting, the adoption  of
certain  accounting policies  which differ from  the accounting  policies of the
Predecessor Corporation and increases to certain manufacturing costs  (purchased
pulp  and energy within  the Company's Mobile,  Alabama facility) resulting from
obtaining these manufacturing resources on a third party versus affiliate basis.
As a result, the  Company's financial statements for  the periods subsequent  to
the  Acquisition  date  are  not  comparable  to  the  Predecessor Corporation's
financial statements for periods prior to the Acquisition.
 
  PREDECESSOR CORPORATION
 
    The unaudited  interim  condensed  combined financial  information  for  the
period  September 25, 1994  through December 20, 1994  refers to the Predecessor
Corporation. The  unaudited condensed  combined financial  information for  such
period  of the  Predecessor Corporation  is derived  from the  audited financial
statements for such period included in the Company's 1995 Annual Report on  Form
10-K.  The unaudited condensed combined  financial statements of the Predecessor
Corporation are based upon financial  information made available to the  Company
by  Scott, which until December 20, 1994 owned the Company and accounted for the
Company as part of Scott's consolidated financial statements.
  UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
    In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited condensed financial
statements  include  all  adjustments,  consisting  of  only  normal   recurring
adjustments,  necessary  for the  fair presentation  of the  Company's financial
position  and  results  of  operations.  The  accompanying  unaudited  condensed
financial statements together with the interim condensed financial statements of
the  Predecessor  Corporation should  be read  in  conjunction with  the audited
financial statements included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K/A. The
unaudited condensed results of operations for the nine months ended July 3, 1996
are not necessarily  indicative of  results that could  be expected  for a  full
year.
 
    The  Company's income before  income taxes for the  period December 21, 1994
through June  28,  1995 has  been  increased by  $8.2  million from  the  amount
previously  reported  as a  result of  the  finalization of  purchase accounting
adjustments made in the last quarter of fiscal 1995. In addition, certain  prior
period amounts have been reclassified to conform to their current presentation.
 
                                      F-35
<PAGE>
                              S.D. WARREN COMPANY
         NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 2--RESTATEMENTS
 
    For  purposes of  the following discussion,  the nine months  ended June 28,
1995 refers to  the Predecessor Corporation  for the period  September 25,  1994
through December 20, 1994 combined with the Successor Corporation for the period
December  21,  1994 through  June 28,  1995.  The "Company"  refers to  both the
Predecessor and Successor Corporations.
 
    Subsequent to  discussions with  the staff  of the  Securities and  Exchange
Commission,  the Company has reconsidered its  accounting policy with respect to
accounting for  certain  costs relating  to  compliance with  safety  and  other
governmental  laws and  regulations and has  adopted a policy  of accounting for
these costs on an as-incurred  basis. Accordingly, the financial statements  for
the  nine months  ended June  28, 1995 and  July 3,  1996 have  been restated to
reflect the effect of this change in accounting for these costs. The effects  of
the restatements were as follows (in millions):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     PERIOD             NINE
                                                                DECEMBER 21, 1994      MONTHS
                                                                     THROUGH            ENDED
                                                                  JUNE 28, 1995     JULY 3, 1996
                                                               -------------------  -------------
<S>                                                            <C>                  <C>
Income (loss) before income taxes
  As previously recorded in the Company's Form 10-Q..........       $    48.1         $     9.9
  As restated................................................            43.1               9.0
Net income (loss)
  As previously recorded in the Company's Form 10-Q..........            28.9               3.9
  As restated................................................            25.9               3.4
Stockholder's equity
  As previously recorded in the Company's Form 10-Q..........                             363.1
  As restated................................................                             358.2
</TABLE>
 
    In addition to the aforementioned restatements, certain prior period amounts
have been reclassified to conform to their current presentation.
 
NOTE 3--ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
    On  April 23, 1996, in conjunction with an amendment to the Company's credit
facility, the Company entered into a five-year agreement which provides for  the
sale  of all  of the  Company's trade  accounts receivable,  net of  all related
allowances, through a  bankruptcy remote  subsidiary to  an unrelated  financial
institution (the "A/R facility"). The cash proceeds from the sale are based upon
a  computation of eligible trade accounts  receivable and the subsidiary retains
an undivided interest in the  remaining "ineligible" trade accounts  receivable.
As   collections  reduce  the  trade  accounts  receivable  sold,  participating
interests in new trade accounts receivable are sold. As of July 3, 1996,  $130.9
million  of trade accounts  receivable had been sold  to the unrelated financial
institution and the Company's subsidiary retained an undivided interest in $37.8
million of trade accounts receivable, net. The sale is reflected as a  reduction
in  accounts  receivable  in the  accompanying  Condensed Balance  Sheet  and as
operating cash flows in the accompanying Condensed Statement of Cash Flows. Fees
associated with this transaction are recorded  in other income (expense) in  the
Company's Condensed Statement of Operations.
 
NOTE 4--RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
    During  the nine  months ended  July 3, 1996,  the Company  sold products to
certain subsidiaries of Sappi ("affiliates") at market prices primarily in  U.S.
Dollars.   These  affiliates  then  sold  the  Company's  products  to  external
customers. Proceeds from sales to affiliates are remitted to Warren net of sales
commissions. The  Company sold  approximately $71.1  million to  affiliates  and
incurred fees of approximately $4.3 million relating to these sales for the nine
months  ended  July  3,  1996,  respectively.  Trade  accounts  receivable  from
affiliates  at  July  3,  1996,  including  amounts  sold  (see  Note  3),  were
approximately  $24.3  million.  The  Company  expects  to  finalize  the written
agreements for transactions with these affiliates in the near future.
 
                                      F-36
<PAGE>
                              S.D. WARREN COMPANY
         NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 4--RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)
    During the third quarter of  fiscal 1996, the Company commenced  transacting
business  in currencies other than the  U.S. Dollar, primarily the Japanese Yen.
The Company  manages  the  potential exposure  associated  with  transacting  in
foreign  currencies through the use of foreign currency forward contracts. These
contracts are used  to offset  the effects of  exchange rate  fluctuations on  a
portion of the underlying Yen denominated exposure. These exposures include firm
intercompany trade accounts receivable. Realized and unrealized gains and losses
on these contracts at July 3, 1996 were immaterial.
 
    During  fiscal year 1996, the Company began purchasing products from certain
affiliates in U.S. Dollars primarily for sale to external customers. The Company
receives commissions from the  affiliates on such  sales. These transactions  to
date have not been material.
 
NOTE 5--INVENTORIES (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          JULY 3,
                                                                                   SEPTEMBER 27, 1995      1996
                                                                                   -------------------  -----------
<S>                                                                                <C>                  <C>
Finished products................................................................       $    89.8        $   111.3
Work in process..................................................................            51.0             38.4
Pulp, logs and pulpwood..........................................................            33.2             20.8
Maintenance parts and other supplies.............................................            52.5             50.1
                                                                                           ------       -----------
                                                                                        $   226.5        $   220.6
                                                                                           ------       -----------
                                                                                           ------       -----------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 6--LONG-TERM DEBT
    The  Company  amended its  credit agreement  on April  26, 1996  and changed
certain provisions  relating to  restrictive  covenants including,  among  other
things,  the ability  to incur additional  debt, pay dividends  and sell certain
assets. In  addition,  certain  provisions relating  to  interest  rates,  fees,
collateral, prepayments and affirmative covenants were also amended.
 
    In  April 1996, the proceeds from the A/R facility, along with $10.0 million
of available cash on hand, were used to prepay $100.0 million of the term  loans
under  the credit agreement.  Approximately $3.3 million  of financing fees that
had previously been deferred were written off as a result of this prepayment and
recorded as an  extraordinary item  in the accompanying  Condensed Statement  of
Operations net of a $1.3 million tax effect. In addition, during the nine months
ended  July 3,  1996, payments  totaling approximately  $74.9 million  were made
pursuant to an excess cash flow  requirement, as defined. Amounts paid  pursuant
to  the excess cash flow  requirement during the nine  months ended July 3, 1996
fulfill the majority of  the term loan payments  that otherwise would have  been
required  to be paid in June 1996 and reduce future semiannual installments on a
pro rata  basis. The  current  maturities of  long-term  debt balance  of  $46.6
million  at July  3, 1996 primarily  represents the amounts  payable in December
1996 and June 1997 under the Company's term loan facilities.
 
NOTE 7--ENVIRONMENTAL AND SAFETY MATTERS
    The  Company  is  subject  to  a  wide  variety  of  increasingly  stringent
environmental  laws  and  regulations  relating  to,  among  other  matters, air
emissions, wastewater  discharges,  past  and present  landfill  operations  and
hazardous  waste management. These  laws include the Federal  Clean Air Act, the
Clean Water Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act and their respective
state counterparts. The Company will  continue to incur significant capital  and
operating  expenditures to maintain compliance with applicable federal and state
environmental laws. These expenditures include costs of compliance with  federal
worker   safety  laws,  landfill  expansions  and  wastewater  treatment  system
upgrades. None  of these  expenditures, individually  or in  the aggregate,  are
expected  to  have  a  material  adverse effect  on  the  Company's  business or
financial condition.
 
    In addition to  conventional pollutants,  minute quantities  of dioxins  and
other  chlorinated organic compounds may be contained in the wastewater effluent
of the Company's bleached kraft pulp mills in
 
                                      F-37
<PAGE>
                              S.D. WARREN COMPANY
         NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 7--ENVIRONMENTAL AND SAFETY MATTERS (CONTINUED)
Somerset and Westbrook, Maine and  Muskegon, Michigan. The most recent  National
Pollutant  Discharge  Elimination  System  ("NPDES")  wastewater  permit  limits
proposed by the EPA  would limit dioxin discharges  from the Company's  Somerset
and  Westbrook mills  to less  than the level  of detectability.  The Company is
presently meeting the  EPA's proposed dioxin  limits but it  is not meeting  the
proposed  limits  for  other parameters  (e.g.,  temperature and  color)  and is
pursuing efforts  to  revise  these  other  wastewater  permit  limits  for  its
facilities.  While  the permit  limitations at  these  two facilities  are being
challenged, the Company continues to  operate under existing EPA permits,  which
have  technically expired, in accordance  with accepted administrative practice.
In addition,  the  Muskegon mill  is  involved,  as one  of  various  industrial
plaintiffs,  in litigation  with the County  of Muskegon  regarding the County's
1994 ordinance  governing its  industrial wastewater  pretreatment program.  The
lawsuit  challenges, among other things, the treatment capacity availability and
local effluent  limit provisions  of  the ordinance.  In  July 1996,  the  Court
rendered  a  decision  substantially  in  favor of  the  Company  and  the other
plaintiffs, but the County  is expected to appeal  the Court's decision. If  the
Company  and the other plaintiffs do not prevail in that appeal, the Company may
not be able to  obtain additional treatment capacity  for future expansions  and
the  County could impose stricter permit limits. In the meantime, the County has
issued a permit with effluent  limits that the Company  is able to meet  without
additional  pretreatment. The imposition of  currently proposed permit limits or
the failure  of  the  Muskegon  lawsuit  could  require  substantial  additional
expenditures,  including short-term  expenditures, and  may lead  to substantial
fines for any noncompliance.
 
    In November 1993, the EPA  announced proposed regulations that would  impose
new  air and water  quality standards aimed at  further reductions of pollutants
from pulp and  paper mills, particularly  those conducting bleaching  operations
(generally  referred to as the  "cluster rules"). Although the  EPA has not made
any commitments, final promulgation of the  cluster rules may occur in 1996  and
compliance  with  the  rules may  be  required  beginning in  1998.  The Company
believes that  compliance  with the  cluster  rules, as  proposed,  may  require
aggregate  capital expenditures of approximately $76.0 million through 1999. The
ultimate financial impact to  the Company of compliance  with the cluster  rules
will  depend upon the  nature of the  final regulations, the  timing of required
implementation and the cost and availability of new technology. The Company also
anticipates that it will  incur an estimated $10.0  million to $20.0 million  of
capital expenditures through 1999 related to environmental compliance other than
as a result of the cluster rules.
 
    The  Company's  mills generate  substantial quantities  of solid  wastes and
by-products that  are  disposed  of  at  permitted  landfills  and  solid  waste
management  units at the mills. The Company  is currently planning to expand the
landfill at the Somerset mill at  a projected total cost of approximately  $12.0
million,  of which  approximately $5.0  million will  be spent  between 1996 and
1997.
 
    The Muskegon  mill  has had  discussions  with the  Michigan  Department  of
Natural  Resources ("DNR")  regarding a  wastewater surge  pond adjacent  to the
Muskegon Lake. The  DNR is presently  considering whether the  surge pond is  in
compliance  with  Michigan Act  245 (Water  Resources Commission  Act) regarding
potential discharges from that pond. The matter is now subject to the results of
a pending engineering investigation. There is a possibility that, as a result of
DNR requirements,  the surge  pond may  be  closed in  the future.  The  Company
estimates  the cost of closure will  be approximately $2.0 million. In addition,
if it is necessary  to replace the  functional capacity of  the surge pond  with
above-grade  structures,  the  Company  preliminarily estimates  that  up  to an
additional $8.0 million may be required for such construction costs.
 
    The Company has been identified as a potentially responsible party under the
Federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act  of
1980,  as amended ("CERCLA" or "Superfund"), or analogous state law, for cleanup
of contamination at seven sites. Based  upon the Company's understanding of  the
total  amount of costs at each site,  its calculation of its percentage share in
each proceeding, and the number of potentially responsible parties at each site,
the Company presently believes
 
                                      F-38
<PAGE>
                              S.D. WARREN COMPANY
         NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 7--ENVIRONMENTAL AND SAFETY MATTERS (CONTINUED)
that its aggregate exposure for these matters will not be material. Moreover, in
accordance with the agreement  pursuant to which the  Company was acquired,  the
Company's  former parent, Scott, agreed to  indemnify and defend the Company for
and against,  among  other things,  the  full amount  of  any damages  or  costs
resulting  from the off-site disposal of hazardous substances occurring prior to
the date of  closing, including  all damages and  costs related  to these  seven
sites.  Since the date  of closing of  the acquisition agreement,  Scott, or its
successor, has been performing under  the terms of this environmental  indemnity
and  defense provision  and, therefore, the  Company has not  expended any funds
with respect to these seven sites.
 
    None of these environmental  matters, individually or  in the aggregate,  is
expected  to have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position,
results of operations or cash flows.
 
    The Company does not believe that it will have any liability under emergency
legislation enacted  in  1995 by  the  State of  Maine  to cover  a  significant
shortfall  in  the Maine  workers'  compensation system  through  assessments of
employers and insurers;  however, there can  be no assurance  that the  existing
legislation will fully address the shortfall.
 
NOTE 8--SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
    On  October 17, 1996,  a fire occurred  at an outside  warehouse location in
Muskegon, Michigan, which resulted  in the loss of  approximately 8,000 tons  of
inventory  valued in excess of $5.5 million. While the Company cannot reasonably
estimate at this time the total loss experienced, or the amount to be  recovered
under  its insurance policies, it does not  expect that total losses will exceed
its insurance coverage limits.
 
    Due  to  exceptionally  heavy  rains,  the  Presumpscot  River  flooded  the
Westbrook  mill  on October  21, 1996.  The flooding  resulted in  the temporary
closure of  the mill.  Damage to  mill equipment  is being  repaired and  normal
operating  mill  conditions  are  being  restored. While  the  mill  is  not yet
operating at full  production, the Company  anticipates that it  will be in  the
near future. While the Company cannot reasonably estimate at this time the total
loss  experienced, or the  amount to be recovered  under its insurance policies,
early indications suggest that such  amounts may be significant. However,  total
losses are not expected to exceed the Company's insurance coverage limits.
 
    On  October 24,  1996 the Company  announced a restructuring  plan that will
likely result in  a pretax charge  of approximately $10.0  million in the  first
quarter  of fiscal 1997.  The charge will  be taken to  cover the one-time costs
related to  the reduction  of up  to approximately  200 salaried  positions,  or
approximately 14% of the Company's salaried workforce.
 
    On  November 5,  1996, a  proposed binding  referendum measure  to eliminate
clearcutting in  unincorporated areas  in the  State of  Maine was  defeated.  A
competing  measure, which could  establish new forestry  standards stricter than
current law,  but  which  would  not completely  ban  clearcutting,  received  a
plurality vote. This competing measure was supported by the Company, other major
timber  interests in Maine, several environmental groups as well as the Governor
of Maine. Under Maine law, this competing measure will not automatically  become
law unless it receives a simple majority of the votes cast in a special election
to  be held in 1997. If this  competing measure does become law, the consequence
to the Company is  not expected to be  material, because such measure  generally
reflects  sustainable forestry  initiatives voluntarily adopted  by the Company.
See  "Risk   Factors--Stringent  Environmental   Regulation;  Potential   Timber
Regulation".
 
                                      F-39
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
 
    NO  DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER INDIVIDUAL  HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION NOT  CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND  IF
GIVEN  OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION  OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT  BE RELIED UPON AS
HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY  THE COMPANY. THIS PROSPECTUS  DOES NOT CONSTITUTE  AN
OFFER  TO SELL,  OR A  SOLICITATION OF AN  OFFER TO  BUY, THE  SECURITIES IN ANY
JURISDICTION WHERE, OR TO  ANY PERSON TO  WHOM, IT IS UNLAWFUL  TO MAKE SUCH  AN
OFFER  OR SOLICITATION TO  SUCH PERSON. NEITHER THE  DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS
NOR  ANY  SALE  MADE  HEREUNDER  SHALL,  UNDER  ANY  CIRCUMSTANCES,  CREATE  ANY
IMPLICATION  THAT THERE HAS NOT  BEEN ANY CHANGE IN THE  FACTS SET FORTH IN THIS
PROSPECTUS OR IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF.
 
                                 --------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    PAGE
<S>                                              <C>
Additional Information.........................           2
Prospectus Summary.............................           3
Forward-Looking Statements.....................           9
Risk Factors...................................           9
Use of Proceeds................................          15
Dividend Policy................................          15
Capitalization.................................          16
Selected Historical Financial Data.............          17
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations...................................          18
Business.......................................          28
Management.....................................          36
The Acquisition................................          41
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners
  and Management...............................          42
Certain Relationships and Related
  Transactions.................................          46
Description of the Notes.......................          48
Description of the Senior Preferred Stock......          73
Description of the Exchange Debentures.........          80
Description of Capital Stock...................          84
Description of the Credit Agreement and the A/R
  Facility.....................................          84
Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations......          88
Plan of Distribution...........................          93
Experts........................................          93
Index to Financial Statements..................         F-1
</TABLE>
    
 
                              S.D. WARREN COMPANY
 
                              12% SERIES B SENIOR
                                  SUBORDINATED
                                 NOTES DUE 2004
 
                                      AND
 
                              14% SERIES B SENIOR
                                  EXCHANGEABLE
                            PREFERRED STOCK DUE 2006
 
                               -----------------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
 
                               -----------------
 
                          DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
      SECURITIES CORPORATION
 
                                NOVEMBER  , 1996
 
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 20.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
    The  Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law of  1988, as amended (the "PBCL")
provides that  the Company,  unless  otherwise restricted  by its  by-laws,  may
indemnify  a  person  that is  or  was a  party  to any  threatened,  pending or
completed action or  proceeding (an "Action")  because that person  is or was  a
representative  of  the Company,  or is  or was  serving at  the request  of the
Company as  a representative  of  another domestic  or foreign  corporation  for
profit  or not-for-profit, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise
(a "Company Representative") under the  circumstances set forth herein.  Section
1741 of PBCL permits the Company to indemnify any Company Representative who was
or  is  a  party  to  an  Action  whether  civil,  criminal,  administrative  or
investigative (other than an Action by or in the right of the Company),  against
expenses  (including  attorney's fees),  judgments,  fines and  amounts  paid in
settlement actually and  reasonably incurred by  that Company Representative  in
connection  with the Action  if that Company Representative  acted in good faith
and in a manner that Company Representative reasonably believed to be in, or not
opposed to, the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any  criminal
Action,  had no reason to believe was unlawful. Section 1742 of the PBCL permits
the Company to indemnify any Company Representative who was or is a party to  an
Action  by or in  the right of  the Company to  procure a judgment  in its favor
against expenses (including attorney's fees) actually and reasonably incurred by
that Company Representative in connection with the defense or settlement of  the
Action  if that Company Representative acted in  good faith and in a manner that
Company Representative reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best
interests of the Company. However, if a Company Representative is or was a party
to an Action by or in the right of  the Company and is adjudged to be liable  to
the Company, then that Company Representative is not entitled to indemnification
unless,  but only to the extent that, the  court of common pleas of the judicial
district in the county in which the registered office of the Company is located,
or the court in which the action was brought, determines upon application,  that
despite  the adjudication of liability  but in view of  all the circumstances of
the case,  the  Company Representative  is  fairly and  reasonably  entitled  to
indemnity  for the expenses that such  court deems proper. Finally, Section 1743
of the PBCL provides that to the  extent that a Company Representative has  been
successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Action referred to above
or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, that Company Representative
shall  be indemnified  against expenses  (including attorney  fees) actually and
reasonably incurred.
 
    The Company's By-laws and Articles of Incorporation provide that the Company
shall indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person who was or  is
a  party or is threatened to be made a  party to or is otherwise involved in any
threatened, pending  or completed  action, suit  or proceeding,  whether  civil,
criminal,  administrative or  investigative (a  "Proceeding"), by  reason of the
fact that such person is or was a  Director or Officer of the Company, or is  or
was  serving at the request  of the Company as a  Director or Officer of another
corporation or of  a partnership, joint  venture, trust or  other enterprise  or
entity,  whether  or  not for  profit,  whether domestic  or  foreign, including
service  with  respect  to  an  employee  benefit  plan,  its  participants   or
beneficiaries,  against all  liability, loss  and expense  (including attorneys'
fees and amounts paid  in settlement) actually and  reasonably incurred by  such
person  in  connection  with such  Proceeding,  whether or  not  the indemnified
liability arises or arose from any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company.
 
    The Company has obtained directors'  and officers' liability insurance  that
covers certain liabilities and expenses of the Company's directors and officers.
The  Company intends to  enter into indemnification agreements  with each of its
directors and certain of its officers.
 
    Sappi carries  directors'  and  officers' liability  insurance  that  covers
certain  liabilities and expenses  of directors and  officers of subsidiaries of
Sappi. Directors and officers of the Company who are employees of Sappi have the
benefit of the coverage, subject to the limitations of such insurance.
 
    Directors of the Company who are also employees of Sappi may be entitled  to
indemnification  from Sappi for  certain liabilities and  expenses incurred as a
result of serving as directors of the Company.
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
ITEM 21.  EXHIBITS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                               DESCRIPTION
- -----------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>
    1.1      Purchase Agreement dated as of December 13, 1994, among SDW Holdings Corporation, SDW Acquisition
             Corporation, Sappi Limited, DLJ Merchant Banking, Inc. and certain of its affiliates, UBS Capital
             Corporation and Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation (the "Purchase Agreement").*
    1.2      Amendment Number 1 to the Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 19, 1994, among SDW Holdings
             Corporation, SDW Acquisition Corporation, Sappi Limited, DLJ Merchant Banking, Inc. and certain of
             its affiliates, UBS Capital Corporation and Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation.*
    1.3      Amendment Number 2 to the Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 20, 1994, among SDW Holdings
             Corporation, S.D. Warren Company and Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation.*
    1.4      Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 20, 1994 by and between SDW Acquisition
             Corporation and Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation (the "Registration Agreement").*
    1.5      Amendment Number 1 to the Registration Agreement, dated as of December 20, 1994, by and between S.D.
             Warren Company and Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation.*
    1.6      Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 20, 1994 by and between SDW Acquisition
             Corporation and UBS Capital Corporation (the "UBSC Registration Agreement").*
    1.7      Amendment Number 1 to the UBSC Registration Agreement, dated as of December 20, 1994, by and between
             S.D. Warren Company and UBS Capital Corporation.*
    1.8      Lock-up Agreement, dated as of December 12, 1994, between Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities
             Corporation and UBS Capital Corporation.*
    1.9      Side Letter, dated as of December 19, 1994, between Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities
             Corporation and UBS Capital Corporation.*
    3.1      Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant.*
    3.2      By-laws of the Registrant.*
    4.1      Indenture, dated as of December 20, 1994, between SDW Acquisition Corporation and the Bank of New
             York, as trustee, relating to the 12% Series A Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004 and the 12% Series
             B Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004.*
    4.2      First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 20, 1994 between S.D. Warren Company and Bank of
             New York, as trustee, relating to the 12% Series A Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004 and the 12%
             Series B Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004.*
    4.3      Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Relative, Participating, Optional and other Special
             Rights of Preferred Stock and Qualifications, Limitations and Restrictions thereof of 14% Series A
             Senior Exchangeable Preferred Stock due 2006 and 14% Series B Senior Exchangeable Preferred Stock due
             2006 of S.D. Warren Company, dated as of December 20, 1994.*
    4.4      Form of the Exchange Debenture Indenture between S.D. Warren Company and the United States Trust
             Company of New York relating to S.D. Warren Company's 14% Series A Subordinated Exchange Debentures
             due 2006 and 14% Series B Subordinated Exchange Debentures due 2006.*
    5.1      Opinions of Cravath, Swaine & Moore and Dechert Price & Rhoads, regarding the legality of the New
             Securities.*
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                               DESCRIPTION
- -----------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   10.1      Credit and Guarantee Agreement dated as of December 20, 1994, as amended and restated as of April 26,
             1996, among SDW Holdings Corporation, S.D. Warren Company, the Lenders (as defined therein) and
             Chemical Bank, as Agent.*
<C>          <S>
   10.2      Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of April 19, 1996, among S.D. Warren Finance Co., S.D. Warren
             Company, Bank of Montreal and Nesbitt Burns Securities Inc.*
   10.2(a)   Purchase and Contribution Agreement dated as of April 19, 1996, between S.D. Warren Company and S.D.
             Warren Finance Co.*
   10.3      Securities Subscription Agreement, dated as of December 20, 1994, among SDW Holdings Corporation, SDW
             Acquisition Corporation (and following the merger, S.D. Warren Company as successor thereto), and
             each of Sappi Limited, Sappi Deutschland GmbH, DLJ Merchant Banking Partner, L.P. and certain of its
             affiliates and UBS Capital Corporation.*
   10.4      Second Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement dated as of December 20, 1994, among Sappi
             Limited, Sappi Deutschland GmbH, DLJ Merchant Banking Partners, L.P. and certain of its affiliates,
             UBS Capital Corporation, SDW Holdings Corporation and S.D. Warren Company as successor to SDW
             Acquisition Corporation.*
   10.5      Participation Agreement dated as of January 1, 1982 among Scott Paper Company, as Purchaser, General
             Electric Credit Corporation, as Owner Participant and The Connecticut Bank and Trust Company, as
             Owner Trustee.*
   10.6      Refinancing Participation Agreement dated as of December 15, 1986, among Scott Paper Company, as
             Purchaser, General Electric Credit Corporation, as Owner Participant, and The Connecticut Bank and
             Trust Company National Association, as Owner Trustee.*
   10.7      Power Sales Agreement dated as of January 1, 1982, between The Connecticut Bank and Trust Company,
             Owner Trustee, as Seller, and Scott Paper Company, as Purchaser, as amended by the First Amendment
             dated as of December 15, 1986.*
   10.8      Ground Lease Agreement dated as of January 1, 1982 between Scott Paper Company, as Lessor, and The
             Connecticut Bank and Trust Company, Owner Trustee, as Lessee, as amended by First Amendment dated as
             of December 15, 1986.*
   10.9      Operating Agreement dated as of January 1, 1982 between The Connecticut Bank and Trust Company, as
             Owner Trustee, and Scott Paper Company, as Operator, as amended by First Amendment dated as of
             December 15, 1986.*
   10.10     Tax Indemnification Agreement dated as of January 1, 1982, among General Electric Credit Corporation,
             Owner Participant, The Connecticut Bank and Trust Company, as Owner Trustee, and Scott Paper Company,
             Purchaser, as amended by the Amendment dated as of November 25, 1986.*
   10.11     Facilities Agreement dated as of January 1, 1982 between Scott Paper Company and The Connecticut Bank
             and Trust Company, as Owner Trustee, as amended by First Amendment dated as of December 15, 1986.*
   10.12     Indenture and Security Agreement dated as of December 15, 1986, among The Connecticut Bank and Trust
             Company, National Association, as Westbrook Owner Trustee and Winslow Owner Trustee, Scott Paper
             Company, and The Bank of New York, as Indenture Trustee.*
   10.13     Transfer Agreement dated as of June 29, 1986 between Scott Paper Company and S.D. Warren Company, as
             amended October 25, 1990, as further amended November 1, 1993.*
   10.14     Stock Purchase Agreement by and among Scott Paper Company, Sappi Limited and SDW Acquisition
             Corporation dated as of October 8, 1994.*
   10.15     Supplemental Agreement to Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of October 8, 1994 by and among Scott
             Paper Company, Sappi Limited and SDW Acquisition Corporation dated as of December 19, 1994.*
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                               DESCRIPTION
- -----------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   10.15(a)  Extension of Time Period specified in Section 1.6(e) of the Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of
             October 8, 1994 by and among Scott Paper Company, Sappi Limited and SDW Acquisition Corporation.*
<C>          <S>
   10.16     Assignment and Assumption Agreement (relating to Westbrook Biomass Financing) dated as of December
             20, 1994 between Scott Paper Company and S.D. Warren Company.*
   10.17     General Assignment and Assumption Agreement dated as of December 20, 1994 by and between Scott Paper
             Company, Scott Continental N.V. and S.D. Warren Company.*
   10.18     Contract dated as of August 1, 1978 between Central Maine Power Company ("CMP") and S.D. Warren
             Company, as amended by Amendment dated as of May 15, 1982, as further amended by Amendment dated as
             of October 27, 1982.*
   10.19     Westbrook Long-term Contract for the Sale of Electricity to CMP, dated October 27, 1982 between CMP
             and Scott Paper Company, S.D. Warren Division.*
   10.20     Agreement for Electric Service for the Westbrook Mill of S.D. Warren Company dated as of August 1,
             1983 between CMP and S.D. Warren Company.*
   10.21     Agreement for Electric Service for Scott Paper Company, S.D. Warren Division, Somerset County, dated
             as of December 1, 1982 between CMP and S.D. Warren, as amended by Amendment dated as of July 9,
             1990.*
   10.22     Power Purchase Agreement between Scott Paper Company, S.D. Warren Division (Somerset) and CMP dated
             as of December 1, 1982, as amended by Amendment dated April 11, 1983, as further amended by Amendment
             dated July 9, 1990.*
   10.23     Pulp Supply Agreement between Scott Paper Company and S.D. Warren Company dated as of December 20,
             1994.*
   10.24     Paper Mill Energy Services Agreement between S.D. Warren Company and Mobile Energy Services Company,
             Inc. dated as of December 12, 1994.*
   10.25     Master Operating Agreement among Scott Paper Company, S.D. Warren Company and Mobile Energy Services
             Company, Inc. dated as of December 12, 1994.*
   12.1      Statements regarding the computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges and ratio of earnings to
             fixed charges and preferred stock dividends for the Registrant.*
   21.1      Subsidiaries of the Registrant.*
   23.1      Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent accountants.*
   23.2      Consents of Cravath, Swaine & Moore and Dechert Price & Rhoads, included in Exhibit 5.1.*
   24.1      Powers of Attorney.*
   24.2      Certified copy of a Resolution adopted by the Company's Board of Directors authorizing execution of
             the Registration Statement by Power of Attorney.*
   25.1      Statement of Eligibility and Qualification on Form T-1 of the Bank of New York, as Trustee under the
             Indenture relating to the New Notes.*
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
  * Previously filed.
 
ITEM 22.  UNDERTAKINGS
 
    (a) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:
 
        (1) That prior  to any  public reoffering of  the securities  registered
    hereunder  through use of a prospectus which  is a part of this registration
    statement, by any person or party who is deemed to be an underwriter  within
    the meaning of Rule 145(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
    "Securities  Act"), the  issuer undertakes  that such  reoffering prospectus
    will contain the information called for by the applicable registration  form
    with  respect to reofferings  by persons who may  be deemed underwriters, in
    addition to the information called for by the other Items of the  applicable
    form.
 
        (2)  That every prospectus  (i) that is filed  pursuant to paragraph (1)
    immediately preceding, or  (ii) that  purports to meet  the requirements  of
    section  10(a)(3) of the  Securities Act and  is used in  connection with an
    offering of securities subject to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, will be
    filed as a part of an amendment  to the registration statement and will  not
    be  used  until  such amendment  is  effective,  and that,  for  purposes of
    determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective
    amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the
    securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time
    shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
    (b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the  Securities
Act  may  be permitted  to directors,  officers and  controlling persons  of the
Registrant pursuant to  the foregoing provisions,  or otherwise, the  Registrant
has  been advised that in the opinion  of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act
and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for  indemnification
against  such liabilities (other than the  payment by the Registrant of expenses
incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the  Registrant
in  the successful defense  of any action,  suit or proceedings)  is asserted by
such director, officer or controlling  person in connection with the  securities
being  registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the
matter has  been  settled  by  controlling  precedent,  submit  to  a  court  of
appropriate  jurisdiction  the question  whether such  indemnification by  it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by
the final adjudication of such issue.
 
    (c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests  for
information  that is incorporated  by reference into  the prospectus pursuant to
Items 4, 10(b), 11  or 13 of this  Form, within one business  day of receipt  of
such  request, and  to send  the incorporated  documents by  first-class mail or
other equally prompt  means. This  includes information  contained in  documents
filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the
date of responding to the request.
 
    (d)  The undersigned  registrant hereby undertakes  to supply by  means of a
post-effective amendment  all  information  concerning a  transaction,  and  the
company  being  acquired  involved therein,  that  was  not the  subject  of and
included in the registration statement when it became effective.
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
   
    Pursuant  to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly
caused this Post-Effective Amendment  No. 3 to  be signed on  its behalf by  the
undersigned,  thereunto duly authorized, in the  City of Boston, on November 15,
1996.
    
                                          S.D. Warren Company
                                          By:        /s/ TREVOR L. LARKAN
 
                                             -----------------------------------
                                                      Trevor L. Larkan
                                             DIRECTOR, CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER,
                                                       VICE PRESIDENT,
                                                   TREASURER AND SECRETARY
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this
Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 has been  signed by the following persons in  the
capacities indicated on the dates indicated below.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<C>                                                     <S>                                <C>
                      SIGNATURE                                       TITLE                         DATE
- ------------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------  ----------------------
                                     *                  Director
     -------------------------------------------
                   (Eugene van As)
 
                                     *                  Director, President, Chief
     -------------------------------------------          Executive Officer
                  (Monte R. Haymon)                       (principal executive officer)
                                     *                  Director and Vice President
     -------------------------------------------
                 (E. Dannis Herring)
                                     *                  Director and Vice President
     -------------------------------------------
                (James H. Frick, Jr.)
                                     *                  Director and Vice President
     -------------------------------------------
                   (O. Harley Wood)
                                     *                  Director and Vice President
     -------------------------------------------
                 (William E. Hewitt)
                                     *                  Director, Chief Financial
     -------------------------------------------          Officer, Vice President,
                  (Trevor L. Larkan)                      Treasurer and Secretary
                                                          (principal financial and
                                                          accounting officer)
               *By: /s/TREVOR L. LARKAN                 Attorney-in-Fact                     November 15, 1996
                  (Trevor L. Larkan)
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-6


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission